Está en la página 1de 626

0

General vehicle information


01A

VEHICLE MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

01C

VEHICLE BODYWORK SPECIFICATIONS

01D

MECHANICAL INTRODUCTION

02A

LIFTING EQUIPMENT

03B

COLLISION

04B

CONSUMABLES - PRODUCTS

04E

PAINT

X61
DECEMBER 2008
"The repair methods given by the manufacturer in this document are based on the technical
specifications current when it was prepared.
The methods may be modified as a result of changes introduced by the manufacturer in the
production of the various component units and accessories from which his vehicles are
constructed."

Edition Anglaise

All copyrights reserved by Renault.


The reproduction or translation in part of whole of the present document, as well as the use
of the spare parts reference numbering system, are prohibited without the prior written
consent of Renault.

Renault s.a.s 2008

http://vnx.su

KANGOO II - Section 0

KANGOO II - Section 0 ContentsPage

Contents
Page

01A

VEHICLE MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS


Vehicle: Specifications

01C

03B

01A-1

VEHICLE BODYWORK SPECIFICATIONS


Vehicle: Identification

01C-1

Vehicle clearances:
Adjustment values

01C-3

04B

COLLISION
Vehicle damaged at side:
Description

03B-5

Vehicle damaged at rear:


Description

03B-9

CONSUMABLES - PRODUCTS
Vehicle: Parts and
ingredients for the repairwork

01D

MECHANICAL INTRODUCTION
Vehicle: Precautions for
repair
Tightening torques: General
information

02A

04E

PAINT

01D-1
Colour code: Specifications
01D-3

LIFTING EQUIPMENT
Vehicle: Towing and lifting

03B

04B-1

02A-1

COLLISION
Damaged vehicle: Collision
fault finding

03B-1

Vehicle damaged at front:


Description

03B-3

http://vnx.su

04E-1

VEHICLE MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS


Vehicle: Specifications

01A

125086

Dimensions in metres:
Van
(A)

0.807

(B)

2.697

(C)

0.709

(D)

4.213

(E)

1.521

(F) (unladen)

1.839

(F) (laden)

1.751

(G)

1.533

(H)

2.133

Short van
(A)

0.807

(B)

2.313

01A-1

http://vnx.su

VEHICLE MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS


Vehicle: Specifications
(C)

0.709

(D)

3.829

(E)

1.519

(F) (unladen)

1.800

(F) (laden)

1.772

(G)

1.533

(H)

2.133

01A

Combi
Standard payload

Increased payload

(A)

0.807

(B)

2.697

(C)

0.709

(D)

4.213

(E)

1.521

(F) (unladen)

1.842

1.844

(F) (laden)

1.747

1.746

(G)

1.533

(H)

2.133

Engine
Vehicle type

Engine type

Engine suffix

Gearbox
Cubic capacity(cc)

01A-2

http://vnx.su

Gearbox
type

Gearbox
suffix

Emissions
standard

VEHICLE MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS


Vehicle: Specifications
831

FW0D
KW0D
K4M
FW0W

830

DP0

106
172

1598

834

01A

JR5

153

JH3

171

KW0W
FW0A

800

KW0A

154
802

FW0B

JR5

155
156

KW0B
KW0V
FW0C

804

KW0C
FW0F

K9K

806

1461

TL4

000

KW0F
EURO 4
FW0G

808

KW0G
812

FW0K

JR5

KW0K

155
156

FW0L
KW0L
KW0E

JH3

170

JR5

152

KW0Y
FW0E
FW0N

K7M

750

1598

FW0P
FW0Y
KW0N
KW0P
DETAILS OF VEHICLE TYPE
Example: KT01
K: Body type (five-door estate)
T: Project code
01: Engine code

01A-3

http://vnx.su

168

VEHICLE BODYWORK SPECIFICATIONS


Vehicle: Identification

01C

III - DETAILED VIEW OF THE VEHICLE


IDENTIFICATION PLATE

I - LOCATION OF VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION


PLATE (A)

Plate (A)

125689
19031

II - LOCATION OF THE VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION


NUMBER (B)

125690

01C-1

(1)

Vehicle type mine and type number; this information also


appears on marking (B)

(2)

MGVW (Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight)

(3)

GTW (Gross train weight, vehicle under load with trailer)

(4)

Maximum permissible front axle


load

(5)

Maximum permissible rear axle


load

(6)

Vehicle technical specifications

(7)

Paintwork reference number

(8)

Equipment level

(9)

Vehicle type

(10)

Upholstery code

(11)

Additional equipment details

(12)

Fabrication number

(13)

Interior trim code

http://vnx.su

VEHICLE BODYWORK SPECIFICATIONS


Vehicle: Identification
IV - COLD-MARKING OF THE BODY
Marking (C)

125555

Note:
If the complete body is being replaced, it must be
marked in compliance with the current regulations.

01C-2

http://vnx.su

01C

VEHICLE BODYWORK SPECIFICATIONS


Vehicle clearances: Adjustment values

01C

Section 1

127159

127197

(X1) = 7 mm 1.5
WARNING
The clearance values are given for information
purposes.

Section 2

When adjusting clearances, certain rules have to be


followed:
- maintain symmetry with respect to the opposite
side,
- ensure the flush fitting is correct,
- check correct operation of the opening, and water/
air-tightness.
All values are given in millimetres.

127193

(X2) = 3.5 mm 2

01C-3

http://vnx.su

VEHICLE BODYWORK SPECIFICATIONS


Vehicle clearances: Adjustment values

01C

Section 5

Section 3

127194

127195

(X3) = 3 mm 2

(X5) = 4 mm 2

Section 4

Section 6

127196

127199

(X6) = 4 mm 1

(X4) = 1 mm 1

01C-4

http://vnx.su

VEHICLE BODYWORK SPECIFICATIONS


Vehicle clearances: Adjustment values
Section 7

01C

Section 8

127200

127198

(X7) = 5 mm 1.5

(X8) = 4 mm 1.5
Section 9

127160
127201

(X9) = 4 mm 1.5

01C-5

http://vnx.su

VEHICLE BODYWORK SPECIFICATIONS


Vehicle clearances: Adjustment values

01C

Section 12

Section 10

127168

127202

(X10) = 3 mm 1.5

(X12) = 4 mm 1.5

Section 11

Section 13

127204

127203

(X13) = 4.5 mm 2

(X11) = 4 mm 1.5

01C-6

http://vnx.su

VEHICLE BODYWORK SPECIFICATIONS


Vehicle clearances: Adjustment values

01C

Section 16
K61
Section 14

127166

(X16) = 4.5 mm 1.5

127164

Section 17

(X14) = 4 mm 1.5
Section 15

127165

(X17) = 4.5 mm 2

127167

(X15) = 4 mm 1.5

01C-7

http://vnx.su

VEHICLE BODYWORK SPECIFICATIONS


Vehicle clearances: Adjustment values

01C

Section 20

Section 18

127169

127171

(X20) = 2 mm 1.8

(X18) = 5 mm 1.5
Section 19

F61

127170

(X19) = 4 mm 2
127161

01C-8

http://vnx.su

VEHICLE BODYWORK SPECIFICATIONS


Vehicle clearances: Adjustment values

01C

Section 23

Section 21

127173

127172

(X23) = 4 mm 2

(X21) = 4 mm 1.2
Section 22

Section 24

127174

(X22) = 4 mm 2
127176

(X24) = 3.3 mm 1 (without blocker) / 3.7 mm 1


(with blocker)

01C-9

http://vnx.su

VEHICLE BODYWORK SPECIFICATIONS


Vehicle clearances: Adjustment values
Section 25

01C

Section 26

127175

(X25) = 3.5 mm 1

127181

(X26) = 8 mm 3
Section 27

F61 or K61

127187
127163

(X27) = 4 mm 2

01C-10

http://vnx.su

VEHICLE BODYWORK SPECIFICATIONS


Vehicle clearances: Adjustment values
Section 30

Section 28

127188

127192

(X28) = 4 mm 2

(X30) = 4 mm 2

Section 29

Section 31

127191

(X29) = 4 mm 2

01C

127190

(X31) = 4 mm 2

01C-11

http://vnx.su

VEHICLE BODYWORK SPECIFICATIONS


Vehicle clearances: Adjustment values
Section 32

01C

Section 33

127189

(X32) = 7.2 mm 3

127186

(X33) = 8 mm 2
Section 34

K61

127182

(X34) = 4 mm 2
127162

01C-12

http://vnx.su

VEHICLE BODYWORK SPECIFICATIONS


Vehicle clearances: Adjustment values

01C

Section 37 / 37a

Section 35

127184

127177

(X37) = 4 mm 2

(X35) = 4 mm 2

(X37a) = 2 mm 1.5
Section 36
Section 38

127183

(X36) = 4 mm 2

127179

(X38) = 1.5 mm 1

01C-13

http://vnx.su

VEHICLE BODYWORK SPECIFICATIONS


Vehicle clearances: Adjustment values

01C

Section 41

Section 39

127178

127185

(X41) = 7.2 mm 3

(X39) = 4 mm 2
Section 40

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS

127180

(X40) = 1.5 mm 1.5


141251

01C-14

http://vnx.su

VEHICLE BODYWORK SPECIFICATIONS


Vehicle clearances: Adjustment values
Section 44

Section 42

127184

127178

(X42) = 4 mm 2

(X44) = 4 mm 2

Section 43

Section 45

127177

(X43a) = 2 mm 1.5

01C

127185

(X45) = 7.2 mm 3

(X43b) = 4 mm 2

01C-15

http://vnx.su

VEHICLE BODYWORK SPECIFICATIONS


Vehicle clearances: Adjustment values
Section 46

127192

(X46) = 4 mm 2

01C-16

http://vnx.su

01C

MECHANICAL INTRODUCTION
Vehicle: Precautions for repair
GENERAL INFORMATION
All information contained in these manuals is intended
exclusively for automotive industry professionals.
The documentation is intended to cover all vehicles in
the RENAULT range throughout the world, but may not
cover equipment designed for use in specific countries.
The procedures and fault finding procedures recommended and described in this manual have been designed by automotive industry repair professionals.
1 - General recommendations
Observe basic principles of vehicle repair.
The quality of repair depends first and foremost on the
care exercised by the person in carrying it out.
To ensure good repair:
- protect the sensitive areas of the vehicle (seats, steering wheel, wings, etc.),
- disconnect the battery wherever possible (prevents
short circuits, erratic starting of the windscreen wiper
motor, etc.),
- when welding on the vehicle, it is advisable to remove
or disconnect components near the repair area that
could be affected by the heat,
- use recommended professional products and original
parts,
- observe the tightening torques,

01D

- protect the accessories and timing belts, the electrical


accessories (starter, blanking cover, electric power
assisted steering pump) and the mating face to prevent diesel fuel spilling onto the clutch friction plate.
The design quality of our vehicles demands that nothing is left to chance in making a good repair, and it is
essential to refit parts or components exactly as they
were originally (for instance: heat shields, wiring routing, pipe routing, particularly in the area of the exhaust
pipe).
Do not blow away asbestos particles or dust (brakes,
clutch, etc.), vacuum them up or clean the component
with a cleaning agent (such as a brake cleaning product).
Use professional products and apply them with care,
for example do not apply too much sealing paste to the
sealing surface.
Exhaust gases (petrol and diesel) are pollutants. Operate engines with care and always use exhaust gas extractors.
Ensure that there is no risk of a short circuit occurring
when the electrical connections are reconnected (e.g.
starter, alternator, etc.). Some points need greasing,
others do not, therefore particular attention should be
paid during refitting operations to ensure that they work
properly under all conditions.

2 - Special tooling - ease of use

- replace roll pins, self-locking or bonded nuts or bolts


every time they are removed,
- take care with electrical and electronic components
which cannot withstand excess voltage and improper
handling; replace any electrical and electronic components which have experienced a voltage drop,
- make sure that the connectors are correctly clipped,

The repair procedures have been designed using special tools; they must therefore be carried out using these tools to ensure a high degree of working safety and
quality of repair.
The equipment we have approved has undergone careful research and testing, and must be used and maintained with care.

- do not pull on the wiring,


- check for the sealing plugs on the connectors,

3 - Reliability - updating

- do not splash any liquid on the electrical and electronic components (computers, sensors, etc.),
- do not just replace parts one after the other, carry out
detailed fault finding beforehand,
- carry out a final check before returning the vehicle to
the customer (set the clock, check the alarm operation, check the lights and indicators etc.),
- clean and degrease the sections to be bonded
(threads, stub axle splines) to ensure proper adherence,

New repair procedures are constantly being developed


in the interests of repair quality, either with new products (emission control, injection, electronics, etc.), or
in fault finding. Be sure to consult the Workshop Repair
Manuals or Technical Notes or fault finding summaries
before any servicing operation.
Since vehicle specifications are subject to change during their commercial life, it is essential to check
whether there are any updated Technical Notes when
seeking information.

01D-1

http://vnx.su

MECHANICAL INTRODUCTION
Vehicle: Precautions for repair

01D

4 - Safety

5 - Conclusion

Operations on certain equipment and certain parts (for


instance: spring-shock absorber assembly, automatic
transmission, brake system, ABS, airbag, common rail
diesel injection, LPG, etc.) require particular attention
to be paid to safety, cleanliness and care.

The procedures contained in this document merit your


attention. Please read them carefully in order to reduce
the risk of injury, and avoid using incorrect procedures
that could damage the vehicle or make it dangerous in
use.

The safety symbol used in this manual indicates that


special attention must be paid to the procedure or the
tightening torque values.

Following the recommended procedures will help you


to provide a quality of service which will ensure the vehicles achieve the highest levels of performance and
reliability.

Working safely:
- use suitable tools which are in good condition (use of
multi-purpose tools, such as adjustable pliers,
etc., should be avoided wherever possible),

Maintenance and repair operations must be carried out


under the proper conditions to ensure that our vehicles
run safely and reliably.

- use supports and adopt a correct posture when performing heavy work or raising loads,
- make sure that the procedure used is not dangerous,
- Do not wear any jewellery or other small objects during an operation,
- use personal protection (gloves, safety glasses, work
shoes, masks, skin barrier creams, etc.),
- always follow the safety instructions associated with
the operation to be performed,
- do not smoke when working on vehicles,
- use smoke extractors (welding, exhaust gases, etc.),
- do not use harmful products in unventilated rooms,
- do not overstrain yourself or attempt inappropriate
work operations,
- use axle stands when working under a vehicle raised
on a jack,
- do not ingest any chemicals (brake fluid, coolant,
etc.),
- do not open the cooling circuit when it is hot and pressurised,
- take care with components that are liable to start up
suddenly (engine cooling fan, etc.).
Respecting the environment:
- do not allow waste refrigerants to escape into the atmosphere,
- do not dispose of waste vehicle fluids (oil, brake fluid,
etc.) in drains,
- do not burn discarded products (tyres, etc.).

01D-2

http://vnx.su

MECHANICAL INTRODUCTION
Tightening torques: General information
I - TABLE OF STANDARD TORQUES

01D

The property class is indicated on the bolt (1) or (2) .


II - FUNCTION OF A BOLTED ASSEMBLY

Fastenings
Diameter

Property
class

Standard
tightening
torque
(N.m)

M6 *

8.8

10

M8 *

8.8

25

M10 *

8.8

50

M10

10.9

62

M12

10.9

105

M14

10.9

180

M16

10.9

280

M18

10.9

400

The bolting system connects parts of an assembly to


prevent their separation or sliding when submitted to
exterior forces.
Exterior forces

* Special notes on the electrical earths


Fastenings
Diameter

Standard
tightening
torque
(N.m)

M6

M8

21

M10

44

120737

The assembly is submitted to forces that are:


- static and / or dynamic,
- simple (e.g. simple traction),
- multiple (traction + flexion + torsion).

120736

01D-3

http://vnx.su

MECHANICAL INTRODUCTION
Tightening torques: General information

01D

Customer complaints resulting from incorrect tightening may be, following assembly, a safety issue (fire,
loss of control of the vehicle etc.), an immobilising fault
or a noise.

Creating tension (or preload) F0

III - TIGHTENING PROCEDURES


The two controlled tightening procedures adapted to
automotive repairs because of their low cost and simple operation are torque tightening and angle tightening (also called torque and angle).
1 - Torque tightening
This is the most commonly used procedure. Is consists
of tightening until a given resisting torque is reached,
known as tightening torque.
The tightening torque is distributed in a large part as
friction torque (under the head and in the thread) and in
a small part as useful torque (to create the tension).
120738

The assembly is held together by the tension created in


the bolt when it is tightened.
A reliable assembly is only possible if the correct tension is used:

This practise spreads the tension significantly due to


the variation in the friction coefficients from one assembly to another and the uncertainty of the tightening procedures and methods.
2 - Angle tightening

- insufficient tension: risk of loosening,


- too much tension: risk of deformation of the parts to
be assembled, or shearing of the bolt.

The principle consists of putting the parts of the assembly in contact using a mating torque (approximately 25
to 30% of the final torque) then to tighten to a determined angle.
This method, which is not dependent on the friction of
the tightened assembly, gives more precise results
than torque tightening.
IV - OBSERVING THE TIGHTENING TORQUES AND
ANGLES
Bolted assemblies whose tightening torques and angles are explicitly specified in the removal / refitting
procedures must be observed using the appropriate tools (torque wrench, angle measuring disc). Failure to
observe this can lead to safety risks, immobilising
faults or unwanted noises.

120739

(3)

Bolt

(4)

Assembled components

(5)

Extension of the bolt

(6)

Non-tightened assembly

(7)
(X1)

Tightened assembly
compression of the assembly

(Fo)

tension

(C)

tightening torque

For other bolted assemblies, non-measured tightening


(using standard spanners) is acceptable. Nevertheless, the corresponding tightening torque is indicated in
the table of standard tightening torques.
V - RECOMMENDED TIGHTENING TOOLS
For measured tightening, the repairer must have
available torque wrenches to tighten from 4 to 400 N.m
as well as an angle measuring disc.
The torque wrenches used may be click type or electronic.

01D-4

http://vnx.su

MECHANICAL INTRODUCTION
Tightening torques: General information

01D

For example:
- 1 torque wrench 4 - 40 N.m,
- 1 torque wrench 20 - 100 N.m,
- 1 torque wrench 80 - 400 N.m,
- 1 angle measurement disc.
The torque wrenches used must comply with the ISO
6789 standard. They must be calibrated regularly following the supplier's recommendations using the appropriate procedures.
120741

VI - PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING A CLICK TYPE


TORQUE WRENCH
A click type torque wrench is a manual tightening tool.
The trigger mechanism causes a break or disengagement of the wrench past a force threshold.
This threshold depends on the setting of the wrench
but also depends on the way the wrench is handled.

- Pull the wrench gently and steadily, without applying


any torsion. Excessive tightening speed as well as jerkiness are major causes of overtightening. Any torsion
applied to the wrench will alter the trigger threshold.
- Hold the wrench on the bolt using a minimum of effort.
Any effort applied to the wrench head will alter the trigger threshold.

When used following best practises, the accuracy of


the tightness when using a click type torque wrench is
15%.
The instructions to be observed are:

120742

- Apply the tightening effort perpendicular to the mounting observing a tolerance of 15 relative to the perpendicularity. If the wrench is not perpendicular to the
mounting axis, this will result in insufficient tightening.
120740

(6)

- Stop tightening as soon as the wrench is triggered.


Continued tightening after the wrench is triggered will
lead to overtightening.

lever arm

- Place the hand in the centre of the handle. An incorrectly positioned hand on the handle will alter the trigger threshold.

01D-5

http://vnx.su

MECHANICAL INTRODUCTION
Tightening torques: General information

01D

It is advisable to handle the wrench with care and to


stop tightening when the required value is displayed on
the wrench.

120743

If the length of the wrench is modified (extending the


handle, adapting an end piece) it is essential to recalibrate the wrench to its new configuration.
Modifying the length of the wrench will modify its trigger
threshold.
Use the formula: C1 = CO x L2 / (L1+L2)
- CO: torque to apply,
- C1: adjustment torque to be displayed on the wrench,
- L1: length of the extension,
- L2: length of the wrench.
Unless there are special instructions in the repair
method, a universal joint (CARDAN joint type) should
be used for measured tightening. Using a universal
joint will result in a difference between the set torque of
the wrench and the actual torque applied.
Before storing the wrench, loosen the adjustment
spring completely. A wrench stored with a spring under
tension will lose its tightening accuracy.
VII - PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING ELECTRONIC
TORQUE WRENCHES
An electronic torque wrench is a manual tightening tool. The tightening torque and, depending on the model,
the angle is read directly.
When used following best practises, the accuracy of
the tightness when using an electronic torque wrench
is 5%.
Electronic torque wrenches are not affected by the position of the operator's hand.

01D-6

http://vnx.su

LIFTING EQUIPMENT
Vehicle: Towing and lifting

02A

2 - Position of rear attachment point


Essential equipment
safety strap(s)
I - TOWING

WARNING
See the current towing regulations in each country.
Never use the driveshafts, axle assembly components or suspension components as attachment
points.
Always fully tighten and lock the towing ring before
use.
Always pull in the direction of the rod's length in
order to avoid breaking it.
Vehicles fitted with automatic transmission:
- The vehicle should preferably be transported on a
platform or towed by lifting the front wheels. As an
exception, the vehicle may be towed with the
wheels on the ground but at a speed below 12
mph (20km/h) and over a maximum distance of 18
miles (30 km) (with the gear lever in neutral).

125855

II - LIFTING POINT USING A TROLLEY JACK

IMPORTANT
To prevent any accidents, the trolley jack must only
be used to lift and/or move the vehicle. The vehicle
height must be maintained with axle stands which
are strong enough to support the weight of the vehicle.

1 - Position of front attachment point

WARNING
To avoid any damage to the original protection, use
equipment fitted with rubber pads to prevent the
equipment coming into direct contact with the vehicle.
To avoid any damage to the axle assemblies, the
vehicle must not be raised using the front suspension arms for support or under the rear axle.

125856

02A-1

http://vnx.su

LIFTING EQUIPMENT
Vehicle: Towing and lifting

02A

III - LIFTING POINT USING A VEHICLE LIFT


1 - Safety advice reminder

127407

14894

Safety advice reminder:


If it is necessary to remove heavy components from the
vehicle, it is preferable to use a four-post lift.
There is a danger that the vehicle will tilt on a two-post
lift after certain components have been removed (e.g.
engine and transmission assembly, rear axle, gearbox). Fit the safety strap(s) available from the Parts
Department.

127408

To place the vehicle on axle stands:


- front:
raise the vehicle under the front side cross member
at (1) and place the axle stand under the jacking
point at (2) ,
- rear:
raise the vehicle under the rear floor front cross
member at (3) and place the axle stand under the
jacking point at (4) ,

02A-2

http://vnx.su

LIFTING EQUIPMENT
Vehicle: Towing and lifting

02A

3 - Permitted lifting points

2 - Fitting the straps

IMPORTANT
Only the jacking points described in this section
allow the vehicle to be raised in complete safety.
Do not raise the vehicle using points other than
those described in this section.
To raise the vehicle, position the pads of the lift arms
as indicated below. Be sure to retract the pads far
enough to avoid damaging the underside of the sill panel (5) (6) .
Front lifting points

14893

Fitting the straps:


For safety reasons, the straps must be in perfect condition; replace them if they are damaged.
When fitting the straps, check that the seats and fragile
parts of the vehicle are correctly protected.
a - Tilting towards the front
Pass the strap under the rear right-hand arm of the lift.
Pass the strap through the inside of the vehicle.
Pass the strap under the rear left-hand arm of the lift.
125852

Pass the belt through the inside of the vehicle again.

Fit the lift arm pads under the front jacking points (3) .

Tighten the strap.


b - Tilting towards the rear
Pass the strap under the front right-hand arm of the lift.
Pass the strap through the inside of the vehicle.
Pass the strap under the front left-hand arm of the lift.
Pass the belt through the inside of the vehicle again.
Tighten the strap.

02A-3

http://vnx.su

LIFTING EQUIPMENT
Vehicle: Towing and lifting
Rear lifting points

125853

Fit the lift arm pads under the rear jacking points (4) .

Note:
If it is necessary to disengage the jacking points,
follow the instructions for lifting using a trolley jack
(for example, fit anchoring clamps if placing on a
body jig bench for bodywork rebuilding).

02A-4

http://vnx.su

02A

COLLISION
Damaged vehicle: Collision fault finding

03B

I - CHECKING THE SUBFRAME

126949

a Chronological order of checks:


Front impact:
- (Gg) - (Bd) = (Gd) - (Bg) ,
- (Hg) - (Gd) = (Hd) - (Gg) .
Rear impact:
- (Bg) - (B1d) = (Bd) - (B1g) ,
- (Bg) - (Ld) = (Bd) - (Lg) .

03B-1

http://vnx.su

COLLISION
Damaged vehicle: Collision fault finding

03B

B, B1 points: rear axle leader pin

II - DETAILED VIEW OF INSPECTION POINTS


G points: front side member rear mounting

127210

127208

L points: rear side member rear leader pin

H points: front side member front mounting

127211

a
127209

03B-2

http://vnx.su

COLLISION
Vehicle damaged at front: Description

03B

COMBINATIONS FOR REPLACING WELDED


STRUCTURAL PARTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH
IMPACT SUSTAINED

127207

- (2) front side member front section,

1st degree

- (3) front side member front closure panel,


- (4) front end side cross member.

126940

- (1) radiator cross member mounting,

03B-3

http://vnx.su

COLLISION
Vehicle damaged at front: Description
- (14) front half-unit.

2nd degree

126941

- (5) front side member rear section,


- (6) complete front side member closure panel,
- (7) battery tray mounting,
- (8) front sub-frame front mounting,
- (9) engine stand,
- (10) scuttle side panel,
- (11) scuttle side panel upper reinforcement,
- (12) front wheel arch.
3rd degree

126942

- (13) front sub-frame rear mounting,

03B-4

http://vnx.su

03B

COLLISION
Vehicle damaged at side: Description

03B

127205

03B-5

http://vnx.su

COLLISION
Vehicle damaged at side: Description

03B

1st degree

126946

- (1) sill panel,


- (2) A-pillar,
- (3) rear right-hand section, body side,
- (4) rear left-hand section, body side.

03B-6

http://vnx.su

COLLISION
Vehicle damaged at side: Description

03B

2nd degree

126947

- (5) sill panel reinforcement.


- (6) rear sill panel reinforcement,
- (7) sill panel clousre panel,
- (8) sill panel closure panel, rear section,
- (9) sill panel stiffener,
- (10) A-pillar reinforcement
- (11) scuttle side panel,
- (12) B-pillar reinforcement,
- (13) windscreen pillar trim stiffener,
- (14) windscreen pillar lining,
- (15) lining of plated rear side panel, front section,
- (16) lining of glazed rear side panel, front section.

03B-7

http://vnx.su

COLLISION
Vehicle damaged at side: Description

03B

3rd degree

126948

- (17) front sub-frame rear mounting,


- (18) centre floor, side section,
- (19) centre floor front side cross member,
- (20) centre floor reinforcement,
- (21) windscreen aperture lower cross member,
- roof (22) ,
- (23) roof front cross member,
- (24) roof centre cross member,
- (25) roof panel arch,
- (26) roof rear cross member.

03B-8

http://vnx.su

COLLISION
Vehicle damaged at rear: Description

03B

127206

03B-9

http://vnx.su

COLLISION
Vehicle damaged at rear: Description

03B

1st degree

126943

- (1) rear end panel,


- (2) rear end lower cross member,
- (3) rear end lower cross member, side section,
- (4) rear side panel rain channel.

03B-10

http://vnx.su

COLLISION
Vehicle damaged at rear: Description

03B

2nd degree

126944

- (5) complete rear floor,


- (6) rear side member, rear cut,
- (7) rear impact cross member mounting reinforcement,
- (8) rear floor stiffener,
- (9) lining of glazed rear side panel, rear section,
- (10) lining of plated rear side panel, rear section,
- (11) rear end pillar.

03B-11

http://vnx.su

COLLISION
Vehicle damaged at rear: Description

03B

2nd degree

126945

- (12) rear floor, front section,


- (13) complete rear side member,
- (14) tank mounting support,
- (15) rear floor centre cross member,
- (16) front cross member under rear seat,
- (17) rear left-hand wheel arch,
- (18) lining of glazed side panel,
- (19) lining of plated side panel.

03B-12

http://vnx.su

CONSUMABLES - PRODUCTS
Vehicle: Parts and ingredients for the repairwork
Consumables for mechanical repair:
DEFINITION

PACKAGING

PART NUMBER

MECHANICAL SEALANTS
SILICOR

85 g tube

77 11 236 470

100 g tube

77 11 236 172

Kit

77 11 237 896

100 g cartridge

77 11 227 484

TRANSPARENT SEALING MASTIC

45 g tube

77 11 223 369

SILICOJOINT

90 g tube

77 11 236 469

LOCTITE ADHESIVE 597

Cartridge

77 11 219 705

25 ml tube

77 11 237 640

1.5 kg tin

77 01 421 161

400 ml aerosol

77 11 236 176

sealing paste
MASTIXO
Joint face seal
BEARING SEALING KIT
For crankshaft bearing cap side
sealing
SILICONE ADHESIVE SEAL
Engine and gearbox sealing paste

Sealing paste forPXXgearboxes


RESIN ADHESIVE or SEALING
RESIN
Sealing resin for engine and gearbox covers
EXHAUST MASTIC
For exhaust pipe union seals
LEAK DETECTOR

ADHESIVES
FRENETANCHE

50 ml bottle

77 11 236 471

50 ml bottle

77 11 230 112

50 ml bottle

77 11 236 472

Sealing the threading at low and


medium pressure
HIGH-STRENGTH THREADLOCK
For locking bolts
SEALING RESIN
For locking the bearings
LUBRICANT CLEANERS
NTELEC

150 ml aerosol

Avoid bad contacts in electrical circuits

04B-1

http://vnx.su

77 11 225 871

04B

CONSUMABLES - PRODUCTS
Vehicle: Parts and ingredients for the repairwork
INJECTOR CLEANER

355 ml container

CLOTH FOR INJECTION SYSTEM

77 11 224 188 or 77 11 225 539


77 11 211 707

SUPER RELEASING AGENT

500 ml aerosol

77 11 236 166

SUPER RELEASING AGENT

250 ml aerosol

77 11 420 439

SUPER CLEANER FOR JOINT


FACES

300 ml aerosol

77 11 238 181

SURFACE CLEANER

5 L container

77 01 404 178

SILICONE LUBRICANT

400 ml aerosol

77 11 236 168

SILICONE-FREE LUBRICANT

400 ml aerosol

77 11 236 167

600 ml aerosol

77 11 422 413

150 ml aerosol

77 11 422 414

AIR CONDITIONING CLEANER

250 ml aerosol

77 11 230 498

CARBURETTOR CLEANER

Aerosol

77 11 236 177

For cleaning joint faces

BRAKE CLEANER

GREASE
BR2+ GREASE

1 kg pack

77 01 421 145

100 g tube

77 11 419 216

85 g tube

77 11 236 173

500 ml aerosol

77 11 236 169

180 g sachets

77 11 420 011

400 ml aerosol

77 11 236 174

For:
- the lower arm bearings,
- the anti-roll bar grooves,
- the driveshaft splines.
SILICONE GREASE
For:
- the tubular rear axle bushes,
- the anti-roll bar bushes.
COPPER ANTI-SEIZE GREASE
Grease for turbochargers (high
temperature)
COPPER-ALUMINIUM LUBRICANT
Grease for turbochargers (high
temperature)
GREASE
For driveshaft seals
WHITE GREASE
For wheel sensors

04B-2

http://vnx.su

04B

CONSUMABLES - PRODUCTS
Vehicle: Parts and ingredients for the repairwork
500 ml aerosol

77 11 236 170

250 ml aerosol

77 11 236 171

100 g tube

82 00 168 855

04B

MULTIPURPOSE GREASE
FLUORSTAR 2L
Silicone-free electric sealing grease
LACQUER
JELT ARGENT

5 g bottle

77 11 230 111

Varnish for repairing heated rear


screens
BRAKE
0.5 L container

77 11 218 589

5 L container

77 11 238 318

25 L container

77 11 238 319

0.5 L container

77 11 172 381

5 L container

77 01 395 503

25 L container

77 11 171 926

DOT 4

0.5 L container

86 71 000 000

Authorised for vehicles without


ESP, without clutch with hydraulic
tappet

5 L container

86 71 014 277

25 L container

86 71 014 278

DOT 4, ISO CLASS 6, RENAULT


STANDARD: 03-50-006,
For vehicles with and without electronic stability program (ESP)
DOT 4, ISO CLASS 4, RENAULT
STANDARD: 03-50-005
Authorised for vehicles without ESP

COOLING SYSTEM
ANTIFREEZE (TYPE D)

COOLANT (TYPE D)

1 L container

77 11 170 548

1 L container

77 11 171 589

2 L container

77 11 170 545

5 L container

77 11 170 546
OIL

ENGINE OIL

(see Engine oil: Specifications) (Technical Note 6013A, 04A, Lubricants)


(see Manual gearbox oil: Specifications) (Technical Note 6012A, 04A,
Lubricants)

GEARBOX OIL

(see Automatic gearbox oil: Specifications) (Technical Note 6012A,


04A, Lubricants)
(see Sequential gearbox oil: Specifications) (Technical Note 6012A,
04A, Lubricants)

AXLE OIL

(see Rear axle oil: Specifications) (Technical Note 6012A, 04A, Lubricants)

04B-3

http://vnx.su

CONSUMABLES - PRODUCTS
Vehicle: Parts and ingredients for the repairwork
ELF RENAULT MATIC D2

2 L container

77 01 402 037

Oil for power-assisted steering:


Pump connected, pump assembly
(except Laguna III)
TOTAL POWER-ASSISTED STEERING FLUID

1 L container

Oil for power-assisted steering:


Pump assembly (Laguna III)
PLANETELF PAG 488
SANDEN SP 10

77 11 172 668
250 ml container

77 01 419 313

Oil for air conditioning compressor


TYRES
1 kg pack

77 11 223 052

5 kg pack

77 11 223 053

400 ml tube

77 11 221 296

300 ml tube

77 11 222 802

TYRE PASTE

TYRE REPAIR AGENT


BLANKING PLUG
Engine type

Injection type

Part no.

F5R

77 01 206 382

F8Q

77 01 206 340

F9Q

77 01 208 229

G9T AND G9U

77 01 208 229

K9K

DELPHI

77 01 206 804

K9K

SIEMENS

77 01 476 857

M9R

77 01 209 062

P9X

77 01 474 730

ZD3

77 01 208 229
MISCELLANEOUS

GREY ABRASIVE PAD

77 01 405 943

Consumables for bodywork repair:


HOLLOW SECTION WAX
SPR CC

1 L container

77 11 172 672

SPR CC SPRAY

500 ml aerosol

77 11 211 654

04B-4

http://vnx.su

04B

CONSUMABLES - PRODUCTS
Vehicle: Parts and ingredients for the repairwork
STRUCTURAL ADHESIVE
STRUCTURAL ADHESIVE

Kit =2 80 ml cartridges

77 11 219 885

HIGH PERFORMANCE STRUCTURAL ADHESIVE

1 195 ml cartridge

77 11 419 113

GLAZING PRODUCTS AND ADHESIVES


MONOPAC EVOLUTION ADHESIVE KIT

310 ml cartridge

77 11 421 430

MONOPAC EVOLUTION ADDITIONAL CARTRIDGE + NOZZLE

310 ml cartridge

77 11 421 431

S-P KIT ADHESIVE KIT

310 ml cartridge

77 11 421 432

ADDITIONAL S-P KIT CARTRIDGE + NOZZLE

310 ml cartridge

77 11 421 433

BIPAC EVOLUTION ADHESIVE


KIT

2 225 ml cartridges

77 11 421 434

LINT-FREE CLOTH

Box of 340 cloths

77 11 237 262

METAL PRIMER

Bottle

77 11 419 599

WINDOW SEALING MASTIC

310 ml cartridge

77 11 170 222

SPECIAL ADHESIVE FOR WINDOWS


ADHESION PROMOTER

77 11 425 759
Cloth

77 11 423 222

For bonding double-sided adhesive


tape to windows
MISCELLANEOUS
DOUBLE-SIDED ADHESIVE

20 m roll

77 11 226 308

FRENETANCHE

50 ml bottle

77 11 236 471

ADHESIVE PATCH

82 00 043 181

ADHESIVE PAD

77 05 042 163
SEALS

BLACK MJ PRO (Electroweldable)

310 ml cartridge

77 11 172 676

WHITE MJ PRO (Electroweldable)

310 ml cartridge

77 11 172 677

PREFORMED SEALING MASTIC


BEAD

2.6 m roll

77 01 423 330

BRUSH MASTIC

1 kg pack

77 11 228 113

FILLER MASTIC

60 beads 6 mm by 0.3 m

77 11 170 230

GREASE

04B-5

http://vnx.su

04B

CONSUMABLES - PRODUCTS
Vehicle: Parts and ingredients for the repairwork
CLEAN GREASE

300 ml aerosol

77 11 236 174

OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISM GREASE

20 g sachets

77 11 419 865

SOUNDPROOFING
SPR GREY EVOLUTION

1 l cartridge

77 11 419 114

SPR GREY EVOLUTION SPRAY

400 ml aerosol

77 11 419 116

SPR BLACK EVOLUTION II

1 l cartridge

77 11 419 115

SOUNDPROOFING PAD (3.5 Kg/


m)

Pack of 10

77 01 423 546

SOUNDPROOFING PAD (6.5 Kg/


m)

Pack of 5

77 01 423 269
POLISHING

POLISHING LIQUID

1 L container

77 11 420 288

FINISHING LIQUID

1 L container

77 11 420 289
MASTIC

Universal mastic
GALAXI

2.5 kg pack

77 11 172 238

OPTIMAX

1.23 l cartridge

77 11 172 239

EXCELLENCE +

960 g cartridge

77 11 423 539

For finishing plastic repair

1 kg pack

77 11 423 540

Plugging mastic
XFIBRE FIBREGLASS MASTIC

975 kg pack

77 11 172 235

STANDARD BASIX POLYESTER


MASTIC

1.975 kg pack

77 11 172 234

ALUX ALUMINIUM MASTIC

975 kg pack

77 11 172 236

Sprayable mastic
PIXTO SPRAYABLE POLYESTER
MASTIC

1.5 kg tin

77 11 172 237

Finishing mastic
IXTRA POLYESTER MASTIC

1.625 kg pack

77 11 172 233

Anti-grit mastic
MAG PRO 1

310 ml cartridge

77 11 172 679

MAG PRO 3 (Dual component)

1.5 kg tin

77 11 218 364

SURFACE CLEANER

04B-6

http://vnx.su

04B

CONSUMABLES - PRODUCTS
Vehicle: Parts and ingredients for the repairwork
HEPTANE

500 ml container

77 11 170 064

SOLVENT SURFACE CLEANER

5 L container

77 01 404 178

WATER-BASED SURFACE CLEANER

5 L container

77 11 421 337

ANTISTATIC THINNER (for plastic


materials)

400 ml aerosol

77 01 408 493

04B

COMPOSITE MATERIAL REPAIR BY BONDING


PLASTIC REPAIR KIT

77 11 170 064

NOZZLE FOR PLASTIC REPAIR


KIT

77 11 423 523

PLASTIC REPAIR CLEANER

1 L container

77 11 423 517

PLASTIC REPAIR PRIMER

150 ml bottle

77 11 423 518

PLASTIC REPAIR ADHESIVE

2 x 25 ml bicomponent cartridge

77 11 423 519

PLASTIC REPAIR CLOTH

90 m roller

77 11 423 520

PLASTIC REPAIR NOZZLES

12 nozzles

77 11 423 522

COMPOSITE MATERIAL REPAIR BY WELDING


PLASTIC WELD REPAIR SET

77 11 425 742

PROTECTIVE STRIPS

Bag of 10 protective strips

77 11 425 744

STAINLESS STEEL MESH

Bag of 2 meshes

77 11 425 743

COOLER

400 ml aerosol

77 11 425 745

BRUSH

Box of 10 brushes

77 11 237 793

WINDOW MASKING TAPE


10 MM WINDSCREEN TAPE

77 11 171 708

20 MM WINDSCREEN TAPE

77 11 171 709
PROTECTIVE WELDING

ANTI-SPLASH SPRAY

400 ml aerosol

77 11 218 270

SPECIFIED UNDERCOAT
PRE-TREATMENT
PRIMER
WITHOUT ZINC CHROMATE (IAlpha) + THINNER

1 L container

I-PREMIA REACTIVE PRIMER (do


not use on aluminium)

3.5 l container

I-PREMIA REACTIVE PRIMER (do


not use on aluminium)

77 11 420 027 (Primer)


77 11 420 028 (Thinner)
77 11 239 243 (Primer)
77 11 228 654 (Thinner)
400 ml aerosol

04B-7

http://vnx.su

77 11 419 416

CONSUMABLES - PRODUCTS
Vehicle: Parts and ingredients for the repairwork
ADHRA SPRAY (adhesion promoter for thermoplastics)

400 ml aerosol

04B

77 11 423 734
77 11 423 735

PRIMARA BLACK (adhesion promoter/primer for thermoplastics)

1 L container

PRIMARA (adhesion promoter/primer for thermoplastics)

1 L container

77 11 171 514 (Activator)


77 11 171 513
77 11 171 514 (Activator)
UNDERCOAT

LEVIA

3.5 l container

77 11 228 651

FORTIA

3.5 l container

77 11 228 650

04B-8

http://vnx.su

PAINT
Colour code: Specifications

04E

Colour description

Colour Code

Satin textured code

Glacier White

O389

220 112

Bright red

O719

230 103

Beige Grey

TEC66

205 296

Jaune Etincelle (not available in


UK)

TEENC

230 109

Island Blue

TERNP

Vert Printemps (not available in UK)

TEDNK

Mint Blue

TEJ42

Emerald Grey

OKNF

Poppy Red

TENNG

230 110

Shiny grey

TEB64

205 262

Citrus Fruit Yellow

OENG

Volga Blue

ORNQ

Metallic Black

TEGND

215 145

205 316

04E-1

http://vnx.su

Mechanisms and accessories


50A

GENERAL INFORMATION

51A

SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS

52A

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS

54A

WINDOWS

55A

EXTERIOR PROTECTION

56A

EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT

57A

INTERIOR EQUIPMENT

59A

SAFETY ACCESSORIES

X61
MARCH 2009
"The repair methods given by the manufacturer in this document are based on the technical
specifications current when it was prepared.
The methods may be modified as a result of changes introduced by the manufacturer in the
production of the various component units and accessories from which his vehicles are
constructed."

Edition Anglaise

All copyrights reserved by Renault.


The reproduction or translation in part of whole of the present document, as well as the use
of the spare parts reference numbering system, are prohibited without the prior written
consent of Renault.

Renault s.a.s 2008

http://vnx.su

KANGOO II - Section 5

KANGOO II - Section 5 ContentsPage

Contents
Page

50A

Pair of unclipping pliers: Use

51A

51A

GENERAL INFORMATION
50A-1

SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Front side door lock:
Removal - Refitting
Front side door lock barrel:
Removal - Refitting
Door exterior handle:
Removal - Refitting
Front side door electric
window mechanism:
Removal - Refitting
Rear side door electric
window mechanism:
Removal - Refitting
Front side door manual
window winder mechanism:
Removal - Refitting

SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Sliding side door opening
controls: Removal - Refitting

51A-21

Fuel filling compartment


mechanism: Removal Refitting

51A-24

51A-1
52A
51A-3
51A-4

51A-6

51A-8

51A-9

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENT


MECHANISMS
Bonnet release handle:
Removal - Refitting

52A-1

Bonnet latch: Removal Refitting

52A-2

Loading door lock: Removal Refitting

52A-3

Rear loading door exterior


handle: Removal - Refitting

52A-8

Tailgate lock: Removal Refitting

52A-10

Upper rear opening element


lock: Removal - Refitting

52A-11

52A-13

Sliding side door tracks:


Removal - Refitting

51A-11

Sliding side door carriage:


Removal - Refitting

51A-16

Upper rear opening element


mechanism: Removal Refitting

Sliding side door lock:


Removal - Refitting

51A-19

Upper rear opening element


rail: Removal - Refitting

52A-19

Tailgate balancer: Removal Refitting

52A-21

Upper rear opening element


strut: Removal - Refitting

52A-22

http://vnx.su

Contents

52A

54A

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENT


MECHANISMS

55A

Rear opening element


electric window mechanism:
Removal - Refitting

52A-24

Tailgate exterior opening


control: Removal - Refitting

52A-26

Sunroof opening control:


Removal - Refitting

52A-27

Rear loading door stop:


Removal - Refitting

52A-28

Sunroof operating
mechanism: Removal Refitting
Sunroof moving panel:
Removal - Refitting

Sliding window in front side


door: Removal - Refitting

55A-1

Front bumper: Stripping Rebuilding

55A-3

Rear bumper: Removal Refitting

55A-7

Rear bumper: StrippingRebuilding

55A-9
55A-12

52A-29

Rear side door strip:


Removal - Refitting

55A-14

52A-32

Rear loading door strip:


Removal - Refitting

55A-15

Front side door moulding:


Removal - Refitting

55A-17

Rear wing protective strip:


Removal - Refitting

55A-18

Front wheel arch liner:


Removal - Refitting

55A-19

Rear side door moulding:


Removal - Refitting

55A-20

Rear wheel arch liner:


Removal - Refitting

55A-21

54A-1
54A-3

Sliding window in rear side


door: Removal - Refitting

54A-5

Quarter panel light

54A-6

Rear side door fixed window:


Removal - Refitting

54A-7

Sliding side door window:


Removal - Refitting

Front bumper: Removal Refitting

Front side door strip:


Removal - Refitting

WINDOWS
Windscreen: Removal Refitting

EXTERIOR PROTECTION

56A
54A-9

Rear screen: Removal Refitting

54A-10

Opening rear screen:


Adjusting

54A-11

Rear loading door window:


Removal - Refitting

54A-13

Fixed roof window: Removal


- Refitting

54A-18

http://vnx.su

EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Scuttle panel grille: Removal
- Refitting

56A-1

Scoop under scuttle panel


grille: Removal - Refitting

56A-2

Door mirror: Removal Refitting

56A-4

Door mirror casing: Removal


- Refitting

56A-5

Door mirror glass: Removal Refitting

56A-6

Rear badges: Removal Refitting

56A-7

Contents

56A

EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Roof rack bar: Removal Refitting
Upper rear opening element
strip: Removal - Refitting

57A

59A

56A-9
56A-11

INTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Dashboard: Removal Refitting

57A-1

Lower section of dashboard


trim: Removal - Refitting

57A-4

Dashboard air vent: Removal


- Refitting

57A-6

Centre front panel: Removal


- Refitting

57A-7

Glovebox: Removal Refitting

57A-9

Dashboard glovebox:
Removal - Refitting

57A-11

Centre console: Removal Refitting

57A-13

Floor flap and storage:


Removal - Refitting

57A-15

Interior rear-view mirror


Removal - Refitting

57A-16

Sun visor: Removal Refitting

57A-18

Grab handle: Removal Refitting

57A-19

Front storage compartment


under roof: Removal Refitting

57A-20

Rear storage compartment:


Removal - Refitting

57A-21

Separating components:
Removal - Refitting

57A-22

http://vnx.su

SAFETY ACCESSORIES
Belt height adjustment
system: Removal - Refitting

59A-1

GENERAL INFORMATION
Pair of unclipping pliers: Use

50A

99799

a Unclipping tool (part no. 77 11 171 249) for removing


retaining clips, interior trim clips and door trim clips.
a Its flat, bevel edged tip provides easy access underneath clips and clip heads without damaging or altering the clip, the majority of which can therefore be
re-used during refitting.

121062

a Removal of clips from vehicle wheel arch liners.

121060

a Removal of clips from roof lining, carpets and vehicle soundproofing.

121061

a Removal of door window glass handles.


Note:
Place a protective cloth between the trim and the
fixed fork of the pliers so as not to damage the
trim when removing the handle.

50A-1

http://vnx.su

GENERAL INFORMATION
Pair of unclipping pliers: Use

107941

a Removing a door trim.

50A-2

http://vnx.su

50A

SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Front side door lock: Removal - Refitting

51A

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Raise the window fully.
a Disconnect the front side door connector.
a Remove:
- the front side door trim (see Front side door trim:
Removal - Refitting) (72A, Side opening element
trim),
- the front speaker (see Front speakers: Removal Refitting) (86A, Radio),
- the door sealing film (see Door sealing film: Removal - Refitting) (65A, Opening element sealing),
- the front side door lock barrel (see 51A, Side opening element mechanisms, Front side door lock
barrel: Removal - Refitting, page 51A-3) ,
- the exterior door handle (see 51A, Side opening
element mechanisms, Door exterior handle:
Removal - Refitting, page 51A-4) .

126869

a Remove the bolts (3) .


a Unclip the front side door interior opening control cable.
a Remove the front side door lock - exterior door
handle module assembly.
a Disconnect the connector (4) .
a Unclip the front side door lock cable from the front
side exterior door handle module.

REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a Always replace the front side door module rivet (1) .

108049

a Drill out the rivet (1) .

II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART


CONCERNED
a Clip on the front side door locking cable for the front
side exterior door handle module.

WARNING
To avoid any risk of corrosion after the localised
stripping of the panel, reapply the protective coating (see Technical Note 0592A).

a Connect the connector (4) .


a Refit the front side door lock - exterior door handle
module assembly.

a Unclip the exterior door handle module for the front


side door at (2) .

a Clip on the front side door interior opening control


cable.

51A-1

http://vnx.su

SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Front side door lock: Removal - Refitting
III - FINAL OPERATION.
a Clip on the front side door exterior handle module.
a Refit:
- a new rivet (1) ,
- the exterior door handle (see 51A, Side opening
element mechanisms, Door exterior handle:
Removal - Refitting, page 51A-4) ,
- the front side door lock barrel (see 51A, Side opening element mechanisms, Front side door lock
barrel: Removal - Refitting, page 51A-3) ,
- a new door sealing film (see Door sealing film:
Removal - Refitting) (65A, Opening element sealing).
a Carry out a sealing test (see Technical Note 653A).
a Refit:
- the front speaker (see Front speakers: Removal Refitting) (86A, Radio),
- the front side door trim (see Front side door trim:
Removal - Refitting) (72A, Side opening element
trim).
a Connect the front side door connector.
a Carry out a function test on all functions.

51A-2

http://vnx.su

51A

SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Front side door lock barrel: Removal - Refitting

Tightening torquesm
lock barrel bolt

2 Nm

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Unclip the cover to access the front side door lock
barrel release mechanism.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

108047

a Loosen the locking bolt completely without removing


it.
a Remove the front side door lock barrel.

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Position the front side door lock barrel.
a Torque tighten the lock barrel bolt (2 Nm).
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Clip on the blanking cover.
a Carry out a function test.

51A-3

http://vnx.su

51A

SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Door exterior handle: Removal - Refitting

51A

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Disconnect the front side door connector.
a Remove:
- the front side door trim (see Front side door trim:
Removal - Refitting) (72A, Side opening element
trim),
- the front speaker (see Front speakers: Removal Refitting) (85A, Radio),
- the door sealing film (see Door sealing film: Removal - Refitting) (65A, Opening element sealing),
- the front side door lock barrel (see 51A, Side opening element mechanisms, Front side door lock
barrel: Removal - Refitting, page 51A-3) .
108046

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

a Remove the exterior door handle at (2) and (3) .

Exterior handle module (view from inside door box


section)

REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION

127455

a Pull the exterior door handle.


a Press on the lever (1) .

108048

a Check the presence and condition of the seal (4) .

51A-4

http://vnx.su

SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Door exterior handle: Removal - Refitting

51A

III - FINAL OPERATION.

II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART


CONCERNED

a Refit the front side door lock barrel (see 51A, Side
opening element mechanisms, Front side door
lock barrel: Removal - Refitting, page 51A-3) .
a Connect the front side door connector.
a Carry out a function test on all functions.
a Refit new door sealing film (see Door sealing film:
Removal - Refitting) (65A, Opening element sealing).
a Carry out a sealing test (see Technical Note 0653).
a Refit:
- the front speaker (see Front speakers: Removal Refitting) (85A, Radio),
- the front side door trim (see Front side door trim:
Removal - Refitting) (72A, Side opening element
trim).
a Carry out a function test on all functions.
127457

a Activate the door exterior handle locking mechanism


(5) .
a Lock the locking mechanism by pressing on the lever (6) .

127456

a Refit the exterior door handle at (7) and at (8) .

51A-5

http://vnx.su

SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Front side door electric window mechanism: Removal - Refitting

51A

PAS ELEC ONE-TCH WIND SW

REMOVAL

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION


a Open the window halfway.
a Disconnect the front side door connector.
a Remove:
- the front side door trim (see Front side door trim:
Removal - Refitting) (72A, Side opening element
trim),
- the front speaker (see Front speakers: Removal Refitting) (86A, Radio),
- the door sealing film (see Door sealing film: Removal - Refitting) (65A, Opening element sealing).

126868

a Disconnect the connector for the front side door


electric window motor (2) .
a Remove:
- the bolts (3) ,
- the front side door electric window winder mechanism.

126915

a Remove the bolts (1) from the front side door sliding
window glass.
a Secure the window in the raised position using masking tape.

51A-6

http://vnx.su

SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Front side door electric window mechanism: Removal - Refitting
PAS ELEC ONE-TCH WIND SW

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED

126868

a Refit:
- the front side door electric window winder mechanism,
- the bolts in the sequence (1) , (2) , (3) , (4) and (5) .
a Connect the connector for the front side door electric
window motor (2) .
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the front side door sliding window glass.
a Connect the front side door connector.
a Carry out a function test on all functions.
a Refit new door sealing film (see Door sealing film:
Removal - Refitting) (65A, Opening element sealing).
a Carry out a sealing test (see Technical Note 653A).
a Refit:
- the front speaker (see Front speakers: Removal Refitting) (86A, Radio),
- the front side door trim (see Front side door trim:
Removal - Refitting) (72A, Side opening element
trim).
a Carry out a function test on all functions.

51A-7

http://vnx.su

51A

SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Rear side door electric window mechanism: Removal - Refitting

51A

LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R SLID+OPENING WINDOW, and ELEC. REAR WINDOW SW.

REMOVAL

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION


a Open the window halfway.
a Disconnect the battery (see Battery : Removal Refitting) (80A, Battery).
a Remove:
- the sliding side door trim (see Sliding side door
trim: Removal - Refitting) (72A, Side opening element trim),
- the door sealing film (see Door sealing film: Removal - Refitting) (65A, Opening element sealing).

126867

a Disconnect the connector (2) .


a Remove:
- the bolts (3) ,
- the rear side door electric window mechanism (4) .

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
127454

a Remove the bolt (1) .


a Secure the window in the raised position using masking tape.

a Refit the rear side door electric window mechanism


(4) .
a Connect the connector (2) .
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the bolt (1) .
a Connect the battery (see Battery : Removal - Refitting) (80A, Battery).
a Carry out a function test.
a Refit new door sealing film (see Door sealing film:
Removal - Refitting) (65A, Opening element sealing).
a Carry out a sealing test (see Technical Note 653A).
a Refit the sliding side door trim (see Sliding side
door trim: Removal - Refitting) (72A, Side opening
element trim).

51A-8

http://vnx.su

SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Front side door manual window winder mechanism: Removal - Refitting

51A

MAN. FRONT WINDOW WINDER

REMOVAL

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION


a Open the window halfway.
a Remove:
- the front side door trim (see Front side door trim:
Removal - Refitting) (72A, Side opening element
trim),
- the front speaker (see Front speakers: Removal Refitting) (86A, Radio),
- the door sealing film (see Door sealing film: Removal - Refitting) (65A, Opening element sealing).

132061

a Remove:
- the bolts (2) ,
- the front side door manual window winder mechanism.

132062

a Remove the bolts (1) from the front side sliding door
window.
a Secure the window in the raised position using masking tape.

51A-9

http://vnx.su

SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Front side door manual window winder mechanism: Removal - Refitting
MAN. FRONT WINDOW WINDER

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED

132061

a Refit:
- the front side door manual window winder mechanism,
- the bolts in the sequence (1) , (2) , (3) , (4) and (5) .

II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the front side door sliding window glass.
a Carry out a function test.
a Refit the door sealing film (see Door sealing film:
Removal - Refitting) (65A, Opening element sealing).
a Carry out a sealing test (see Technical Note 653A).
a Refit:
- the front speaker (see Front speakers: Removal Refitting) (86A, Radio),
- the front side door trim (see Front side door trim:
Removal - Refitting) (72A, Side opening element
trim).
a Carry out a function test on all functions.

51A-10

http://vnx.su

51A

SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Sliding side door tracks: Removal - Refitting

51A

L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R
SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW
2 - Sliding side door intermediate runner
Essential equipment
K61

diagnostic tool

a Remove:
- the rear wing light (see Rear light on wing: Removal - Refitting) (81A, Rear lighting),

IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see Airbag and Pretensioners: Precautions for repair) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

- the rear wheel arch trim (see Rear wheel arch


lining: Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body interior
trim).

IMPORTANT
To avoid any risk of triggering when working on or
near a pyrotechnic component (airbags or pretensioners), lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool.

a Remove the sliding side door intermediate drive mechanism (see 51A, Side opening element mechanisms, Sliding side door carriage: Removal Refitting, page 51A-16) .

When this function is activated, all the trigger lines


are inhibited and the airbag warning light on the instrument panel lights up continuously (ignition on).

3 - Sliding side door lower runner


a Lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool
(see Fault finding - Replacement of components)
(88C, Airbags and pretensioners).
a Disconnect the battery (see Battery : Removal Refitting) (80A, Battery).

IMPORTANT
Never handle the pyrotechnic systems (pretensioners or airbags) near to a source of heat or naked
flame - they may be triggered.

a Remove:
- the sliding side door lower drive mechanism (see
51A, Side opening element mechanisms, Sliding side door carriage: Removal - Refitting,
page 51A-16) ,

Note:

- the complete front seat (see Complete front seat:


Removal - Refitting) (75A, Front seat frames and
runners),

For partial removal of the runners, it is not necessary to remove the sliding side door.

- the B-pillar lower trims (see B-pillar lower trim:


Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal trim),

REMOVAL

K61

I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION


a Remove the rear side door (see Rear side door:
Removal - Refitting) (47A, Side opening elements).

a Remove:

1 - Sliding side door upper runner


a Remove the sliding side door upper drive mechanism (see 51A, Side opening element mechanisms, Sliding side door carriage: Removal Refitting, page 51A-16) .

- the centre console (see 57A, Interior equipment,


Centre console: Removal - Refitting, page 57A13) ,
- the centre front panel (see 57A, Interior equipment, Centre front panel: Removal - Refitting,
page 57A-7) ,
- the flaps and floor panel storage compartments
(see 57A, Interior equipment, Floor flap and storage: Removal - Refitting, page 57A-15) ,
- the floor carpet (see Floor carpet: Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body interior trim).

51A-11

http://vnx.su

SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Sliding side door tracks: Removal - Refitting

51A

L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R
SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW

F61

126861

a Remove:
127582

- the bolts (1) ,


- the rear section false floor panel.

a Partially lift the floor carpet.


a Remove the soundproofing (2) .

51A-12

http://vnx.su

SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Sliding side door tracks: Removal - Refitting

51A

L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R
SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
1 - Sliding side door upper runner

126864

a Remove:
- the nut (5) ,
126862

- the sliding side door intermediate runner.

a Remove:
- the bolts (3) ,
- the sliding side door upper runner.
2 - Sliding side door intermediate runner

126863

a Remove the bolt (4) .

51A-13

http://vnx.su

SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Sliding side door tracks: Removal - Refitting

51A

L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R
SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW

REFITTING

3 - Sliding side door lower runner

I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART


CONCERNED
1 - Sliding side door upper runner
a Refit the sliding side door upper runner.
2 - Sliding side door intermediate runner
a Refit the sliding side door intermediary runner.
3 - Sliding side door lower runner
a Refit the sliding side door lower runner.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
1 - Sliding side door upper runner
126865

a Refit the sliding side door upper drive mechanism


(see 51A, Side opening element mechanisms,
Sliding side door carriage: Removal - Refitting,
page 51A-16) .
2 - Sliding side door intermediate runner
a Remove the sliding side door intermediate drive mechanism (see 51A, Side opening element mechanisms, Sliding side door carriage: Removal Refitting, page 51A-16) .
K61
a Remove:
- the rear wing light (see Rear light on wing: Removal - Refitting) (81A, Rear lighting),
- the rear wheel arch trim (see Rear wheel arch
lining: Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body interior
trim).

126866

a Remove:
- the bolts (6) ,
- the nut (6) ,

3 - Sliding side door lower runner

- the sliding side door lower runner.


K61
a Remove:
- the rear section false floor panel,
- the floor carpet (see Floor carpet: Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal trim),

51A-14

http://vnx.su

SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Sliding side door tracks: Removal - Refitting

51A

L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R
SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW
- the flaps and floor panel storage compartments
(see 57A, Interior equipment, Floor flap and storage: Removal - Refitting, page 57A-15) ,
- the centre front panel (see 57A, Interior equipment, Centre front panel: Removal - Refitting,
page 57A-7) ,
- the centre console (see 57A, Interior equipment,
Centre console: Removal - Refitting, page 57A13) .

F61
a Refit:
- the soundproofing (2) ,
- the floor carpet.

a Remove:
- the B-pillar lower trims (see B-pillar lower trim:
Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal trim),
- the complete front seat (see Complete front seat:
Removal - Refitting) (75A, Front seat frames and
runners),
- the sliding side door lower drive mechanism (see
51A, Side opening element mechanisms, Sliding side door carriage: Removal - Refitting,
page 51A-16) .
a Connect the battery (see Battery : Removal - Refitting) (80A, Battery).
a Unlock the airbag computer using the diagnostic
tool (see Fault finding - Replacement of components) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).
a Refit the rear side door (see Rear side door: Removal - Refitting) (47A, Side opening elements).

51A-15

http://vnx.su

SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Sliding side door carriage: Removal - Refitting

51A

L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R
SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW

Note:
For partial removal of the sliding side door drive
mechanisms, it is not necessary to remove the sliding side door.

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove the rear side door (see Rear side door:
Removal - Refitting) (47A, Side opening elements).
1 - Sliding side door upper drive mechanism

127427

127429

a Remove the sliding side door upper runner stop (1) .


2 - Sliding side door intermediate drive mechanism
127430

a Remove:

K61
a Remove the rear wing light (see Rear light on wing:
Removal - Refitting) (81A, Rear lighting).

51A-16

- the bolts (2) ,


- the intermediate runner trim at (3) .

http://vnx.su

SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Sliding side door carriage: Removal - Refitting

51A

L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R
SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW
- the sliding side door intermediate runner stop.

3 - Sliding side door lower drive mechanism

127449

a Remove:
- the bolt (4) ,
- the sliding side door intermediate runner stop (5) .
127428

a Remove:
- the bolts (7) ,
F61

- the sliding side door lower runner stop.

127450

a Remove:
- the bolt (6) ,

51A-17

http://vnx.su

SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Sliding side door carriage: Removal - Refitting

51A

L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R
SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW

REFITTING

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART


CONCERNED
1 - Sliding side door upper drive mechanism
a Refit the sliding side door upper drive mechanism.
2 - Sliding side door intermediate drive mechanism
a Refit the sliding side door intermediary drive mechanism.
3 - Sliding side door lower drive mechanism
a Refit the sliding side door lower drive mechanism.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
1 - Sliding side door upper drive mechanism
126917

a Refit the sliding side door upper runner stop.


2 - Sliding side door intermediate drive mechanism

1 - Sliding side door upper drive mechanism


a Remove:

K61

- the bolts (8) ,

a Refit:

- the sliding side door upper drive mechanism.

- the sliding side door intermediate runner stop (5) ,


- the intermediate runner trim,

2 - Sliding side door intermediate drive mechanism

- the rear wing light (see Rear light on wing: Removal - Refitting) (81A, Rear lighting).

a Remove:
- the bolts (9) ,
- the sliding side door intermediate drive mechanism.
3 - Sliding side door lower drive mechanism
a Remove:

F61
a Refit the sliding side door intermediate runner stop.

- the bolts (10) ,


- the sliding side door lower drive mechanism.
3 - Sliding side door lower drive mechanism
a Refit the sliding side door lower runner stop.
a Refit the rear side door (see Rear side door: Removal - Refitting) (47A, Side opening elements).
a Adjust the rear side door (see Rear side door: Adjustment) (47A, Side opening elements).

51A-18

http://vnx.su

SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Sliding side door lock: Removal - Refitting

51A

L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R
SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW

REMOVAL

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION


ELEC. REAR WINDOW SW.
a Disconnect the battery (see Battery : Removal Refitting) (80A, Battery).

a Remove:
- the sliding side door trim (see Sliding side door
trim: Removal - Refitting) (72A, Side opening element trim),
- the door sealing film (see Door sealing film: Removal - Refitting) (65A, Opening element sealing),
- the exterior door handle (see 51A, Side opening
element mechanisms, Door exterior handle:
Removal - Refitting, page 51A-4) .

127451

a Remove:

ELEC. REAR WINDOW SW.

- the bolts (1) ,

a Remove the rear sliding side door electric window


mechanism (see 51A, Side opening element mechanisms, Rear side door electric window mechanism: Removal - Refitting, page 51A-8) .

- partially remove the sliding side door lock.

127452

a Disconnect the connector (2) .

51A-19

http://vnx.su

SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Sliding side door lock: Removal - Refitting

51A

L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R
SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Clip on the sliding side door lock control cable for the
sliding side door exterior door handle module.
a Refit the sliding side door lock - exterior door handle module assembly
a Clip on the sliding side door interior and exterior
opening control cables.
a Refit the sliding side door exterior door handle module.
a Connect the connector (2) .
a Refit the sliding side door lock.
127453

a Drill out the rivet (3) .

II - FINAL OPERATION.

a Remove the sliding side door exterior door handle


module.

ELEC. REAR WINDOW SW.


a Refit the rear sliding side door electric window mechanism (see 51A, Side opening element mechanisms, Rear side door electric window
mechanism: Removal - Refitting, page 51A-8) .

WARNING
To avoid any risk of corrosion after the localised
stripping of the panel, reapply the protective coating (see Technical Note 0592A).
a Unclip the sliding side door interior and exterior opening control cables.
a Remove the sliding side door lock - exterior door
handle module assembly.
a Unclip the sliding side door lock control cable from
the sliding side door exterior door handle module.

a Refit the door exterior handle (see 51A, Side opening element mechanisms, Door exterior handle:
Removal - Refitting, page 51A-4) .
a Carry out a function test.
a Refit new door sealing film (see Door sealing film:
Removal - Refitting) (65A, Opening element sealing).
a Carry out a sealing test (see Technical Note 653A).
a Refit the sliding side door trim (see Sliding side
door trim: Removal - Refitting) (72A, Side opening
element trim).

ELEC. REAR WINDOW SW.


a Connect the battery (see Battery : Removal - Refitting) (80A, Battery).

51A-20

http://vnx.su

SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Sliding side door opening controls: Removal - Refitting

51A

LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED
WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
Sliding side door exterior handle:
a Remove:
- the sliding side door trim (see Sliding side door
trim: Removal - Refitting) (72A, Side opening element trim),
- the door sealing film (see Door sealing film: Removal - Refitting) (65A, Opening element sealing),
- the dummy lock.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
127459

1 - Sliding side door exterior handle:


Exterior handle module (view from inside door box
section)

a Remove the sliding side door exterior handle at (2)


and at (3) .
2 - Sliding side door interior handle:

127455

a Pull the sliding side door exterior handle.


a Press on the lever (1) .

126456

a Unclip the trim (4) .


a Remove the bolts (4) .
a Unclip:
- the sliding side door interior handle,
- the sliding side door interior door handle cable.

51A-21

http://vnx.su

SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Sliding side door opening controls: Removal - Refitting

51A

LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED
WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW

REFITTING

II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART


CONCERNED

I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION


1 - Sliding side door exterior handle:
Sliding side door exterior handle:

127457
127453

a Check the presence and condition of seal (5) .

a Activate the sliding side door exterior handle locking


mechanism.
a Lock the sliding side door exterior handle locking
mechanism by pressing on the lever (7) .

127456

a Refit the sliding side door exterior handle at (8) and


at (9) .

51A-22

http://vnx.su

SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Sliding side door opening controls: Removal - Refitting

51A

LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED
WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW
2 - Sliding side door interior handle:
a Clip:
- the sliding side door interior door handle cable,
- the sliding side door interior handle,
- the trim (4) .
III - FINAL OPERATION.
Sliding side door exterior handle:
a Fit the dummy lock.
a Carry out a function test.
a Refit new door sealing film (see Door sealing film:
Removal - Refitting) (65A, Opening element sealing).
a Carry out a sealing test (see Technical Note
0653A).
a Refit the sliding side door trim (see Sliding side
door trim: Removal - Refitting) (72A, Side opening
element trim).

51A-23

http://vnx.su

SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Fuel filling compartment mechanism: Removal - Refitting

51A

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION

126859
126826

a Remove the bolts (3) .

a Remove:
- the fuel filler cap,
- the bolts (1) ,
- the bolt (2) ,
- the fuel filler flap,
- the rear wheel arch trim (see Rear wheel arch
lining: Removal - Refitting) (71A, Bodywork interior trim),
- the sliding side door intermediate drive mechanism
(see 51A, Side opening element mechanisms,
Sliding side door carriage: Removal - Refitting,
page 51A-16) ,
- the sliding side door intermediate runner (see 51A,
Side opening element mechanisms, Sliding
side door tracks: Removal - Refitting, page 51A11) .
126858

a Remove:
- clip (4) ,
- the fuel filler flap mechanism.

51A-24

http://vnx.su

SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Fuel filling compartment mechanism: Removal - Refitting
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit:
- the fuel filler flap mechanism,
- the clip (4) .
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit:
- the sliding side door intermediate runner (see 51A,
Side opening element mechanisms, Sliding
side door tracks: Removal - Refitting, page 51A11) ,
- the sliding side door intermediate drive mechanism
(see 51A, Side opening element mechanisms,
Sliding side door carriage: Removal - Refitting,
page 51A-16) ,
- the rear wheel arch trim (see Rear wheel arch
lining: Removal - Refitting) (71A, Bodywork interior trim),
- the fuel filler flap,
- the fuel filler cap.

51A-25

http://vnx.su

51A

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Bonnet release handle: Removal - Refitting

52A

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove:
- the battery (see Battery : Removal - Refitting)
(80A, Battery)
- the battery tray (see Battery tray: Removal - Refitting) (80A, Battery),
- the air filter unit (see Air filter unit: Removal - Refitting) (12A, Fuel mixture),
- the bonnet catch (see 52A, Non-side opening element mechanisms, Bonnet latch: Removal - Refitting, page 52A-2) .
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
126888

a Unclip the bonnet opening control (2) at (3) using a


flat screwdriver.
a Note the routing of the bonnet opening control cable.
a Remove the bonnet opening control cable from inside the vehicle.

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the bonnet opening control cable.
a Refit the bonnet opening control (2) .

126319

a Remove the access flap (1) to the passenger compartment fuses and relay.

II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the bonnet catch (see 52A, Non-side opening
element mechanisms, Bonnet latch: Removal Refitting, page 52A-2) .
a Carry out a function test.
a Refit:
- the access flap (1) to the passenger compartment
fuses and relays,
- the air filter unit (see Air filter unit: Removal - Refitting) (12A, Fuel mixture),
- the battery tray (see Battery tray: Removal - Refitting) (80A, Battery),
- the battery (see Battery : Removal - Refitting)
(80A, Battery).

52A-1

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Bonnet latch: Removal - Refitting

52A

Tightening torquesm
bonnet catch bolts

21 Nm

REMOVAL
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

126887

a Unclip the bonnet opening release cable (2) .


a Remove the bonnet catch.

REFITTING
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
a Clip on the bonnet opening release cable (2) .
126886

a Refit:

a Remove the bonnet catch bolts (1) .

- the bonnet catch,


- the bolts (1) (without tightening them).
a Carry out a function test.
a Adjust the clearances and flush fitting (see Vehicle
clearances: Adjustment values) (01C, Vehicle bodywork specifications).
a Torque tighten the bonnet catch bolts (21 Nm) (1) .

52A-2

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Loading door lock: Removal - Refitting

52A

F61

REMOVAL

2 - Rear right-hand loading door lock


a

I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION

Note:
The upper and lower locks of the rear right-hand
loading door are removed independently.

1 - Rear left-hand loading door lock


a Remove:
- the rear left-hand loading door trim (see Left-hand
rear loading door trim: Removal - Refitting)
(73A, Non-side opening elements trim),
- the loading door exterior handle (see 52A, Nonside opening element mechanisms, Rear loading door exterior handle: Removal - Refitting,
page 52A-8) .

a Remove the rear right-hand loading door trim (see


Right-hand rear loading door trim: Removal - Refitting) (73A, Non-side opening elements trim).
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
1 - Rear left-hand loading door lock

142574
142575

a Drill out the rivet (1) .

a Remove the bolts (3) .


a Unclip the loading door interior opening control cable.

WARNING
To prevent any risk of corrosion after stripping
the panel, reapply the anticorrosion protection
(see Technical Note 0592A).

a Disconnect the connector (4) .

a Unclip the loading door exterior handle module at (2)


.

a Remove the lock - exterior handle module assembly from the front side door box section.
a Unclip the loading door locking cable from the loading door exterior handle module.

52A-3

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Loading door lock: Removal - Refitting

52A

F61
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED

2 - Rear right-hand loading door lock

1 - Rear left-hand loading door lock


a Clip on the loading door locking cable for the loading
door exterior handle module.
a Refit the lock - exterior handle module assembly
for the front side door box section.
a Connect the connector (4) .
a Clip on the loading door interior opening control cable.
2 - Rear right-hand loading door lock
a - Loading door upper lock
a Refit the loading door upper lock (8) .
126885

b - Loading door lower lock

a Unclip the locking cables for the upper lock (5) and
the lower lock (6) .

a Refit the loading door lower lock (10) .

a - Loading door upper lock

a Clip on the locking cables for the upper lock (5) and
the lower lock (6) .

a Remove:
- the bolts (7) ,

III - FINAL OPERATION

- the loading door upper lock (8) .


1 - Rear left-hand loading door lock
b - Loading door lower lock

a Clip on the loading door exterior handle module.

a Remove:

a Refit:

- the bolts (9) ,

- a new rivet (1) ,

- the loading door lower lock (10) .

- the loading door exterior handle (see 52A, Nonside opening element mechanisms, Rear loading door exterior handle: Removal - Refitting,
page 52A-8) ,

I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION


a Always replace the loading door module rivet (1) .

- a new piece of trim to the rear left-hand loading


door (see Left-hand rear loading door trim: Removal - Refitting) (73A, Non-side opening elements trim).
2 - Rear right-hand loading door lock
a Refit a new piece of trim to the rear right-hand loading door (see Right-hand rear loading door trim:
Removal - Refitting) (73A, Non-side opening elements trim).
a Carry out a function test.

52A-4

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Loading door lock: Removal - Refitting

52A

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a
Note:
In the event of an electric fault, it is possible to
open the loading door manually.
This operation is performed from inside the vehicle.

141002

a Unlock the loading door lock by pulling on the cable


at (2) .
a Remove:
- the tailgate trim (see Tailgate lining: Removal Refitting) (73A, Non-side opening elements trim),
- the door sealing film (see Door sealing film: Removal - Refitting) (65A, Opening element sealing).
141001

a Unclip blanking cover (1) .


a Open the upper rear opening element from inside
the vehicle.

52A-5

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Loading door lock: Removal - Refitting

52A

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS


II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

140636
140635

a Remove the loading door lock bolts (5) .

a Disconnect the connector (3) from the loading door


lock.

140637

a Remove the loading door lock at (6) .


140638

a Unclip the cable stop from its housing at (4) .


a Extract the cable from the lock actuator.

52A-6

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Loading door lock: Removal - Refitting
K61, and SHORT CHASSIS

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED

140639

a Refit:
- the loading door lock onto its index (7) ,
- the loading door lock bolts (5) ,
- the cable in the lock actuator.
a Clip the cable stop in its housing.
a Connect the loading door lock connector (3) .
II - FINAL OPERATION
a Carry out a function test.
a Refit:
- the door sealing film (see Door sealing film: Removal - Refitting) (65A, Opening element sealing),
- the tailgate trim (see Tailgate lining: Removal Refitting) (73A, Non-side opening elements trim).

52A-7

http://vnx.su

52A

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Rear loading door exterior handle: Removal - Refitting

52A

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove:
- the rear left-hand loading door trim (see Left-hand
rear loading door trim: Removal - Refitting)
(73A, Non-side opening elements trim),
- the dummy lock.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
Rear loading door exterior handle module (viewed
from inside the door box section)

142572

a Remove the rear loading door exterior handle at (2)


and at (3) .

REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION

127455

a Pull the rear loading door exterior handle.


a Press on the lever (1) .

142573

a Check the presence and condition of seal (4) .

52A-8

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Rear loading door exterior handle: Removal - Refitting

52A

III - FINAL OPERATION

II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART


CONCERNED

a Refit a new piece of trim to the rear left-hand loading


door (see Left-hand rear loading door trim: Removal - Refitting) (73A, Non-side opening elements trim).

127457

a Activate the rear loading door exterior handle locking mechanism (5) .
a Lock the locking mechanism by pressing on the lever (6) .

127456

a Refit:
- the rear loading door exterior handle at (7) and at
(8) ,
- the dummy lock.
a Carry out a function test.

52A-9

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Tailgate lock: Removal - Refitting
K61

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove the tailgate trim (see Tailgate lining: Removal - Refitting) (73A, Non-side opening elements trim).

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

126473

a Remove the bolts (1) .


a Remove the tailgate lock.
a Disconnect the tailgate lock connector (2) .

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Connect the tailgate lock connector (2) .
a Refit the tailgate lock.

II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the tailgate trim (see Tailgate lining: Removal
- Refitting) (73A, Non-side opening elements trim).

52A-10

http://vnx.su

52A

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Upper rear opening element lock: Removal - Refitting
PLASTIC ROOF FLAP or TINTED WINDOW ROOF FLAP

Tightening torquesm
lock bolts

2.5 N.m

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Open the panel of the upper rear opening element.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

138562

a Remove:
- the bolts (1) ,
- the lock of the upper rear opening element (2) .

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit:
- the lock of the upper rear opening element (2) ,
- the bolts (1) .
a Torque tighten the lock bolts (2.5 N.m).
II - FINAL OPERATION
a Carry out a function test.

52A-11

http://vnx.su

52A

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Upper rear opening element lock: Removal - Refitting

52A

ROOF FLAP or PLASTIC ROOF FLAP or TINTED WINDOW ROOF FLAP, and HORIZONTAL OPENING DOOR

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Open the panel of the upper rear opening element.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

140631

a Remove:
- the bolts (1) ,
- the upper rear opening element locks (2) .

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit:
- the upper rear opening element locks (2) ,
- the bolts (1) .
II - FINAL OPERATION
a Carry out a function test.

52A-12

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Upper rear opening element mechanism: Removal - Refitting

52A

ROOF FLAP or PLASTIC ROOF FLAP or TINTED WINDOW ROOF FLAP

STANDARD CHASSIS

Tightening torquesm
upper bolt of the rear
side seat belt

21 N.m

Note:
If it is necessary to remove the guide slide supports, make a mark before removing them.

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
1 - Guide bar
SHORT CHASSIS
a Remove:
- the rear panel trims (see Rear panel trim: Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal trim),

138563

a Remove the quarter panel upper trim (1) .

- the rear wheel arch trims (see Rear wheel arch


lining: Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal
trim).
SHORT CHASSIS

141078

a Remove the quarter panel upper trim at (1) .

52A-13

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Upper rear opening element mechanism: Removal - Refitting

52A

ROOF FLAP or PLASTIC ROOF FLAP or TINTED WINDOW ROOF FLAP

141079

a Unclip blanking cover (2) .

141081

a Unclip the upper trim from the rear wheel arch (4) .

STANDARD CHASSIS

141080

a Remove:
- the rear side seat belt upper bolt (3) ,
- the rear seat belt return mechanism.
138584

a Remove:
- the bolts (5) ,
- the thread supports.

52A-14

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Upper rear opening element mechanism: Removal - Refitting

52A

ROOF FLAP or PLASTIC ROOF FLAP or TINTED WINDOW ROOF FLAP


2 - Guide slide

138583

a Remove the rear centre trim (6) .

140904

a Unclip the blanking covers (8) .


a Remove the bolts (9) from the upper rear opening
element rail trims.

138582

a Remove:
- the clips (7) ,
140903

- the roof rear side trim.

a Remove the upper rear opening element rail trims at


(10) .

52A-15

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Upper rear opening element mechanism: Removal - Refitting

52A

ROOF FLAP or PLASTIC ROOF FLAP or TINTED WINDOW ROOF FLAP

138581

a Remove the bearing bolts (12) .

140902

a Separate the upper rear opening element guide bar


from the upper rear opening element panel by sliding it towards the front of the vehicle.

a Open the upper rear opening element panel midway and extract the upper rear opening element rails
at (11) .
a Support the upper rear opening element panel using
a block.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
1 - Guide bar
a Remove the struts of the upper rear opening element (see 52A, Non-side opening element mechanisms, Upper rear opening element strut:
Removal - Refitting, page 52A-22) .
a Open the panel of the upper rear opening element.

138580

a Loosen the upper rear opening guide bar bolts (13) .

138580

a Remove the upper rear opening element guide bar


at (14) .

52A-16

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Upper rear opening element mechanism: Removal - Refitting

52A

ROOF FLAP or PLASTIC ROOF FLAP or TINTED WINDOW ROOF FLAP


- the bolts (15) .

2 - Guide slide

II - FINAL OPERATION

1 - Guide bar
a Refit:
- the roof rear side trim,
- the clips (7) ,
- the rear centre trim (6) .

STANDARD CHASSIS
a Refit:
- the net supports,
141000

- the bolts (5) ,

a Remove:

- the quarter panel upper trim.

- the bolts (15) ,


- the guide slides.

REFITTING
SHORT CHASSIS
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED

a Clip on the rear wheel arch upper trim (4) .


a Refit:

1 - Guide bar
a Refit the upper rear opening element mechanism.

- the rear seat belt return mechanism,

a Tighten the bolts (13) of the upper rear opening element mechanism.

- the rear side seat belt upper bolt (3) .

a Refit:

a Torque tighten the upper bolt of the rear side seat


belt (21 N.m).

- the upper rear opening element panel on the upper


rear opening element mechanism,

a Clip on the blanking cover (2) .

- the bearing bolts (12) .

a Refit:

a Close the upper rear opening element panel.

- the quarter panel upper trim,

a Refit the struts of the upper rear opening element


(see 5 2 A , Non-side opening element mechanisms, Upper rear opening element strut: Removal - Refitting, page 52A-22) .

- the rear wheel arch trims (see Rear wheel arch


lining: Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal
trim),

2 - Guide slide

- the rear panel trims (see Rear panel trim: Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal trim).

a Refit:
- the guide slides,

52A-17

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Upper rear opening element mechanism: Removal - Refitting
ROOF FLAP or PLASTIC ROOF FLAP or TINTED WINDOW ROOF FLAP
2 - Guide slide
a Remove the block.
a Fit the upper rear opening element panel.
a Refit:
- the upper rear opening element rail trims,
- the bolts (9) for the upper rear opening element rail
trims.
a Clip on the blanking covers (8) .
a Carry out a function test.

52A-18

http://vnx.su

52A

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Upper rear opening element rail: Removal - Refitting

52A

ROOF FLAP or PLASTIC ROOF FLAP or TINTED WINDOW ROOF FLAP

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION

140902

140904

a Unclip the blanking covers (1) .


a Remove the bolts (2) from the upper rear opening
element rail trims.

a Open the upper rear opening element panel midway and extract the upper rear opening element rails
at (4) .
a Support the upper rear opening element panel using
a block.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

140903

a Remove the upper rear opening element rail trims at


(3) .

140901

a Remove:
- the nuts (5) from the upper rear opening element
rails,

52A-19

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Upper rear opening element rail: Removal - Refitting
ROOF FLAP or PLASTIC ROOF FLAP or TINTED WINDOW ROOF FLAP
- the upper rear opening element rails.

REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION

140925

a Check the condition of the sealing components (6)


and replace them if necessary.
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit:
- the upper rear opening element rails,
- the nuts (5) of the upper rear opening element rails.
III - FINAL OPERATION
a Remove the block.
a Fit the upper rear opening element panel.
a Refit:
- the upper rear opening element rail trims,
- the bolts (2) for the upper rear opening element rail
trims.
a Clip on the blanking covers (1) .
a Carry out a function test.

52A-20

http://vnx.su

52A

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Tailgate balancer: Removal - Refitting

52A

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a
WARNING
The strut is fitted in such a way as to prevent
leaks. Note the strut's direction of fitting (position
of the body and cylinder rod) before removing it,
in order to refit the strut identically.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

126471

a Remove the tailgate strut (2) whilst supporting the


tailgate.

REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a Position the clips (1) on the tailgate strut.
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the tailgate strut (2) .
90920

a Unclip the clips (1) without removing them.

52A-21

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Upper rear opening element strut: Removal - Refitting

52A

ROOF FLAP or PLASTIC ROOF FLAP or TINTED WINDOW ROOF FLAP

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Open the panel of the upper rear opening element.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

138560

a Remove the struts (2) of the upper rear opening element.

REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
138559

a Unclip the upper clips (1) without removing them.


a Remove the upper sections of the struts.
a Unclip the lower clips.

a Clip on the clips (1) .


II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the lower section of the struts of the upper rear
opening element.
a Put the panel of the upper rear opening element in
the high position.

52A-22

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Upper rear opening element strut: Removal - Refitting
ROOF FLAP or PLASTIC ROOF FLAP or TINTED WINDOW ROOF FLAP

138561

a Hold the strut of the upper rear opening element at


(3) .
a Refit the upper section of the struts of the upper rear
opening element using a screwdriver (4) .
III - FINAL OPERATION
a Carry out a function test.

52A-23

http://vnx.su

52A

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Rear opening element electric window mechanism: Removal - Refitting

52A

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS

REMOVAL

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION


a Remove:
- the tailgate trim (see Tailgate lining: Removal Refitting) (73A, Non-side opening elements trim),
- the rear loading door window (see 54A, Windows,
Rear loading door window: Removal - Refitting,
page 54A-13) .

140212

a Remove:
- the blanking covers (2) ,
- the nuts (3) ,
- the bolts (4) .
140216

a Disconnect the connector (1) from the rear opening


element window winder motor.

140214

a Remove the rear section and then the front section


of the rear opening element window winder mechanism from the door box.

52A-24

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Rear opening element electric window mechanism: Removal - Refitting

52A

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED

140213

a Refit:
- the rear lower section at (5) and then the rear upper
section of the rear opening element window winder
mechanism,

140218

a Refit:

- the bolt (4) ,

- the front lower section and then the front upper


section of the rear opening element window winder
mechanism,

- the nut (3) .


a Tighten:

- the bolt (4) without tightening it,

- the bolts (4) ,

- the nut (3) without tightening it.

- the nuts (3) .


a Refit the blanking covers (2) .
II - FINAL OPERATION
a Connect the connector (1) for the rear opening element window winder motor.
a Refit:
- the rear loading door window (see 54A, Windows,
Rear loading door window: Removal - Refitting,
page 54A-13) ,
- the tailgate trim (see Tailgate lining: Removal Refitting) (73A, Non-side opening elements trim).

52A-25

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Tailgate exterior opening control: Removal - Refitting
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove the tailgate trim (see Tailgate lining: Removal - Refitting) (73A, Non-side opening elements trim).
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

126472

a Disconnect the connector (1) .


a Remove the bolts (2) .
a Remove the tailgate exterior opening control.

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the tailgate exterior opening control.
a Connect the connector (1) .
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the tailgate trim (see Tailgate lining: Removal
- Refitting) (73A, Non-side opening elements trim).

52A-26

http://vnx.su

52A

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Sunroof opening control: Removal - Refitting

52A

K61

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove the sunroof mobile panel (see 52A, Nonside opening element mechanisms, Sunroof moving panel: Removal - Refitting, page 52A-32) .
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

140915

a Remove the sealing pins (2) .

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit:
- the sealing pins (2) ,

140913

a Remove:

- the sunroof opening control,

- the bolts (1) ,

- the bolts (1) .

- the sunroof opening control.


II - FINAL OPERATION
a Refit the mobile panel to the sunroof (see 52A, Nonside opening element mechanisms, Sunroof moving panel: Removal - Refitting, page 52A-32) .

52A-27

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Rear loading door stop: Removal - Refitting

52A

F61

REMOVAL

REFITTING

I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION

I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART


CONCERNED

a Remove the rear left-hand loading door trim (see


Left-hand rear loading door trim: Removal - Refitting) (73A, Non-side opening elements trim) or
the rear right-hand loading door trim (see Righthand rear loading door trim: Removal - Refitting)
(73A, Non-side opening elements trim).

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

1 - Rear loading door stop mechanism


a Refit the rear loading door stop mechanism (2) .
2 - Rear loading door check strap
a Refit the rear loading door check strap (4) .
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit a new piece of trim to the rear left-hand loading
door (see Left-hand rear loading door trim: Removal - Refitting) (73A, Non-side opening elements trim) or a new piece of trim to the rear righthand loading door (see Right-hand rear loading
door trim: Removal - Refitting) (73A, Non-side
opening elements trim).

126883

1 - Rear loading door stop mechanism


a Remove:
- the nuts (1) ,
- the rear loading door stop mechanism (2) .

2 - Rear loading door check strap


a Remove:
- the bolts (3) ,
- the rear loading door check strap (4) .

52A-28

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Sunroof operating mechanism: Removal - Refitting

52A

K61

Essential equipment
diagnostic tool
cutting wire insertion tool

IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see Airbag and Pretensioners: Precautions for repair) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

IMPORTANT
To avoid any risk of triggering when working on or
near a pyrotechnic component (airbags or pretensioners), lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool.

140922

a Protect the edge of the sunroof operating mechanism using 20 MM WINDSCREEN TAPE (see Vehicle: Parts and ingredients for the repairwork)
(04B, Consumables - Products).

When this function is activated, all the trigger lines


are inhibited and the airbag warning light on the instrument panel lights up continuously (ignition on).

IMPORTANT
Never handle the pyrotechnic systems (pretensioners or airbags) near to a source of heat or naked
flame - they may be triggered.

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool
(see Fault finding - Replacement of components)
(88C, Airbag and pretensioners).
a Disconnect the battery (see Battery : Removal Refitting) (80A, Battery).
a Remove:
- the front section of the headlining (see Headlining:
Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal trim),
- the sunroof mobile panels (see 52A, Non-side
opening element mechanisms, Sunroof moving
panel: Removal - Refitting, page 52A-32) .
a Protect the vehicle interior.

52A-29

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Sunroof operating mechanism: Removal - Refitting

52A

K61
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

140986

140923

a Fit the cutting handles on the two sections of the cutting wire inside the vehicle.
a Cut the cement bead and leave the other handle in
place until it is needed.

a Insert:
- the cutting wire insertion tool at one end,

Note:

- the cutting wire in the cutting wire insertion tool


from the outside towards the inside and leave it until it is needed.

Reduce the length of the cutting wire as you cut.


a Remove the sunroof operating mechanism.

Note:

I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION

Be careful to pass the cutting wire correctly


between the roof and the roof fixed window
frame.

a For preparation and bonding (see Technical Note


560A).

a Slide the cutting wire around the edge between the


fixed window frame and the roof.

a parts always to be replaced: Roof opening element adjusting shim (50,04,22,03).


II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED

a Cut a sufficient length of cutting wire.

a Bond the sunroof operating mechanism (this operation requires two people).

Note:

a Adjust the clearance and for flush fitting.

When routing the cutting wire into the vehicle


interior, be careful not to cross the two wires, as
this would make cutting the seal impossible.
a Insert:
- the cutting wire insertion tool alongside the cutting wire already present,
- the cutting wire in the cutting wire insertion tool
towards the vehicle interior.

52A-30

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Sunroof operating mechanism: Removal - Refitting
K61
III - FINAL OPERATION
a Refit:
- the sunroof mobile panels (see 52A, Non-side
opening element mechanisms, Sunroof moving
panel: Removal - Refitting, page 52A-32) ,
- the front section headlining (see Headlining: Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal trim).
a Connect the battery (see Battery : Removal - Refitting) (80A, Battery).
a Unlock the airbag computer using the diagnostic
tool (see Fault finding - Replacement of components) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

52A-31

http://vnx.su

52A

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENT MECHANISMS


Sunroof moving panel: Removal - Refitting

52A

K61

REMOVAL
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

138610

a Remove:
- the bolts (4) ,
- the hinge supports (5) .
140910

REFITTING

a Open the sunroof mobile panel at (1) .

REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED


a Refit:
- the hinge supports (5) ,
- the bolts (4) ,
- the sunroof mobile panel.
a Lock the sunroof opening control.
a Close the sunroof mobile panel.

140909

a Press the locking button (2) and pull the sunroof mobile panel at (3) .
a Remove the sunroof mobile panel by opening it
completely.

52A-32

http://vnx.su

WINDOWS
Windscreen: Removal - Refitting

54A

Essential special tooling


Car. 1847

Universal protector

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove:
- the windscreen wiper arms (see Windscreen wiper arm: Removal - Refitting) (85A, Wiping Washing),
- the scuttle panel grille (see 56A, Exterior equipment, Scuttle panel grille: Removal - Refitting,
page 56A-1) ,
- the interior rear-view mirror (see 57A, Interior
equipment, Interior rear-view mirror Removal Refitting, page 57A-16) ,
- the rain and light sensor (see Rain and light sensor: Removal - Refitting) (85A, Wipers Washing),

108156

a
WARNING
When cutting the cement bead, take care not to
cut the wiring harness.

- the windscreen pillar trims (see A-pillar trim: Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal trim).
a Protect around the windscreen using masking tape.

Note:
When cutting the cement seal, protect the dashboard using the tool (Car. 1847).

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

a Cut the cement bead (see Technical Note 560A).


a Bond the windscreen (this operation requires two
people).

REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a Always replace:
- the shims,
- the rain and light sensor adhesive base (see Rain
and light sensor: Removal - Refitting) (85C, Wipers - Washing),
- the windscreen seal (1) .
126909

a Remove the windscreen seal (1) .

a For preparation and bonding (see Technical Note


560A).

54A-1

http://vnx.su

WINDOWS
Windscreen: Removal - Refitting
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Bond the windscreen (this operation requires two
people).
a Respect the following clearances and shut lines:
- windscreen - roof ,
- windscreen - A-pillar .
III - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit:
- the windscreen pillar trims (see A-pillar trim: Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal trim),
- the rain and light sensor (see Rain and light sensor: Removal - Refitting) (85A, Wipers Washing),
- the interior rear-view mirror (see 57A, Interior
equipment, Interior rear-view mirror Removal Refitting, page 57A-16) ,
- the scuttle panel grille (see 56A, Exterior equipment, Scuttle panel grille: Removal - Refitting,
page 56A-1) ,
- the windscreen wiper arms (see Windscreen wiper arm: Removal - Refitting) (85A, Wiping Washing).

54A-2

http://vnx.su

54A

WINDOWS
Sliding window in front side door: Removal - Refitting

54A

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove:
- the front side door trim (see Front side door trim:
Removal - Refitting) (72A, Side opening element
trim),
- the front speaker (see Front speakers: Removal Refitting) (86A, Radio),
- the door sealing film (see Door sealing film: Removal - Refitting) (65A, Opening element sealing),
- the front side door exterior weatherstrip (see Front
door side exterior weather strip: Removal - Refitting) (66A, Window sealing),
- the front side door interior weatherstrip.
126916

a Open the window halfway.

a Remove the window at (2) .

PAS ELEC ONE-TCH WIND SW

REFITTING

a Disconnect the front side door connector.

I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART


CONCERNED
a Refit the window.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

II - FINAL OPERATION.
PAS ELEC ONE-TCH WIND SW
a Connect the front side door connector.

a Carry out a function test.


a Refit:
- the front side door interior weatherstrip.
- the front side door exterior weatherstrip (see Front
door side exterior weather strip: Removal - Refitting) (66A, Window sealing),
- new door sealing film (see Door sealing film: Removal - Refitting) (65A, Opening element sealing).
a Carry out a sealing test (see Technical Note 653A).
126915

a Remove the bolts (1) .

a Refit:
- the front speaker (see Front speakers: Removal Refitting) (86A, Radio),

a Unclip the window.

54A-3

http://vnx.su

WINDOWS
Sliding window in front side door: Removal - Refitting
- the front side door trim (see Front side door trim:
Removal - Refitting) (72A, Side opening element
trim).

54A-4

http://vnx.su

54A

WINDOWS
Sliding window in rear side door: Removal - Refitting

54A

LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R SLID+OPENING WINDOW, and ELEC. REAR WINDOW SW.

REMOVAL

REFITTING

I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION

I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART


CONCERNED

a Open the window halfway.

a Refit the sliding window in the rear side door.

a Disconnect the battery (see Battery : Removal Refitting) (80A, Battery).

II - FINAL OPERATION.

a Remove:

a Refit:

- the sliding side door trim (see Sliding side door


trim: Removal - Refitting) (72A, Side opening element trim),

- the fixed rear side door window (see 54A, Windows, Rear side door fixed window: Removal Refitting, page 54A-7) ,

- the door sealing film (see Door sealing film: Removal - Refitting) (65A, Opening element sealing),

- the window lift mechanism (see 51A, Side opening element mechanisms, Rear side door electric window mechanism: Removal - Refitting,
page 51A-8) ,

- the front side door exterior weatherstrip (see Front


door side exterior weather strip: Removal - Refitting) (66A, Window sealing),

- the front side door exterior weatherstrip (see Front


door side exterior weather strip: Removal - Refitting) (66A, Window sealing).

- the window lift mechanism (see 51A, Side opening element mechanisms, Rear side door electric window mechanism: Removal - Refitting,
page 51A-8) ,

a Connect the battery (see Battery : Removal - Refitting) (80A, Battery).

- the fixed rear side door window (see 54A, Windows, Rear side door fixed window: Removal Refitting, page 54A-7) .

a Carry out a function test.


a Refit new door sealing film (see Door sealing film:
Removal - Refitting) (65A, Opening element sealing).
a Carry out a sealing test (see Technical Note 653A).
a Refit the sliding side door trim (see Sliding side
door trim: Removal - Refitting) (72A, Side opening
element trim).

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

126913

a Remove the sliding window from the rear side door


at (1) .

54A-5

http://vnx.su

WINDOWS
Quarter panel light

54A

K61

REMOVAL

II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART


CONCERNED
a Bond the rear quarter panel window.

I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION

a Adjust the clearance and for flush fitting.

a Remove:
- the rear wheel arch trim (see Rear wheel arch
lining: Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal
trim),

III - FINAL OPERATION.


a Refit:

- the rear quarter panel trim (see Rear quarter panel trim: Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal
trim).
a Protect the body around the rear quarter panel window using masking tape.

- the rear quarter panel trim (see Rear quarter panel trim: Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal
trim).
- the rear wheel arch trim (see Rear wheel arch
lining: Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal
trim).

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

126911

a Cut the cement bead (see Technical Note 560A).


a Remove the rear quarter panel window.

REFITTING
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Always replace the shims.
a For preparation and bonding (see Technical Note
560A).

54A-6

http://vnx.su

WINDOWS
Rear side door fixed window: Removal - Refitting

54A

ELEC. REAR WINDOW SW.

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Open the window halfway.
a Disconnect the battery (see Battery : Removal Refitting) (80A, Battery).
a Remove:
- the sliding side door trim (see Sliding side door
trim: Removal - Refitting) (72A, Side opening element trim),
- the door sealing film (see Door sealing film: Removal - Refitting) (65A, Opening element sealing),
- the rear side door exterior weatherstrip (see Rear
side door exterior weather strip: Removal - Refitting) (66A, Window sealing),
126912

- the interior weatherstrip,


- the rear side door electric window mechanism (see
51A, Side opening element mechanisms, Rear
side door electric window mechanism: Removal - Refitting, page 51A-8) .

a Remove:
- the bolts (2) ,
- the fixed window pillar from the rear side door (3) .

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

126914

a Remove the rear side door fixed window (4) .

127454

a Remove the bolt (1) .


a Unclip the sliding window from the rear side door.
a Wind the rear side door sliding window down to the
bottom of the door box section.

54A-7

http://vnx.su

WINDOWS
Rear side door fixed window: Removal - Refitting
ELEC. REAR WINDOW SW.

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit:
- the fixed rear side door window (4) ,
- the fixed window pillar on the rear side door (3) .
a Clip the sliding window on the rear side door.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit:
- the rear side door electric window lift mechanism
(see 51A, Side opening element mechanisms,
Rear side door electric window mechanism:
Removal - Refitting, page 51A-8) ,
- the interior weatherstrip,
- the rear side door exterior weatherstrip (see Rear
side door exterior weather strip: Removal - Refitting) (66A, Window sealing).
a Connect the battery (see Battery : Removal - Refitting) (80A, Battery).
a Carry out a function test.
a Refit new door sealing film (see Door sealing film:
Removal - Refitting) (65A, Opening element sealing).
a Carry out a sealing test (see Technical Note 653A).
a Refit the sliding side door trim (see Sliding side
door trim: Removal - Refitting) (72A, Side opening
element trim).

54A-8

http://vnx.su

54A

WINDOWS
Sliding side door window: Removal - Refitting
WITHOUT REAR WINDOW WINDER

REMOVAL
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

127440

a Remove:
- the bolts (1) ,
- the sliding side door glass.

REFITTING
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
a Refit the sliding side door glass.

54A-9

http://vnx.su

54A

WINDOWS
Rear screen: Removal - Refitting

54A

K61

REMOVAL

REFITTING

I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION

I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION


a Always replace the shims.

a Remove:
- the tailgate trim (see Tailgate lining: Removal Refitting) (73A, Non-side opening elements trim),
- the rear screen wiper arm (see Rear screen wiper
arm: Removal - Refitting) (85A, Washing - Wiping),
- the rear screen wiper motor (see Rear screen wiper motor: Removal - Refitting) (85A, Wiping Washing).

a For preparation and bonding (see Technical Note


560A).
a Refit the rear screen wiper motor (see Rear screen
wiper motor: Removal - Refitting) (85A, Wiping Washing).
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Bond the rear screen (two people are required for
this operation).
a Equal out the clearances and shut lines.

HEATED REAR SCREEN


a Disconnect the heated rear screen harness connectors.

III - FINAL OPERATION.


HEATED REAR SCREEN

a Protect the bodywork around the rear screen using


masking tape.

a Connect the heated rear screen harness connectors.

a Refit:

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

- the rear screen wiper arm (see Rear screen wiper


arm: Removal - Refitting) (85A, Washing - Wiping),
- the tailgate trim (see Tailgate lining: Removal Refitting) (73A, Non-side opening elements trim).

126910

a Cut the cement bead (see Technical Note 560A).


a Remove the rear screen (two people are required for
this operation).

54A-10

http://vnx.su

WINDOWS
Opening rear screen: Adjusting

54A

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS

Tightening torquesm
bolts on the rear loading door sliding window

8 N.m

Note:
Perform all manoeuvres on the rear loading door
sliding window with the vehicle engine running.

Note:
Close the rear loading door each time an adjustment is made to check the result.
140208

REMOVAL

a Loosen the bolts (1) of the rear loading door sliding


window.

I - ADJUSTMENT PREPARATION OPERATION


a Remove:
- the tailgate trim (see Tailgate lining: Removal Refitting) (73A, Non-side opening elements trim),
- the door sealing film (see Door sealing film: Removal - Refitting) (65A, Opening element sealing).

141948

a Open the rear loading door.


a Place three pieces of masking tape on the rear loading door sliding window and draw two lines 15 and
19mm from the top edge of the sliding window.
a Position a suction cup on the rear loading door sliding window.
a Unlock the rear loading door lock using the exterior
door handle (check that the window lowers).
a Close the rear loading door with an operator inside
the vehicle and another outside the vehicle.

140996

a Manually lock the rear loading door lock (check that


the window is raised).

54A-11

http://vnx.su

WINDOWS
Opening rear screen: Adjusting

54A

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS

141949

140218

a Place the rear loading door sliding window at the dimensions shown: (X1) = 4.5 + /- 1.5 mm

a Adjust the bolts (3) using a 20 TORX wrench, after


having completely lowered the rear loading door sliding window.

a Check the alignment of the rear loading door sliding


window in relation to the side trim (2) .
II - NEXT SIMULTANEOUSLY ADJUST THE Z AXIS
OF THE REAR LOADING DOOR

a Check that none of these actions causes the rear


loading door sliding window to become misaligned in
relation to the side trim:
- Window too high towards the front: Turn the bolt
anti-clockwise (1 turn = 1 mm).

a Place the rear loading door sliding screen at the dimensions shown. Once adjusted it must be located
in the adjustment range between 15 and 19 mm in
relation to the roof flap seal.

- Window too low towards the front: Turn the bolt


clockwise (1 turn = 1 mm).
- Window too high towards the back: Turn the bolt
anti-clockwise (1 turn = 1 mm).

a Torque tighten the bolts on the rear loading door


sliding window (8 N.m).

- Window too low towards the back: Turn the bolt


clockwise (1 turn = 1 mm).

a Remove:

a Check that the rear loading door sliding window


works by raising and lowering the window completely in one-touch mode.

- the suction cup,


- the masking tape.

a Raise the rear loading door sliding window fully.

III - FINE ADJUSTMENT OF "Z" WITHOUT


REMOVING THE DOOR TRIM.

a Close the rear loading door.

a Place three pieces of masking tape on the rear loading door sliding window and draw two lines 15 and
19mm from the top edge of the sliding window.

a Check that the rear loading door sliding window is in


the correct position.
a Refit:
- the door sealing film should always be replaced
(see Door sealing film: Removal - Refitting)
(65A, Opening element sealing).
- the front side door trim (see Front side door trim:
Removal - Refitting) (72A, Side opening element
trim),
a Carry out a sealing test (see Technical Note 653A).

54A-12

http://vnx.su

WINDOWS
Rear loading door window: Removal - Refitting

54A

F61

REMOVAL

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION


a Protect the edges of the loading door window with
masking tape.

rear left-hand loading door window

REAR LEFT-HAND LOADING DOOR


a Remove the rear screen wiper arm (see R e a r
screen wiper arm: Removal - Refitting) (85A,
Washing - Wiping).
a Disconnect the connectors from the rear loading
door heated window wiring.

132064

rear right-hand loading door window

132063

a Cut the cement bead (see Technical Note 560A).


a Remove the rear loading door window.

54A-13

http://vnx.su

WINDOWS
Rear loading door window: Removal - Refitting
F61

REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a Always replace the shims.
a For preparation and bonding (see Technical Note
560A).
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Bond the rear loading door window.
a Equal out the clearances and shut lines.
III - FINAL OPERATION.
REAR LEFT-HAND LOADING DOOR
a Connect the connectors for the rear loading door
heated window wiring.
a Refit the rear screen wiper arm (see Rear screen
wiper arm: Removal - Refitting) (85A, Washing Wiping).

54A-14

http://vnx.su

54A

WINDOWS
Rear loading door window: Removal - Refitting

54A

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS


Essential special tooling
Car. 1363

Set of trim removal levers.

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove:
- the tailgate trim (see Tailgate lining: Removal Refitting) (73A, Non-side opening elements trim),
- the door sealing film (see Door sealing film: Removal - Refitting) (65A, Opening element sealing).
a Lower the rear loading door window.
140205

a Partially remove the interior weatherstrip from the


rear loading door at (4) .

140203

a Remove the exterior weatherstrip from the rear loading door at (2) using the tool (Car. 1363) and at (3) .
140206

a Hold the interior weatherstrip of the loading door in


place using MASKING TAPE (see Vehicle: Parts
and ingredients for the repairwork) (04B, Consumables - Products).

54A-15

http://vnx.su

WINDOWS
Rear loading door window: Removal - Refitting

54A

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS


II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

140207

a Disconnect the connector (5) from the rear loading


door window de-icing module.
a Unclip the de-icing wiring.
a Raise the rear loading door window.

140208

a Remove the bolts (6) from the rear loading door window.

140209
140996

a Manually lock the rear loading door lock (check that


the window is raised).

a Remove the rear loading door window.

54A-16

http://vnx.su

WINDOWS
Rear loading door window: Removal - Refitting
K61, and SHORT CHASSIS

REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION

140210

a Check the condition of the rear loading door window


pads (7) and replace them if necessary.
a If removing the pads, mark their direction of fitting.
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit:
- the rear loading door window,
- the bolts (6) of the rear loading door window.
III - FINAL OPERATION
a Unlock the rear loading door lock.
a Lower the rear loading door window.
a Clip on the de-icing wiring.
a Connect the connector (5) for the rear loading door
window de-icing module.
a Refit the interior weatherstrip for the rear loading
door.
a Adjust the rear loading door window at X and at Z
(see 54A, Windows, Opening rear screen: Adjusting, page 54A-11)
a Carry out a function test.
a Refit:
- the door sealing film (see Door sealing film: Removal - Refitting) (65A, Opening element sealing),
- the tailgate trim (see Tailgate lining: Removal Refitting) (73A, Non-side opening elements trim).

54A-17

http://vnx.su

54A

WINDOWS
Fixed roof window: Removal - Refitting

54A

K61, and STANDARD CHASSIS


- the frame of the sunroof operating mechanism
using 20 MM WINDSCREEN TAPE (see Vehicle:
Parts and ingredients for the repairwork) (04B,
Consumables - Products).

Essential equipment
diagnostic tool
cutting wire insertion tool

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see Airbag and Pretensioners: Precautions for repair) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

IMPORTANT
To avoid any risk of triggering when working on or
near a pyrotechnic component (airbags or pretensioners), lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool.
When this function is activated, all the trigger lines
are inhibited and the airbag warning light on the instrument panel lights up continuously (ignition on).

140999

a Insert:
- the cutting wire insertion tool at one end,

IMPORTANT
Never handle the pyrotechnic systems (pretensioners or airbags) near to a source of heat or naked
flame - they may be triggered.

- the cutting wire in the cutting wire insertion tool


from the outside towards the inside and leave it until it is needed.

Note:
Be careful to pass the cutting wire correctly
between the roof and the roof fixed window
frame.

Note:
The Parts Department sells the roof fixed window
assembled with its frame.

a Slide the cutting wire around the edge between the


fixed window frame and the roof.

REMOVAL

a Cut a sufficient length of cutting wire.


I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool
(see Fault finding - Replacement of components)
(88C, Airbag and pretensioners).

Note:
When routing the cutting wire into the vehicle
interior, be careful not to cross the two wires, as
this would make cutting the seal impossible.

a Disconnect the battery (see Battery : Removal Refitting) (80A, Battery).


a Remove the front section headlining (see Headlining: Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal
trim).

a Insert:

a Protect:

- the cutting wire insertion tool alongside the cutting wire already present,
- the cutting wire in the cutting wire insertion tool
towards the vehicle interior.

- the vehicle interior,

54A-18

http://vnx.su

WINDOWS
Fixed roof window: Removal - Refitting

54A

K61, and STANDARD CHASSIS

REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a For preparation and bonding (see Technical Note
560A).
a Always replace the positioning shims.
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Bond the fixed glass - fixed roof window frame
assembly(this operation requires two people).
a Adjust the clearances and flush fitting.
III - FINAL OPERATION
a Remove:
- the protection from the frame of the sunroof operating mechanism,

140997

a Fit the cutting handles on the two sections of the cutting wire inside the vehicle.
a Cut the cement bead and leave the other handle in
place until it is needed.

- the protection from the vehicle interior.


a Refit the front section headlining (see Headlining:
Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal trim).
a Connect the battery (see Battery : Removal - Refitting) (80A, Battery).
a Unlock the airbag computer using the diagnostic
tool (see Fault finding - Replacement of components) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

Note:
Reduce the length of the cutting wire as you cut.

138607

a Remove the fixed window - roof fixed window


frame assembly using special supports:
- Support: PARV 202,
- set of arch supports: APARV 200 ESP.

54A-19

http://vnx.su

WINDOWS
Fixed roof window: Removal - Refitting

54A

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS

REMOVAL

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION

140953
140926

a Mark the positioning of the finishing seal (1) .


a Remove the finishing seal.
a Protect the edge of the fixed roof glass using 20 MM
WINDSCREEN TAPE (see Vehicle: Parts and ingredients for the repairwork) (04B, Consumables
- Products).

140987

a
Note:
When removing and refitting the fixed roof glass,
avoid cutting the indexing pins (2) which are used
to correctly position the fixed roof glass.
a Cut the cement bead; (see Technical Note 560A)
(this operation requires two people).
a Remove the fixed roof glass.

REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a Always replace the shims.
a For preparation and bonding (see Technical Note
560A).

54A-20

http://vnx.su

WINDOWS
Fixed roof window: Removal - Refitting
K61, and SHORT CHASSIS
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Bond the fixed roof glass.
a Equal out the clearances and shut lines.
III - FINAL OPERATION
a Remove the 20 MM WINDSCREEN TAPE.
a Refit the finishing seal.

54A-21

http://vnx.su

54A

EXTERIOR PROTECTION
Front bumper: Removal - Refitting

55A

I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION


a Position the vehicle on a two-post lift (see Vehicle:
Towing and lifting) (02A, Lifting equipment).

FOG LIGHT
a Disconnect the fog light connector (4) .

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

126428

a Unclip the radiator grille at (1) and at (2) .


a Remove the front wheel arch liners, front part (see
55A, Exterior protection, Front wheel arch liner:
Removal - Refitting, page 55A-19) .
126426

a Remove the bolts (5) .

126427

a Unclip the pipe (3) .

55A-1

http://vnx.su

EXTERIOR PROTECTION
Front bumper: Removal - Refitting

126429

a Remove the bolts (6) .


a Unclip the front bumper at (7) .
a Remove the front bumper (this operation requires
two people).

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the front bumper (this operation requires two
people).
a Clip on the front bumper.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Clip on the pipe (3) .
FOG LIGHT
a Connect the fog light connector (4) .
Carry out a function test.

a Refit the front wheel arch liners, front part (see 55A,
Exterior protection, Front wheel arch liner: Removal - Refitting, page 55A-19) .
a Clip on the radiator grille.

55A-2

http://vnx.su

55A

EXTERIOR PROTECTION
Front bumper: Stripping - Rebuilding

55A

STRIPPING
K61
I - STRIPPING PREPARATION OPERATION
a Position the vehicle on a two-post lift (see Vehicle:
Towing and lifting) (02A, Lifting equipment).
a Remove:
- the front wheel arch liners, front part (see 55A, Exterior protection, Front wheel arch liner: Removal - Refitting, page 55A-19) ,
- the front bumper (see 55A, Exterior protection,
Front bumper: Removal - Refitting, page 55A-1)
.

FOG LIGHT
a Remove:
- the front bumper wiring (see Front bumper wiring: Removal - Refitting) (88A, Wiring),
- the front fog lights (see Front fog light: Removal Refitting) (80B, Headlights).

126434

a Unclip the impact strips at (2) .

II - STRIPPING OPERATION FOR PART


CONCERNED

126430

a Remove:
- the bolts (3) ,
- the diffuser.

126431

a Unclip the absorber at (1) .

55A-3

http://vnx.su

EXTERIOR PROTECTION
Front bumper: Stripping - Rebuilding

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS, and OFF-ROAD

55A

ENVIRONMENTAL CONSTRAINT: INTERNATIONAL 1 or ENVIRONMENTAL CONSTRAINT:


INTERNATIONAL 2 or ENVIRONMENTAL CONSTRAINT: INTERNATIONAL 3 or ENVIRONMENTAL CONSTRAINT: INTERNATIONAL 4 or
ENVIRONMENTAL CONSTRAINT: INTERNATIONAL 5 or ENVIRONMENTAL CONSTRAINT:
INTERNATIONAL 9

141226

a Drill out the rivets (3) .


a Remove the diffuser.

132046

a Unclip the stone guard grille at (4) .

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS, and OFF-ROAD

141227

a Unclip the centre grille.

55A-4

http://vnx.su

EXTERIOR PROTECTION
Front bumper: Stripping - Rebuilding

55A

141230

a Unclip the strip .

141228

REASSEMBLING
I - REBUILDING PREPARATION OPERATION
a parts always to be replaced: front bumper rivet
(50,05,02,18).
II - REBUILDING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS, and OFF-ROAD


a Clip the panel.
a Refit new rivets.
a Clip on the centre grille.
141229

a Drill out the rivets (5) .


ENVIRONMENTAL CONSTRAINT: INTERNATIONAL 1 or ENVIRONMENTAL CONSTRAINT:
INTERNATIONAL 2 or ENVIRONMENTAL CONSTRAINT: INTERNATIONAL 3 or ENVIRONMENTAL CONSTRAINT: INTERNATIONAL 4 or
ENVIRONMENTAL CONSTRAINT: INTERNATIONAL 5 or ENVIRONMENTAL CONSTRAINT:
INTERNATIONAL 9
a Clip on the stone guard grille at (4) .

55A-5

http://vnx.su

EXTERIOR PROTECTION
Front bumper: Stripping - Rebuilding

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS, and OFF-ROAD


a Refit:
- the diffuser,
- new rivets.

K61
a Refit:
- the diffuser,
- the bolts (3) .
a Clip:
- the impact strips (2) ,
- the absorber (1) .

III - FINAL OPERATION


FOG LIGHT
a Refit:
- the front fog lights (see Front fog light: Removal Refitting) (80B, Headlights).
- the front bumper wiring (see Front bumper wiring: Removal - Refitting) (88A, Wiring).

a Refit the front bumper (see 55A, Exterior protection, Front bumper: Removal - Refitting, page
55A-1) .
a Carry out a function test.
a Refit the front wheel arch liners, front part (see 55A,
Exterior protection, Front wheel arch liner: Removal - Refitting, page 55A-19) .

55A-6

http://vnx.su

55A

EXTERIOR PROTECTION
Rear bumper: Removal - Refitting

55A

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Position the vehicle on a two-post lift (see Vehicle:
Towing and lifting) (02A, Lifting equipment).
a Remove the rear wing lights (see Rear light on
wing: Removal - Refitting) (81A, Rear lighting).

126438

a Remove the bolts (3) .

126436

a Remove the bolts (1) .


a Unclip the rear bumper extensions.

126446

a Remove the bolts (4) .

126438

a Disconnect the connectors (2) (depending on equipment level).

55A-7

http://vnx.su

EXTERIOR PROTECTION
Rear bumper: Removal - Refitting

55A

132067

a Remove bolts (5) and (6) .

132066

a Unclip the rear bumper at (8) using a small flat-blade


screwdriver.
a Remove the rear bumper(this operation requires two
people).

REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a Always replace the rear bumper extension clips.

II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART


CONCERNED
a Refit the rear bumper (this operation requires two
people).
132065

a Unclip the end of the rear bumper at (7) .

a Clip the rear bumper into place.


a Connect the connectors (2) (depending on equipment level).

III - FINAL OPERATION.


a Clip on the rear bumper extensions.
a Refit the rear wing lights (see Rear light on wing:
Removal - Refitting) (81A, Rear lighting).
a Carry out a function test.

55A-8

http://vnx.su

EXTERIOR PROTECTION
Rear bumper: Stripping-Rebuilding

55A

STRIPPING
F61 or K61, and LONG CHASSIS or STANDARD
CHASSIS

I - STRIPPING PREPARATION OPERATION


a Position the vehicle on a two-post lift (see Vehicle:
Towing and lifting) (02A, Lifting equipment).
a Remove:
- the rear wing lights (see Rear light on wing: Removal - Refitting) (81A, Rear lighting),
- the rear bumper (see 55A, Exterior protection,
Rear bumper: Removal - Refitting, page 55A-7) .
II - STRIPPING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
PROXIMITY RADAR
a Remove the proximity radars (see Proximity radar
Removal - Refitting) (87F, Parking distance control).

126475

a Unclip the centre impact strip at (2) .

a Remove:
- the rear fog light (see Rear fog lights: Removal Refitting) (81A, Rear lighting),
- the rear bumper wiring (see Rear bumper wiring:
Removal - Refitting) (88A, Wiring).

126476

a Unclip the side trims at (3) .

126474

a Remove:
- the bolts (1) ,
- the reflector.

55A-9

http://vnx.su

EXTERIOR PROTECTION
Rear bumper: Stripping-Rebuilding

55A

REASSEMBLING
K61, and SHORT CHASSIS, and OFF-ROAD
I - REBUILDING PREPARATION OPERATION

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS, and OFF-ROAD


a parts always to be replaced: rear bumper rivet
(50,05,04,14).

II - REBUILDING OPERATION FOR PART


CONCERNED
140988

a Drill out the rivets (4) .

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS, and OFF-ROAD


a Clip on the central trim.
a Refit new rivets.

F61 or K61, and LONG CHASSIS or STANDARD


CHASSIS
a Clip:
- the side trims (3) ,
- the centre impact strip (2) .

140989

a Refit:

a Unclip the central trim (5) .

- the reflector,
- the rear fog light (see Rear fog lights: Removal Refitting) (81A, Rear lighting),
- the rear bumper wiring (see Rear bumper wiring:
Removal - Refitting) (88A, Wiring).

PROXIMITY RADAR
a Refit the proximity radars (see Proximity radar Removal - Refitting) (87F, Parking distance control).

55A-10

http://vnx.su

EXTERIOR PROTECTION
Rear bumper: Stripping-Rebuilding
III - FINAL OPERATION
a Refit:
- the rear bumper (see 55A, Exterior protection,
Rear bumper: Removal - Refitting, page 55A-7) ,
- the rear wing lights (see Rear light on wing: Removal - Refitting) (81A, Rear lighting).
a Carry out a function test.

55A-11

http://vnx.su

55A

EXTERIOR PROTECTION
Front side door strip: Removal - Refitting

55A

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS


II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

Essential special tooling


Car. 1363

Set of trim removal levers.

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION

140948

140947

a Remove:
- the blanking cover (1) ,
- the bolt (2) .

140950

a Unclip the front side door strip using the tool (Car.
1363).
a Detach the front side door strip.
a The front side door strip must always be replaced.

55A-12

http://vnx.su

EXTERIOR PROTECTION
Front side door strip: Removal - Refitting
K61, and SHORT CHASSIS

REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION

140949

a Clean the bonding area of the front side door strip


using a LINT-FREE CLOTH soaked in HEPTANE
(see Vehicle: Parts and ingredients for the repairwork) (04B, Consumables - Products).
a Use a clean, dry LINT-FREE CLOTH (see Vehicle:
Parts and ingredients for the repairwork) (04B,
Consumables - Products) to wipe the bonding area
of the front side door strip.
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Clip on the front side door strip.
a Bond the front side door strip.
III - FINAL OPERATION
a Refit:
- the bolt (2) ,
- the blanking cover (1) .

55A-13

http://vnx.su

55A

EXTERIOR PROTECTION
Rear side door strip: Removal - Refitting

55A

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS

REFITTING

Essential special tooling


Car. 1363

Set of trim removal levers.

REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED


a Clip on the rear side door strip.

REMOVAL
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

140951

140952

a Unclip the rear side door strip using the tool (Car.
1363).

55A-14

http://vnx.su

EXTERIOR PROTECTION
Rear loading door strip: Removal - Refitting

55A

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS


Essential special tooling
Ele. 1841

Tool for removing wiper arms

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Open the rear loading door.

140628

a Remove:
- the rear screen wiper arm nut,
- the rear screen wiper arm using the tool (Ele.
1841).
a Disconnect the screen washer pipe from the rear
loading door, marking the direction of the T union.
140629

a Unclip blanking cover (1) .

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

140630

a Unclip the rear loading door strip at (3) .

55A-15

http://vnx.su

EXTERIOR PROTECTION
Rear loading door strip: Removal - Refitting
K61, and SHORT CHASSIS

140616

a Disconnect:
- the number plate light connectors (4) ,
- the brake lights connector (5) .
a Unclip the wiring from the rear loading door strip.
a Remove the rear loading door strip.

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Clip the wiring onto the rear loading door strip.
a Connect:
- the brake lights connector (5) ,
- the number plate light connectors (4) .
a Clip on the rear loading door strip.
II - FINAL OPERATION
a Refit:
- the screen washer pipe for the rear loading door,
- the rear screen wiper arm,
- the rear screen wiper arm nut (2) .
a Clip on the blanking cover (1) .
a Carry out a function test.

55A-16

http://vnx.su

55A

EXTERIOR PROTECTION
Front side door moulding: Removal - Refitting

55A

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION

126441

a Unclip the front side door protective strip (3) at (4) .


126439

a Remove the blanking cover (1) .

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

a Clip on the front side door protective strip (3) .


II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the blanking cover (1) .

126440

a Remove the bolt (2) .

55A-17

http://vnx.su

EXTERIOR PROTECTION
Rear wing protective strip: Removal - Refitting
F61

REMOVAL
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

126477

a Unclip the rear wing protective strip (1) at (2) and at


(3) .

REFITTING
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
a Clip on the rear wing protective strip (1) .

55A-18

http://vnx.su

55A

EXTERIOR PROTECTION
Front wheel arch liner: Removal - Refitting

55A

2 - Front wheel arch liner, rear section

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Position the vehicle on a two-post lift (see Vehicle:
Towing and lifting) (02A, Lifting equipment).
Note:
It is not necessary to remove the front wheel to
remove the front wheel arch liner.

Note:
The front and rear parts of the front wheel arch
liner can be removed independently.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
126444

1 - Front wheel arch liner, front section

a Remove:
- the clips (3) ,
- front wheel arch liner, rear section.

REFITTING
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
1 - Front wheel arch liner, front section
a Refit the front wheel arch liner, rear section.
2 - Front wheel arch liner, rear section
a Refit the front wheel arch liner in the rear section.

126443

a Remove:
- the bolt (1) ,
- the clips (2) ,
- front wheel arch liner, front section.

55A-19

http://vnx.su

EXTERIOR PROTECTION
Rear side door moulding: Removal - Refitting
REMOVAL
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

126442

a Unclip the rear side door protective strip (1) at (2)


and at (3) .

REFITTING
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
a Clip on the rear side door protective strip (1) .

55A-20

http://vnx.su

55A

EXTERIOR PROTECTION
Rear wheel arch liner: Removal - Refitting

55A

I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION


a Position the vehicle on a two-post lift (see Vehicle:
Towing and lifting) (02A, Lifting equipment).
Note:
It is not necessary to remove the rear wheel to
remove the rear wheel arch liner.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

126446

a Remove:
- the bolts (2) ,
- the rear wheel arch liner.

REFITTING
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
a Refit the rear wheel arch liner.
126445

a Remove clips (1) .

55A-21

http://vnx.su

EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Scuttle panel grille: Removal - Refitting

56A

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION

126448
126447

a remove:

a Remove:
- the nuts (3) ,

- the trims (1) ,

- the scuttle panel grille (4) .

- the seal (2) .


a Remove the windscreen wiper arms (see Windscreen wiper arm: Removal - Refitting) (85A, Wiping - Washing).

REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a Check the cleanliness of the windscreen and the
scuttle panel grille before refitting the scuttle panel
grille.
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the scuttle panel grille (4) .
III - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the windscreen wiper arms (see Windscreen
wiper arm: Removal - Refitting) (85A, Wiping Washing).
a Carry out a function test.
a Refit:
- the seal (2) ,
- the trims (1) .

56A-1

http://vnx.su

EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Scoop under scuttle panel grille: Removal - Refitting

56A

2 - Scoops under the side part of the scuttle panel


grille

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove:
- the windscreen wiper arms (see Windscreen wiper arm: Removal - Refitting) (85A, Wiping Washing),
- the scuttle panel grille (see 56A, Exterior equipment, Scuttle panel grille: Removal - Refitting,
page 56A-1) ,
- the windscreen wiper mechanism (see Windscreen wiper mechanism: Removal - Refitting)
(85A, Wiping - Washing).

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED
126450

a Remove:

1 - Scoop under the central part of the scuttle panel


grille

- the bolts (4) ,


- the nuts (5) ,
- the windscreen wiper motor wiring (6) ,
- the scoops under the side part of the scuttle panel
grille (7) .

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED

1 - Scoops under the side part of the scuttle panel


grille
a Refit:
- the scoops under the side part of the scuttle panel
grille (7) ,

126449

a Remove:

- the windscreen wiper motor connector (6) .

- the nut (1) ,


- the bolts (2) ,

2 - Scoop under the central part of the scuttle panel


grille

- the scoop under the central part of the scuttle panel


grille (3) .

a Refit the scoop under the central part of the scuttle


panel grille (3) .

56A-2

http://vnx.su

EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Scoop under scuttle panel grille: Removal - Refitting
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit:
- the windscreen wiper mechanism (see Windscreen wiper mechanism: Removal - Refitting)
(85A, Wiping - Washing).
- the scuttle panel grille (see 56A, Exterior equipment, Scuttle panel grille: Removal - Refitting,
page 56A-1) ,
- the windscreen wiper arms (see Windscreen wiper arm: Removal - Refitting) (85A, Wiping Washing).
a Carry out a function test.

56A-3

http://vnx.su

56A

EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Door mirror: Removal - Refitting

56A

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION

126479
126478

a Remove:

a Remove the trim (1) .

- the bolts (3) ,


- the door mirror (4) .

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the door mirror (4) .
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Connect the connector (2) (depending on equipment
level).
a Carry out a function test.
a Refit the trim (1) .

126479

a Disconnect the connector (2) (depending on equipment level).

56A-4

http://vnx.su

EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Door mirror casing: Removal - Refitting
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove the door mirror glass (see 56A, Exterior
equipment, Door mirror glass: Removal - Refitting, page 56A-6) .
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

126451

a Unclip the door mirror casing at (1) .

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Clip on the door mirror casing.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the door mirror glass (see 56A, Exterior equipment, Door mirror glass: Removal - Refitting,
page 56A-6) .

56A-5

http://vnx.su

56A

EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Door mirror glass: Removal - Refitting
REFITTING

Essential special tooling


Car. 1363

56A

Set of trim removal levers.

I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART


CONCERNED
a Connect the connectors (2) (depending on equipment level).

REMOVAL

a Clip the exterior door mirror glass into place.

OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Carry out a function test.

126452

a Unclip the door mirror glass at (1) using the tool


(Car. 1363).

126453

a Disconnect the connectors (2) (depending on equipment level).

56A-6

http://vnx.su

EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Rear badges: Removal - Refitting
2 - Fitting

Essential special tooling


Car. 1363

56A

Set of trim removal levers.

"KANGOO" badge

I - CONSTRUCTOR BADGE
1 - Removal

126877

a Remove the protective paper from the back of the


vehicle badge.
a Position the vehicle badge:
- (X1) : 83 mm,
126480

a Unclip the manufacturer's badge (1) using the tool


(Car. 1363).

- (X2) : 467 mm.


a Stick on the vehicle badge.

2 - Refitting
a Clip on the manufacturer's badge (1) .
II - VEHICLE BADGE
1 - Refitting preparation operation
a Clean the adhesive surface of the vehicle badge
using a LINT-FREE CLOTH soaked in HEPTANE
(see Vehicle: Parts and ingredients for the repairwork) (04B, Consumables - Products).
a Wipe the adhesive surface of the vehicle badge with
a clean, dry LINT-FREE CLOTH.

56A-7

http://vnx.su

EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Rear badges: Removal - Refitting

F61
"RENAULT" badge

126878

a Remove the protective paper from the back of the


vehicle badge.
a Position the vehicle badge:
- (X1) : 86 mm,
- (X2) : 249 mm.
a Stick on the vehicle badge.

56A-8

http://vnx.su

56A

EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Roof rack bar: Removal - Refitting

56A

K61
Roof bar front trim

Essential special tooling


Car. 1363

Set of trim removal levers.

Tightening torquesm
roof bar bolts

21 N.m

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Put the roof bars in the transverse position.

132068

Roof bar rear trim

132069

a Unclip the roof bar trims using the tool (Car. 1363) at
(1) and (2) .
a Put the roof bars in the longitudinal position.

56A-9

http://vnx.su

EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Roof rack bar: Removal - Refitting

56A

K61
Roof bar front trim

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

132070

126455

Roof bar rear trim

a Remove:
- the bolts (3) ,
- the roof bar (4) .

REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a Check the condition and cleanliness of:
- the roof bar,
- the roof,
- the support plates of the roof bar (replace them if
necessary).

132071

a Clip on the roof bar trims at (5) and (6) .


II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the roof bar (4) .
a Torque tighten the roof bar bolts (21 N.m).

III - FINAL OPERATION.


a Put the roof bars in the transverse position.

56A-10

http://vnx.su

EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Upper rear opening element strip: Removal - Refitting

56A

ROOF FLAP or PLASTIC ROOF FLAP or TINTED WINDOW ROOF FLAP, and HORIZONTAL OPENING DOOR
Essential special tooling
Car. 1363

Set of trim removal levers.

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Open the panel of the upper rear opening element.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

140905

a Unclip the rear section of the upper rear opening element strip using the tool (Car. 1363).

140907

a Remove the bolts (1) .

56A-11

http://vnx.su

EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Upper rear opening element strip: Removal - Refitting

56A

ROOF FLAP or PLASTIC ROOF FLAP or TINTED WINDOW ROOF FLAP, and HORIZONTAL OPENING DOOR

140906

140908

a Remove the upper rear opening element strip at (2) .

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the upper rear opening element strip.
a Clip on the rear section of the upper rear opening
element strip.
a Refit the bolts (1) .
II - FINAL OPERATION
a Close the upper rear opening element panel.

56A-12

http://vnx.su

INTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Dashboard: Removal - Refitting

57A

- the centre front panel (see 57A, Interior equipment, Centre front panel: Removal - Refitting,
page 57A-7) ,

Essential equipment
diagnostic tool

- the display or the central glovebox (see Display:


Removal - Refitting) (86A, Radio) (depending on
equipment level),

IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see Airbag and Pretensioners: Precautions for repair) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

- the control panel (see Control panel: Removal Refitting) (61A, Heating),
- the lower dashboard trim (see 57A, Interior equipment, Lower section of dashboard trim: Removal - Refitting, page 57A-4) (71A, Body internal
trim),
- the windscreen pillar trims (see A-pillar trim: Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal trim),

IMPORTANT
To avoid any risk of triggering when working on or
near a pyrotechnic component (airbags or pretensioners), lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool.

- the tweeters (see Tweeter: Removal - Refitting)


(86A, Radio),
- the inhibitor switch (see Inhibitor switch: Removal - Refitting) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners),

When this function is activated, all the trigger lines


are inhibited and the airbag warning light on the instrument panel lights up continuously (ignition on).

- the glovebox (see 57A, Interior equipment, Glovebox: Removal - Refitting, page 57A-9) .

IMPORTANT
Never handle the pyrotechnic systems (pretensioners or airbags) near to a source of heat or naked
flame - they may be triggered.

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool
(see Fault finding - Replacement of components)
(88C, Airbags and pretensioners).
a Disconnect the battery (see Battery: Removal - Refitting) (81A, Battery).
a Remove:
- the driver's front airbag (see Driver's front airbag:
Removal - Refitting) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners),
- the steering wheel (see Steering wheel: Removal
- Refitting) (36A, Steering assembly),
- the steering column switch assembly (see Steering wheel controls assembly: Removal - Refitting) (84A, Control - Signals),
- the instrument panel (see Instrument panel: Removal - Refitting) (83A, Instrument panel),
- the radio (see Car radio: Removal - Refitting)
(86A, Radio) (depending on equipment level),

57A-1

http://vnx.su

INTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Dashboard: Removal - Refitting

57A

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

126857
126857

Detailed view (1)


a Remove:
- the bolts (4) ,
- the dashboard partially,
- the various wiring harnesses.
Note:

Mark the positions of the various wiring harnesses before removing the dashboard.
a Remove the dashboard (this operation requires two
people).

REFITTING

126497

I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART


CONCERNED
a Refit:

a Remove the passenger airbag bolt (2) .


a Disconnect the passenger airbag connector (3) .

- the various cable harnesses,


- the dashboard (this operation requires two people).
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Connect the passenger airbag connector (3) .
a Refit:
- the passenger airbag (2) ,
- the glovebox (see 57A, Interior equipment, Glovebox: Removal - Refitting, page 57A-9) ,
- the inhibitor switch (see Inhibitor switch: Removal - Refitting) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners),
- the tweeters (see Tweeter: Removal - Refitting)
(86A, Radio) (depending on equipment level),

57A-2

http://vnx.su

INTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Dashboard: Removal - Refitting
- the windscreen pillar trims (see A-pillar trim: Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal trim),
- the lower dashboard trim (see 57A, Interior equipment, Lower section of dashboard trim: Removal - Refitting, page 57A-4) (71A, Body internal
trim),
- the control panel (see Control panel: Removal Refitting) (61A, Heating),
- the display or the central glovebox (see Display:
Removal - Refitting) (86A, Radio) (depending on
equipment level),
- the centre front panel (see 57A, Interior equipment, Centre front panel: Removal - Refitting,
page 57A-7) ,
- the radio (see Car radio: Removal - Refitting)
(86A, Radio),
- the instrument panel (see Instrument panel: Removal - Refitting) (83A, Instrument panel),
- the steering column switch assembly (see Steering wheel controls assembly: Removal - Refitting) (84A, Control - Signals),
- the steering wheel (see Steering wheel: Removal
- Refitting) (36A, Steering assembly),
- the driver's airbag (see Driver's front airbag: Removal - Refitting) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).
a Connect the battery (see Battery: Removal - Refitting) (81A, Battery).
a Carry out a function test on all functions.
a Unlock the airbag computer using the diagnostic
tool (see Fault finding - Replacement of components) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

57A-3

http://vnx.su

57A

INTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Lower section of dashboard trim: Removal - Refitting

57A

REMOVAL
LEFT-HAND DRIVE
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove:
- the radio (see Car radio: Removal - Refitting)
(86A, Radio),
- the centre front panel (see 57A, Interior equipment, Centre front panel: Removal - Refitting,
page 57A-7) ,
- the front side door seal partially.

126849

a Unclip the dashboard side face (3) .

126179

a Remove:
- the cover bolts (1) under the steering wheel,
- the covers under the steering wheel by pressing on
the clips (2) .
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
a Remove the inhibitor switch (see Inhibitor switch:
Removal - Refitting) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

126830

a Remove:
- the bolts (4) ,
- the radio mounting.

57A-4

http://vnx.su

INTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Lower section of dashboard trim: Removal - Refitting
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

57A

RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
a Refit the inhibitor switch (see Inhibitor switch: Removal - Refitting) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

a Refit:
- the cowlings under the steering wheel,
- the front side door seal,
- the centre front panel (see 57A, Interior equipment, Centre front panel: Removal - Refitting,
page 57A-7) ,
- the radio (see Car radio: Removal - Refitting)
(86A, Radio).

126831

a Remove the bolts (5) .


a Unclip the lower trim of the dashboard at (6) .
a Disconnect the connectors (depending on equipment level).
a Remove the dashboard lower trim.

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Connect the connectors (depending on equipment
level).
a Clip on the dashboard lower trim.

II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the radio mounting.

LEFT-HAND DRIVE
a Clip on the dashboard side panel (3) .

57A-5

http://vnx.su

INTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Dashboard air vent: Removal - Refitting

57A

2 - Dashboard side air vent

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Protect the dashboard around the air vents using
masking tape.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
1 - Dashboard centre air vent

126855

a Unclip the side dashboard air vent (2) using flatnosed pliers protected by masking tape.

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED

126856

a Unclip the centre dashboard air vent (1) using flatnosed pliers protected by masking tape.

1 - Dashboard centre air vent


a Clip the centre air vent back onto the dashboard (1) .
2 - Dashboard side air vent
a Clip the side air vent back onto the dashboard (2) .
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Remove the masking tape from the dashboard.

57A-6

http://vnx.su

INTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Centre front panel: Removal - Refitting

57A

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION

126853

a Remove the bolts (5) .

126851

a Unclip the gear lever gaiter (1) .


II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

126854

a Remove clips (6) .


a Unclip the lower part of the centre front panel at (7) .

REFITTING

126852

I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART


CONCERNED

a Unclip the upper part of the centre front panel (2) at


(3) and (4) .

a Clip on the lower part of the centre front panel.

a Disconnect the connectors.

a Refit the upper part of the centre front panel (2) .

a Connect the connectors.

57A-7

http://vnx.su

INTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Centre front panel: Removal - Refitting
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Clip on the gear lever gaiter (1) .

57A-8

http://vnx.su

57A

INTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Glovebox: Removal - Refitting

57A

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove:
- the front side door seal partially,
- the centre front panel (see 57A, Interior equipment, Centre front panel: Removal - Refitting,
page 57A-7) .
LEFT-HAND DRIVE
a Remove the inhibitor switch (see Inhibitor switch:
Removal - Refitting) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
126850

a Remove:
- the bolts (2) ,
- the glovebox (3) .

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the glovebox (3) .
II - FINAL OPERATION.
126849

a Unclip the dashboard side face (1) .

LEFT-HAND DRIVE
a Refit the inhibitor switch (see Inhibitor switch: Removal - Refitting) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
a Clip on the dashboard side panel (1) .

57A-9

http://vnx.su

INTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Glovebox: Removal - Refitting
a Refit:
- the centre front panel (see 57A, Interior equipment, Centre front panel: Removal - Refitting,
page 57A-7) ,
- the front side door seal.

57A-10

http://vnx.su

57A

INTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Dashboard glovebox: Removal - Refitting

57A

F61

REMOVAL

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION


a Remove:
- the front side door seal partially,
- the centre front panel (see 57A, Interior equipment, Centre front panel: Removal - Refitting,
page 57A-7) .
LEFT-HAND DRIVE, and AIRBAG 01
a Remove the inhibitor switch (see Inhibitor switch:
Removal - Refitting) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
132047

a Unclip the lower trim partially at (2) .

126849

a Unclip the dashboard side face (1) .


132048

a Remove:
- the bolts (3) ,
- the dashboard storage compartment.

57A-11

http://vnx.su

INTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Dashboard glovebox: Removal - Refitting
F61

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the dashboard glovebox.
a Clip on the lower trim at (2) .
II - FINAL OPERATION.
LEFT-HAND DRIVE, and AIRBAG 01
a Refit the inhibitor switch (see Inhibitor switch: Removal - Refitting) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
a Clip on the dashboard side panel (1) .

a Refit:
- the centre front panel (see 57A, Interior equipment, Centre front panel: Removal - Refitting,
page 57A-7) ,
- the front side door seal.

57A-12

http://vnx.su

57A

INTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Centre console: Removal - Refitting

57A

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Move the front seats forward.

126846

126847

a Remove:
- the bolts (1) ,
- the central armrest at (2) and at (3) (depending on
equipment level).

126848

a Unclip the trims (2) (depending on equipment level).


a Remove the nuts (3) .
a Lift the handbrake.
a Partially remove the centre console.
a Disconnect the connectors (depending on equipment level).
a Remove the central console towards the rear.

57A-13

http://vnx.su

INTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Centre console: Removal - Refitting
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the centre console.
a Connect the connectors (depending on equipment
level).
a Refit the trims (2) (depending on equipment level).
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the central armrest (depending on equipment
level).

57A-14

http://vnx.su

57A

INTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Floor flap and storage: Removal - Refitting
K61

REMOVAL
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

126841

a Unclip the storage flap on the floor at (1) .

REFITTING
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
a Clip on the floor storage flap.

57A-15

http://vnx.su

57A

INTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Interior rear-view mirror Removal - Refitting

57A

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Unclip the small additional interior rear view mirror.

127387

a Unclip the lower casing (3) .

127386

a Slide the wire cover (1) .

a Remove the rain and light sensor (see Rain and light sensor: Removal - Refitting) (85A, Wiping Washing) (depending on equipment level).
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

127388

a Unclip the upper cover (2) .

126837

a Unclip the interior rear view mirror at (4) .

57A-16

http://vnx.su

INTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Interior rear-view mirror Removal - Refitting
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED

126836

a Clip on the interior rear view mirror at (5) .


II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the rain and light sensor (see Rain and light
sensor: Removal - Refitting) (85A, Wiping Washing) (depending on equipment level).
a Clip:
- the lower cover (3) ,
- the upper cover (2) .
a Slide the wire cover (1) under the headlining.

57A-17

http://vnx.su

57A

INTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Sun visor: Removal - Refitting

57A

REMOVAL

REFITTING

OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED


a Refit the sun visor (3) .
a Clip on the sun visor.

126834

a Unclip the sun visor at (1) .

126835

a Remove:
- the bolt (2) ,
- the sun visor (3) .

57A-18

http://vnx.su

INTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Grab handle: Removal - Refitting

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

Essential special tooling


Car. 1363

57A

Set of trim removal levers.

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION

126833

a Unclip at (2) using the tool (Car. 1363).

REFITTING
126832

a Unclip the trim (1) .

I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART


CONCERNED
a Clip on the grab handle.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Clip the trim piece in place (1) .

57A-19

http://vnx.su

INTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Front storage compartment under roof: Removal - Refitting

57A

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove the sun visors (see 57A, Interior equipment, Sun visor: Removal - Refitting, page 57A18) .

126829

a Unclip the front storage compartment under the roof


at (3) and at (4) .

117839

REFITTING

a Remove:
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED

- the bolts (1) ,


- the sun visor mountings (2) .
a Unclip the additional rear view mirror (depending on
equipment level).
a Remove the headlining light (see Headlining light:
Removal - Refitting) (81B, Interior lighting).

a Clip the front storage compartment under the roof.


II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit:
- the headlining light (see Headlining light: Removal - Refitting) (81B, Interior lighting),
- the sun visor mountings (2) ,
- the sun visors (see 57A, Interior equipment, Sun
visor: Removal - Refitting, page 57A-18) .

57A-20

http://vnx.su

INTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Rear storage compartment: Removal - Refitting

57A

REMOVAL

REFITTING

OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED

126827
126827

a Remove:

a Refit the rear storage compartment at (3) .


a Clip on the rear storage compartment.

- the trims (1) ,

a Refit the trim pieces (1) .

- the bolts (1) .

126828

a Unclip the rear storage compartment at (2) .

57A-21

http://vnx.su

INTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Separating components: Removal - Refitting

57A

F61

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION

FULL METAL BULKHEAD or COMPLETE BULKHEAD WITH WINDOW or PIVOTING PARTITION or


1/3 STEEL PARTITION
a Remove the B-pillar lower trim (see B-pillar lower
trim: Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal trim).

FULL METAL BULKHEAD or COMPLETE BULKHEAD WITH WINDOW or PIVOTING PARTITION


a Remove the B-pillar upper trim (see B-pillar upper
trim: Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal trim).

132050

a Remove:
- the bolts (2) ,
- the nuts (3) ,
- the separation component (4) .

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

FULL METAL BULKHEAD or COMPLETE BULKHEAD WITH WINDOW

132058

a Remove the spacers (5) .

132049

a Remove nuts (1) .

57A-22

http://vnx.su

INTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Separating components: Removal - Refitting

57A

F61
- the connection component (11) .
FULL METAL BULKHEAD or COMPLETE BULKHEAD WITH WINDOW or 1/3 STEEL PARTITION
PIVOTING PARTITION

132051

a Remove:
119772

- the bolts (6) ,

a Remove the mobile separation component (12) in


the direction of (13) and (14) .

- the nuts (7) .


a Detach the separation component (8) at (9) .

132053

a Remove the bolts (15) .


132052

a Remove:
- the bolts (10) ,

57A-23

http://vnx.su

INTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Separating components: Removal - Refitting

57A

F61

TUBULAR PARTITION

132054

a Remove:
132055

- the bolt (16) ,


a Remove the bolts (20) .

- the nuts (17) ,


- the separation components (18) .

132056
132059

a Remove:
- the nut (21) ,

a Remove the spacers (19) .

- the separation component (22) .

57A-24

http://vnx.su

INTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Separating components: Removal - Refitting

57A

F61

132057

132060

a Clean the bonding area (24) on the cross member


and the separation component with HEPTANE (see
Vehicle: Parts and ingredients for the repairwork) (04B, Consumables - Products) and wipe
using a LINT-FREE CLOTH (see Vehicle: Parts
and ingredients for the repairwork) (04B, Consumables - Products).

a Remove the spacer (23) .

REFITTING
FULL METAL BULKHEAD or COMPLETE BULKHEAD WITH WINDOW or 1/3 STEEL PARTITION

Note:
Always use STRUCTURAL ADHESIVE (see
Vehicle: Parts and ingredients for the repairwork) (04B, Consumables - Products).

REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION


a Check the condition of the separation component
and replace it if necessary.
a Clean the adhesive residues on the cross member
and the separation component.
WARNING
To prevent any risk of corrosion after stripping
the panel, reapply the anticorrosion protection
(see Technical Note 0592A).

a Apply the activator on the bonding area on the cross


member and the separation component, using the
pad provided in the bonding kit.
a Apply STRUCTURAL ADHESIVE at (24) .
a Refit the separation component (8) .
a Refit:
- the bolts (6) ,
- the nuts (7) .

I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART


CONCERNED

FULL METAL BULKHEAD or COMPLETE BULKHEAD WITH WINDOW

FULL METAL BULKHEAD or COMPLETE BULKHEAD WITH WINDOW or 1/3 STEEL PARTITION

a Refit the separation component (4) .

a Refit the connection component (11) .

57A-25

http://vnx.su

INTERIOR EQUIPMENT
Separating components: Removal - Refitting
F61

PIVOTING PARTITION
a Refit:
- the separation components (18) ,
- the mobile separation component (12) .

TUBULAR PARTITION
a Refit the separation component (22) .

II - FINAL OPERATION.
FULL METAL BULKHEAD or COMPLETE BULKHEAD WITH WINDOW or PIVOTING PARTITION
a Refit the B-pillar upper trim (see B-pillar upper
trim: Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal trim).

FULL METAL BULKHEAD or COMPLETE BULKHEAD WITH WINDOW or PIVOTING PARTITION or


1/3 STEEL PARTITION
a Refit the B-pillar lower trim (see B-pillar lower trim:
Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal trim).

57A-26

http://vnx.su

57A

SAFETY ACCESSORIES
Belt height adjustment system: Removal - Refitting

59A

II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit:

Tightening torquesm
seatbelt height adjustment system bolt

- the B-pillar upper trim (see B-pillar upper trim:


Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal trim),

21 Nm

- the B-pillar lower trim (see B-pillar lower trim: Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal trim).

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove:
- the B-pillar lower trim (see B-pillar lower trim: Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal trim),
- the B-pillar upper trim (see B-pillar upper trim:
Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal trim).
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

127511

a Remove the bolt (1) from the seat belt height adjustment system.
a Remove (2) the seat belt height adjustment system.

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Remove the seat belt height adjustment system.
a Torque tighten the seatbelt height adjustment
system bolt (21 Nm).

59A-1

http://vnx.su

Panelwork
40A

GENERAL INFORMATION

41A

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE

41B

CENTRE LOWER STRUCTURE

41C

SIDE LOWER STRUCTURE

41D

REAR LOWER STRUCTURE

42A

FRONT UPPER STRUCTURE

43A

SIDE UPPER STRUCTURE

44A

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE

45A

TOP OF BODY

47A

SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS

48A

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


X61
MARCH 2009

"The repair methods given by the manufacturer in this document are based on the technical
specifications current when it was prepared.
The methods may be modified as a result of changes introduced by the manufacturer in the
production of the various component units and accessories from which his vehicles are
constructed."

Edition Anglaise

All copyrights reserved by Renault.


The reproduction or translation in part of whole of the present document, as well as the use
of the spare parts reference numbering system, are prohibited without the prior written
consent of Renault.

Renault s.a.s 2008

http://vnx.su

KANGOO II - Section 4

KANGOO II - Section 4 ContentsPage

Contents
Page

40A

Vehicle on repair bench:


Description

40A-1

Sub-frame: Specifications

40A-4

Hollow body parts inserts:


List and location of
components

40A-9

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Radiator support cross
member: General description

41A-3

Radiator support cross


member: Removal - Refitting

41A-4

Radiator cross member


support: Description

41A-6
41A-8

Earths on the body: List and


location of components

40A-12

Front side member: General


description

Vehicle front section


structure: Description

40A-15

Front side member:


Description

41A-11

Vehicle side section


structure: Description

40A-17

Front side member closure


panel: General description

41A-15

Vehicle central section


structure: Description

40A-19

Front side member closure


panel: Description

41A-17

Vehicle structure rear


section: Description

40A-20

Battery tray support: General


description

41A-20

Vehicle removable section


structure: Description

40A-22

Battery tray support:


Description

41A-21

Front mounting of front subframe: General description

41A-23

Front mounting of front subframe: Description

41A-24

Sub-frame rear mounting:


General description

41A-26

Sub-frame rear mounting:


Description

41A-27

Engine mounting: General


description

41A-29

Structure components to be
positioned on body repair
bench: Description

41A

41A

GENERAL INFORMATION

40A-24

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Front impact cross member:
General description
Front impact cross member:
Removal - Refitting

41A-1
41A-2

http://vnx.su

Contents

41A

41B

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Engine mounting:
Description

41A-30

Front half unit: General


description

41A-32

Front half unit: Description

41A-33

CENTRE LOWER STRUCTURE

REAR LOWER STRUCTURE


Rear floor: General
description

41D-1

Rear floor: Description

41D-2

Rear floor, front section:


General description

41D-4

Rear floor, front section:


Description

41D-6

Rear floor stiffener:


Description

41D-8

Centre floor, side section:


General description

41B-1

Rear side member: General


description

41D-10

Central floor, side section:


Description

41B-3

Rear side member:


Description

41D-13

Centre floor reinforcement:


Description

41B-6

Rear impact cross member


mounting reinforcement:
Description

41D-16

Rear floor centre cross


member: Description

41D-17

Rear end lower cross


member: Description

41D-18

Far rear lower cross member,


side section: Description

41D-20

Front cross member under


rear seat: Description

41D-21

Centre floor front lateral


cross member: Description

41C

41D

41B-8

SIDE LOWER STRUCTURE


Sill panel: General
description

41C-1

Sill panel: Description

41C-4

Sill panel closure panel:


General description

41C-15

Tank mounting support:


Description

41D-22

Sill panel closure panel, front


section: Description

41C-16

Rear impact lower cross


member: General description

41D-23

Inner sill panel rear section:


Description

41C-22

Rear impact lower cross


member: Removal - Refitting

41D-24

Sill panel reinforcement:


Description

41C-24

Sill panel rear reinforcement:


Description

41C-28

Sill pane stiffener:


Description

41C-30

42A

http://vnx.su

FRONT UPPER STRUCTURE


Front wing: General
description

42A-1

Front wing: Removal Refitting

42A-3

Front wing: Adjusting

42A-5

Front: General description

42A-8

Contents

42A

FRONT UPPER STRUCTURE


Front: Removal - Refitting

44A
42A-9

Rear side panel: General


description

44A-1
44A-2

Scuttle side panel: General


description

42A-10

Rear side panel: Description

Cowl side panel: Description

42A-12

Rear section of rear side


panel: Description

44A-28

Scuttle side panel upper


reinforcement: General
description

42A-15

Rear side panel rain channel:


General description

44A-34

Scuttle side panel upper


reinforcement: Description

42A-16

Rear side panel rain channel:


Description

44A-35

Front wheel arch: General


description

42A-18

Far rear pillar: General


description

44A-38

Front wheel arch: Description

42A-19

Far rear pillar: Description

44A-39

Inner wheel arch: Description

44A-42

Windscreen aperture lower


cross member: General
description

42A-21

Body side rear lining:


Description

44A-44

Windscreen aperture lower


cross member: Description

42A-22

Rear end panel: Description

44A-62

Dashboard cross member:


Removal - Refitting

42A-23
45A

43A

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE

TOP OF BODY
Roof: General description

45A-1

Roof: Description

45A-2

Roof front section:


Description

45A-5

Roof rear section:


Description

45A-6

Roof front cross member:


Description

45A-7

Roof centre cross member:


Description

45A-8

Roof panel arch: Description

45A-9

SIDE UPPER STRUCTURE


A-pillar: Description
A-pillar reinforcement:
Description
Windscreen pillar lining:
Description

43A-1
43A-5
43A-7

A-pillar lining stiffener:


Description

43A-8

B-pillar: Description

43A-9

B-pillar reinforcement:
General description

43A-15

B-pillar reinforcement:
Description

43A-16

Body side: General


description

43A-20

Body side: Description

43A-22

http://vnx.su

Roof rear cross member:


Description

45A-10

Contents

47A

48A

SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Front side door: Removal Refitting

47A-1

Front side door: Stripping Restoring

47A-4

Front side door: Adjustment

47A-6

Rear side door: Removal Refitting

47A-8

Rear side door: Stripping Restoring

47A-12

Rear side door: Adjustment

47A-14

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Bonnet: Removal - Refitting

48A-1

Bonnet: Stripping Rebuilding

48A-3

Bonnet: Adjustment

48A-4

Tailgate: Removal - Refitting

48A-7

Tailgate: StrippingRebuilding

48A-10

Tailgate: Adjusting

48A-11

Rear loading door: Removal


- Refitting

48A-14

Rear loading door: Stripping


- Rebuilding

48A-20

Rear loading door:


Adjustment

48A-26

Upper rear opening element:


Stripping - Rebuilding

48A-34

Upper rear opening element:


Removal - Refitting

48A-36

http://vnx.su

GENERAL INFORMATION
Vehicle on repair bench: Description

40A

2 - Front mechanical components removed

I - PRINCIPAL REFERENCE POINTS FOR SETTING


VEHICLE TRIM LEVEL
1 - Front mechanical components in place

127213

The jig rests under the subframe mounting unit and is


centred in the threaded hole (A) .
127208

The jig covers the rear bolt of the front subframe (A) .

Use this situation for a front impact requiring removal of


the front subframe.

This could be used in two cases:


- if the rear of the vehicle is being rebuilt, these two
points alone may be used to align and support the
front of the vehicle.
- for a light frontal impact not requiring removal of the
front axle sub-frame.

40A-1

Note:
If it is suspected that one of these points may be
deformed, use two additional points located in an
area not affected by the impact in order to confirm
trim-setting.

http://vnx.su

GENERAL INFORMATION
Vehicle on repair bench: Description

40A

III - MAIN REAR TRIM-SETTING REFERENCE


POINTS

II - SECONDARY FRONT TRIM-SETTING


REFERENCE POINT

1 - Rear mechanical components in place

127213

The jig rests under the front side member and is centred on the hole (C) .

127210

Use this situation for a major front impact requiring replacement of the front subframe rear mounting unit.

The jig rests under the rear axle fork and is centred on
the rear axle assembly pilot hole (B) .

It is also used to confirm the vehicle level if deformation


of a main front reference point is suspected.

This could be used in two cases:


- if the front of the vehicle is being rebuilt, these two
points alone may be used to align and support the
front of the vehicle.
- for a light rear impact not requiring removal of the rear
axle.

40A-2

http://vnx.su

GENERAL INFORMATION
Vehicle on repair bench: Description

40A

IV - SECONDARY REAR TRIM-SETTING


REFERENCE POINT

2 - Rear mechanical components removed

127217

The jig rests under the rear side member and is centred on tapped hole (B1) .
Use this situation for a rear impact with removal of the
mechanical components.

127217

The jig rests under the front side member rear section
and is positioned in the hole (M) .
Use this situation for a major rear impact when replacing the rear side member assembly.
It is also used to confirm the vehicle level if deformation
of a main rear reference point is suspected.

Note:
If it is suspected that one of these points may be
deformed, use two additional points located in an
area not affected by the impact in order to confirm
trim-setting.

40A-3

http://vnx.su

GENERAL INFORMATION
Sub-frame: Specifications

40A

STANDARD CHASSIS

Description

Dimension X
(mm)

Dimension Y
(mm)

Dimension Z
(mm)

Diameter (mm)

(Ag)

Front subframe rear mounting, without


mechanical components

301

-305

77.8

24.5/M12

(Ad)

Front subframe rear mounting, without


mechanical components

301

-305

77.8

24.5 x 29/M12

(B)

Rear axle guide

1952

-580.6

110

30

(B1)

Rear axle assembly front mounting,


without mechanical components

2204.8

-522.4

110

M14 x 1.5

(B1)

Rear axle assembly front mounting, with


mechanical components

2204.8

-522.4

104

M14 x 1.5

(Cg)

Front sub-frame front mounting

-141.5

-478

252

16.5/M12

(Cd)

Front sub-frame front mounting

-141.4

478

261

16.5/M12

(E)

Front section of rear shock absorber


upper mounting

2368.5

-534.6

252

15

(F1g)

Front shock absorber upper stop

-53.5

-602

702.2

15.5

(F1d)

Front shock absorber upper stop

-44

632.14

701.7

15.5

(F2g)

Front shock absorber upper stop

52.5

-529.7

687.2

15.5

(F2d)

Front shock absorber upper stop

-22.4

530

696.35

15.5

(F3g)

Front shock absorber upper stop

75.1

-632

687.1

15.5

(F3d)

Front shock absorber upper stop

84.4

601.8

685.29

15.5

(G)

Front side member rear leader pin

547.5

-408.7

-9.8

20.5

(Hg)

Front side member front leader pin

-531

-475.5

50

M12

(Hd)

Front side member front leader pin

-531

492

50

M12

(J)

Rear side member rear leader pin

2891

-570.2

220.3

20 x 25

(K1g)

Front panel mounting on side member

-553.7

-535.1

414.7

M10

(K1d)

Front panel mounting on side member

-553.15

-542.5

414.8

M10

(K2g)

Front panel mounting on side member

-557.6

-478.8

267.11

M10

(K2d)

Front panel mounting on side member

-557.25

483.91

267.11

M10

(Lg)

Rear end cross member

3133

-565.22

155.1

M10

(Lg)

Rear end cross member

3133

575.22

155.1

40A-4

http://vnx.su

Angle
()

6.27

GENERAL INFORMATION
Sub-frame: Specifications

40A

Description

Dimension X
(mm)

Dimension Y
(mm)

Dimension Z
(mm)

Diameter (mm)

(L1)

Rear end cross member

3172.2

-513

225

M8

(L2)

Rear end cross member

3173.2

-570.67

135.08

M8

(M)

Leader pin under centre floor

1772.6

171.6

(P1)

Engine mounting

-309.6

507

531.9

M10

(P2)

Engine mounting

-149.2

529

531.9

M10

(Q1)

Gearbox mounting

-238.4

-429.4

378

M10

(Q2)

Gearbox mounting

-118

-417.8

319.2

M10

Angle
()

20.5

SHORT CHASSIS

Description

Dimension X
(mm)

Dimension Y
(mm)

Dimension Z
(mm)

Diameter (mm)

(Ag)

Front subframe rear mounting, without


mechanical components

301

-305

77.8

24.5/M12

(Ad)

Front subframe rear mounting, without


mechanical components

301

-305

77.8

24.5 x 29/M12

(B)

Rear axle guide

1952

-580.6

110

30

(B1)

Rear axle assembly front mounting,


without mechanical components

1820.8

-522.4

110

M14 x 1.5

(B1)

Rear axle assembly front mounting, with


mechanical components

1820.8

-522.4

104

M14 x 1.5

(Cg)

Front sub-frame front mounting

-141.5

-478

252

16.5/M12

(Cd)

Front sub-frame front mounting

-141.4

478

261

16.5/M12

(E)

Front section of rear shock absorber


upper mounting

1984.5

-534.6

252

15

(F1g)

Front shock absorber upper stop

-53.5

-602

702.2

15.5

(F1d)

Front shock absorber upper stop

-44

632.14

701.7

15.5

(F2g)

Front shock absorber upper stop

52.5

-529.7

687.2

15.5

(F2d)

Front shock absorber upper stop

-22.4

530

696.35

15.5

(F3g)

Front shock absorber upper stop

75.1

-632

687.1

15.5

(F3d)

Front shock absorber upper stop

84.4

601.8

685.29

15.5

(G)

Front side member rear leader pin

547.5

-408.7

-9.8

20.5

40A-5

http://vnx.su

Angle
()

6.27

GENERAL INFORMATION
Sub-frame: Specifications

40A

Description

Dimension X
(mm)

Dimension Y
(mm)

Dimension Z
(mm)

Diameter (mm)

(Hg)

Front side member front leader pin

-531

-475.5

50

M12

(Hd)

Front side member front leader pin

-531

492

50

M12

(J)

Rear side member rear leader pin

2507

-570.2

220.3

20 x 25

(K1g)

Front panel mounting on side member

-553.7

-535.1

414.7

M10

(K1d)

Front panel mounting on side member

-553.15

-542.5

414.8

M10

(K2g)

Front panel mounting on side member

-557.6

-478.8

267.11

M10

(K2d)

Front panel mounting on side member

-557.25

483.91

267.11

M10

(Lg)

Rear end cross member

2949

-565.22

155.1

M10

(Lg)

Rear end cross member

2949

575.22

155.1

(L1)

Rear end cross member

2788.2

-513

225

M8

(L2)

Rear end cross member

2789.2

-570.67

135.08

M8

(M)

Leader pin under centre floor

1388.6

171.6

(P1)

Engine mounting

-309.6

507

531.9

M10

(P2)

Engine mounting

-149.2

529

531.9

M10

(Q1)

Gearbox mounting

-238.4

-429.4

378

M10

(Q2)

Gearbox mounting

-118

-417.8

319.2

M10

40A-6

http://vnx.su

20.5

Angle
()

GENERAL INFORMATION
Sub-frame: Specifications

40A

126949

40A-7

http://vnx.su

GENERAL INFORMATION
Sub-frame: Specifications

40A

126950

40A-8

http://vnx.su

GENERAL INFORMATION
Hollow body parts inserts: List and location of components

40A

126951

126953

B-pillar lining insert (1) .

126954

A-pillar reinforcement insert (2) .

40A-9

http://vnx.su

GENERAL INFORMATION
Hollow body parts inserts: List and location of components

126955

A-pillar lining insert (3) .

126959

B-pillar reinforcement insert (5) .

126958

Tunnel insert (4) .

40A

126957

Rear wheel arch lining insert (6) .

40A-10

http://vnx.su

GENERAL INFORMATION
Hollow body parts inserts: List and location of components

126956

Sill panel rear reinforcement insert (7) .

40A-11

http://vnx.su

40A

GENERAL INFORMATION
Earths on the body: List and location of components

40A

For the earth stud fitting procedure, (see MR 400).

126951

40A-12

http://vnx.su

GENERAL INFORMATION
Earths on the body: List and location of components

40A

126952

DETAILED VIEWS OF THE POSITION OF EARTHS


ON THE VEHICLE

126961

Earth studs on the front right-hand side member (2) .


126960

Earth studs on the front left-hand side member (1) .

40A-13

http://vnx.su

GENERAL INFORMATION
Earths on the body: List and location of components

126964

Earth studs on the right-hand rear wheel arch (3) .

126962

Earth studs on the cross member under front seat (5) .

126963

Earth studs on the left-hand rear wheel arch (4) .

40A

126962

Earth studs on the tunnel (6) .

40A-14

http://vnx.su

GENERAL INFORMATION
Vehicle front section structure: Description

40A

126966

No.

Description

Classification

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Front end side cross member

HLE

1.2

(2)

Radiator cross member support

(3)

Front side member

(see 41A, Front lower structure, Front side member: Description, page 41A-11)

(4)

Front side member closure panel

(see 41A, Front lower structure, Front side member closure panel: Description, page 41A-17)

(5)

Battery tray support

(see 41A, Front lower structure, Battery tray support: General description, page 41A-20)

(6)

Front mounting of front sub-frame

(see 41A, Front lower structure, Front mounting of


front sub-frame: General description, page 41A-23)

(7)

Engine stand

(see 41A, Front lower structure, Engine mounting:


Description, page 41A-30)

(8)

Sub-frame rear mounting

(see 41A, Front lower structure, Radiator cross


member support: Description, page 41A-6)

(see 41A, Front lower structure, Sub-frame rear


mounting: General description, page 41A-26)

40A-15

http://vnx.su

GENERAL INFORMATION
Vehicle front section structure: Description
Classification

Type

40A

No.

Description

Thickness
(mm)

(9)

Front half-unit

(10)

Scuttle side panel

(11)

Scuttle side panel upper reinforcement

(see 42A, Front upper structure, Scuttle side panel


upper reinforcement: Description, page 42A-16)

(12)

Front wheel arch

(see 42A, Front upper structure, Front wheel arch:


Description, page 42A-19)

(13)

Windscreen aperture lower cross member

(see 42A, Front upper structure, Windscreen aperture lower cross member: Description, page 42A22)

(see 41A, Front lower structure, Front half unit:


General description, page 41A-32)
(see 42A, Front upper structure, Cowl side panel:
Description, page 42A-12)

40A-16

http://vnx.su

GENERAL INFORMATION
Vehicle side section structure: Description

40A

126968

No.

Description

Classification

(1)

Sill panel with sliding side door

(see 41C, Side lower structure, Sill panel: Description, page 41C-4)

(2)

Reinforcement for sill panel with sliding


side door

(see 41C, Side lower structure, Sill panel reinforcement: Description, page 41C-24)

(3)

Sill panel closure panel front section

(see 41C, Side lower structure, Sill panel closure


panel, front section: Description, page 41C-16)

(4)

Sill pane stiffener

(see 41C, Side lower structure, Sill pane stiffener:


Description, page 41C-30)

(5)

Reinforcement for sill panel without sliding


side door

(see 41C, Side lower structure, Sill panel reinforcement: Description, page 41C-24)

(6)

Sill panel without sliding side door

(see 41C, Side lower structure, Sill panel: Description, page 41C-4)

(7)

Sill panel rear reinforcement

(see 41C, Side lower structure, Sill panel rear reinforcement: Description, page 41C-28)

(8)

Sill panel closure panel rear section

(see 41C, Side lower structure, Inner sill panel rear


section: Description, page 41C-22)

40A-17

http://vnx.su

Type

Thickness
(mm)

GENERAL INFORMATION
Vehicle side section structure: Description
Classification

No.

Description

(9)

A-pillar reinforcement

(see 43A, Side upper structure, A-pillar reinforcement: Description, page 43A-5)

(10)

Windscreen pillar lining

(see 43A, Side upper structure, Windscreen pillar


lining: Description, page 43A-7)

(11)

Windscreen pillar lining reinforcement

(see 43A, Side upper structure, A-pillar lining stiffener: Description, page 43A-8)

(12)

A-pillar

(see 43A, Side upper structure, A-pillar: Description, page 43A-1)

(13)

A-pillar reinforcement

(see 43A, Side upper structure, A-pillar reinforcement: Description, page 43A-5)

40A-18

http://vnx.su

Type

40A
Thickness
(mm)

GENERAL INFORMATION
Vehicle central section structure: Description

40A

126967

No.

Description

Classification

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Centre floor front side cross member

(see 41B, Centre lower structure, Centre floor front


lateral cross member: Description, page 41B-8)

(2)

Centre floor, side section

(3)

Central floor reinforcement

(4)

Roof

(5)

Roof front cross member

(6)

Roof centre cross member

(7)

Roof panel arch

(see 45A, Top of body, Roof panel arch: Description, page 45A-9)

(8)

Roof rear cross member

(see 45A, Top of body, Roof rear cross member:


Description, page 45A-10)

(see 41B, Centre lower structure, Central floor,


side section: Description, page 41B-3)
(see 41B, Centre lower structure, Centre floor reinforcement: Description, page 41B-6)
(see 45A, Top of body, Roof: Description, page
45A-2)
(see 45A, Top of body, Roof front cross member:
Description, page 45A-7)
(see 45A, Top of body, Roof centre cross member:
Description, page 45A-8)

40A-19

http://vnx.su

GENERAL INFORMATION
Vehicle structure rear section: Description

40A

126969

No.

Description

Classification

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Rear floor

(see 41D, Rear lower structure, Rear floor: Description, page 41D-2)

(2)

Front section of rear floor

(see 41D, Rear lower structure, Rear floor, front


section: Description, page 41D-6)

(3)

Rear floor stiffener

(see 41D, Rear lower structure, Rear floor stiffener: Description, page 41D-8)

(4)

Front cross member under rear seat

(5)

Rear side member

(6)

Rear floor centre cross member

(7)

Rear end lower cross member

(see 41D, Rear lower structure, Rear end lower


cross member: Description, page 41D-18)

(8)

Far rear lower cross member, side part

(see 41D, Rear lower structure, Far rear lower


cross member, side section: Description, page
41D-20)

(see 41D, Rear lower structure, Front cross member under rear seat: Description, page 41D-21)
(see 41D, Rear lower structure, Rear side member:
Description, page 41D-13)
(see 41D, Rear lower structure, Rear floor centre
cross member: Description, page 41D-17)

40A-20

http://vnx.su

GENERAL INFORMATION
Vehicle structure rear section: Description
Classification

Type

40A

No.

Description

Thickness
(mm)

(9)

Fuel tank mounting support .

(10)

Rear impact cross member mounting reinforcement

(11)

Rear end panel

(see 44A, Rear upper structure, Rear end panel:


Description, page 44A-62)

(12)

Rear end pillar

(see 44A, Rear upper structure, Far rear pillar:


Description, page 44A-39)

(13)

Rear side panel rain channel

(14)

Left-hand inner rear wheel arch

(see 44A, Rear upper structure, Inner wheel arch:


Description, page 44A-42)

(15)

Right-hand inner rear wheel arch

(see 44A, Rear upper structure, Inner wheel arch:


Description, page 44A-42)

(16)

Left-hand body side rear lining

(see 44A, Rear upper structure, Body side rear


lining: Description, page 44A-44)

(17)

Right-hand body side rear lining

(see 44A, Rear upper structure, Body side rear


lining: Description, page 44A-44)

(18)

Rear section of rear side panel

(see 44A, Rear upper structure, Rear section of


rear side panel: Description, page 44A-28)

(19)

Lower section of rear side panel

(see 44A, Rear upper structure, Rear side panel:


Description, page 44A-2)

(20)

B-pillar

(see 43A, Side upper structure, B-pillar: Description, page 43A-9)

(21)

Upper section of rear side panel

(see 44A, Rear upper structure, Rear side panel:


Description, page 44A-2)

(see 41D, Rear lower structure, Tank mounting


support: Description, page 41D-22)
(see 41D, Rear lower structure, Rear impact cross
member mounting reinforcement: Description,
page 41D-16)

(see 44A, Rear upper structure, Rear side panel


rain channel: Description, page 44A-35)

40A-21

http://vnx.su

GENERAL INFORMATION
Vehicle removable section structure: Description

40A

126965

No.

Description

Classification

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Frontal impact cross member

(2)

Rear impact lower cross member

(3)

Front wing

(4)

Front end panel

(5)

Dashboard cross member

(6)

Front side door

(see 47A, Side opening elements, Front side door:


Removal - Refitting, page 47A-1)

(7)

Rear side door

(see 47A, Side opening elements, Rear side door:


Removal - Refitting, page 47A-8)

(8)

Bonnet

(see 41A, Front lower structure, Front impact


cross member: Removal - Refitting, page 41A-2)
(see 41D, Rear lower structure, Rear impact lower
cross member: Removal - Refitting, page 41D-24)
(see 42A, Front upper structure, Front wing:
Removal - Refitting, page 42A-3)
(see 42A, Front upper structure, Front: Removal Refitting, page 42A-9)
(see Dashboard cross member: Description)

(see 48A, Non-side opening elements, Bonnet:


Removal - Refitting, page 48A-1)

40A-22

http://vnx.su

GENERAL INFORMATION
Vehicle removable section structure: Description
Classification

No.

Description

(9)

Tailgate

(see 48A, Non-side opening elements, Tailgate:


Removal - Refitting, page 48A-7)

(10)

Rear loading door

(see 48A, Non-side opening elements, Rear loading door: Removal - Refitting, page 48A-14)

40A-23

http://vnx.su

Type

40A
Thickness
(mm)

GENERAL INFORMATION
Structure components to be positioned on body repair bench: Description

40A

I - PARTS REQUIRING THE USE OF A BODY JIG


BENCH

127212

(1) Engine stand


(2) Front wheel arch
(3) Front half-unit
(4) Front side member
(5) Radiator cross member support
(6) Front subframe front mounting unit
(7) Front sub-frame rear mounting unit
(8) Rear side member
(9) Rear end panel

40A-24

http://vnx.su

GENERAL INFORMATION
Structure components to be positioned on body repair bench: Description

II - PRINCIPAL REFERENCE POINTS FOR SETTING


VEHICLE TRIM LEVEL

40A

2 - Front subframe rear mounting

1 - Front subframe front mounting

127213

The jig rests against the rear section of the side member and is centred in the sub-frame rear mounting hole.
127214

The jig supports the underneath of the front sub-frame


mounting and is centred on tapped hole (C) .

The jig is used to replace:


- a complete front half unit,
- a front subframe rear mounting unit.

The jig is used to replace:


- a complete front side member,

IMPORTANT
This/these point/s help(s) to ensure axle geometry.

- a front half unit.

IMPORTANT
This/these point/s help(s) to ensure axle geometry.

3 - Front impact cross member mounting

127214

40A-25

http://vnx.su

GENERAL INFORMATION
Structure components to be positioned on body repair bench: Description

The jig rests against the front impact cross member


mounting reinforcement and is centred on the mounting holes (K1) and (K2) .

40A

5 - Gearbox mounting

The jig is used to replace:


- the front impact cross member mounting,
- the front side member, completely or partially.
4 - Engine mounting

127214

The jig rests laterally against the side member and is


centred on the tapped holes (Q1) and (Q2)
6 - Front shock absorber upper mounting

127216

The jig rests on the engine and is centred on the engine mounting holes (P1) and (P2) .
The jig is used with the subframe removed for the replacement of:
- a front half unit.
- the engine mounting.

127215

The jig rests under the shock absorber cup and is centred on the shock absorber head mounting holes (F) .
The jig is used to replace:
- a wheel arch,
- a front half unit.

40A-26

http://vnx.su

GENERAL INFORMATION
Structure components to be positioned on body repair bench: Description

The jig is also used during front straightening to keep


the shock absorber cup in position.

40A

8 - End of rear side member

IMPORTANT
This/these point/s help(s) to ensure axle geometry.
7 - Rear axle assembly front mounting

127218

The jig rests under the rear side member and is centred on the hole (J) .
The jig is used:
- to realign a rear side member with the mechanical
components in place,
127217

The jig rests under the rear axle assembly mounting


unit and is centred on the tapped hole (B) of the rear
axle bearing mounting.

- to replace the complete rear side member with the


mechanical components removed, under the same
conditions.

The jig is used for replacing a rear side member assembly.

9 - Rear impact lower cross member mounting

IMPORTANT
This/these point/s help(s) to ensure axle geometry.

127218

40A-27

http://vnx.su

GENERAL INFORMATION
Structure components to be positioned on body repair bench: Description

The jig rests vertically against the side lining of the rear
end panel and is centred on the rear impact lower
cross member mounting holes (L1) and (L2) and under
the cross member mounting reinforcements. (L)
The jig is used to replace the rear end panel and the
rear impact cross member mounting reinforcement.

40A-28

http://vnx.su

40A

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Front impact cross member: General description

Note:
The information contained in the following describes the general repair procedure for all vehicles
having the same design for this part.
Before reading the following general information,
make sure that there are no special notes associated with the vehicle. These special notes are specified if necessary in other parts of the sub-section
dealing with the component.

Note:
For a detailed description of a particular connection, see MR 400.
DESIGN OF THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENT

110517

This part has three distinct components: two impact


absorber units bolted onto the ends of the front side
members, and the impact cross member itself, which
bolts onto these units. The assembly is made of aluminium.

41A-1

http://vnx.su

41A

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Front impact cross member: Removal - Refitting

41A

II - FINAL OPERATION.

REMOVAL

a Refit:
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION
a Partially remove the front wheel arch liners (see
Front wheel arch liner: Removal - Refitting) (55A,
Exterior protection).
a Remove:
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection),
- the headlights (see Front headlight: Removal Refitting) (80B, Headlights),

- the front of the vehicle (see 42A, Front upper


structure, Front: Removal - Refitting, page 42A9) .
- the headlights (see Front headlight: Removal Refitting) (80B, Headlights),
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection),
- the front wheel arch liners (see Front wheel arch
liner: Removal - Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection).

- the front of the vehicle (see 42A, Front upper


structure, Front: Removal - Refitting, page 42A9) .
II - REMOVAL

127529

a Remove:
- the bolts (1) ,
- the front impact cross member (2) .

REFITTING
I - REFITTING
a Refit:
- the front impact cross member,
- the bolts (1) .

41A-2

http://vnx.su

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Radiator support cross member: General description

Note:
The information contained in the following describes the general repair procedure for all vehicles
having the same design for this part.
Before reading this general information, check that
there are no special notes associated with this vehicle. These special notes will be specified if applicable in other parts of this subsection dealing with the
part.

Note:
For a detailed description of a particular connection, see MR 400.
DESIGN OF THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENT

110077

This steel part, which bolts onto the front axle subframe, combines two functions:
- distribution of front impact forces,
- radiator support cross member.

41A-3

http://vnx.su

41A

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Radiator support cross member: Removal - Refitting

41A

II - REMOVAL
Tightening torquesm
F61, and K4M or K7M or K9K
radiator mounting cross
member nut

21 Nm

side stiffener bolts

62 Nm

radiator mounting cross


member bolts

106 Nm

radiator mounting cross


member bolts

106 Nm

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION
a Position the vehicle on a two-post lift (see Vehicle:
Towing and lifting) (02A, Lifting equipment).
a Remove:
- the front wheels (see Wheel: Removal - Refitting)
(35A, Wheels and tyres),
- the front wheel arch liners (see Front wheel arch
liner: Removal - Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection),

127760

a Remove:

- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection),

- the radiator mounting cross member bolts (1) ,


- the radiator mounting cross member.

- the engine undertray.


a Attach the radiator upper section.

41A-4

http://vnx.su

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Radiator support cross member: Removal - Refitting

41A

- the radiator mounting cross member nut (5) .


K61 F61, and K9K, and 806

REFITTING
I - REFITTING

K61 F61, and K9K, and 806


a Torque tighten the radiator mounting cross member nut (21 Nm) (5) .
a Refit the side stiffeners (4) .
a Tighten:
- to torque the side stiffener bolts (62 Nm) (3) ,
- to torque the radiator mounting cross member
bolts (106 Nm) (2) .

127650

a Remove:
- the radiator mounting cross member bolts (2) ,
- the radiator mounting cross member.
F61, and K4M or K7M or K9K
a Refit the radiator mounting cross member.
a Torque tighten the radiator mounting cross member bolts (106 Nm) (1) .

II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Detach the radiator.
a Refit:
- the engine undertray,
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection),
127652

a Remove:

- the front wheel arch liners (see Front wheel arch


liner: Removal - Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection),

- the side stiffener bolts (3) ,


- the front wheels (see Wheel: Removal - Refitting)
(35A, Wheels and tyres).

- the side stiffeners (4) ,

41A-5

http://vnx.su

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Radiator cross member support: Description

41A

I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

128606
126971

To carry out this operation, order separately:


- the radiator cross member support unit (1)
- the front impact cross member mounting unit closure
panel (2)
- the radiator cross member support internal closure
panel (3)

IMPORTANT
Use a repair bench to ensure the positioning of the
points and the geometry of the axle assemblies.

41A-6

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Radiator cross
member mounting unit

HLE

1.2

(2)

Closure panel of
the front impact
cross member
mounting unit

THLE

2.5

(3)

Interior closure
panel of radiator
cross member
mounting

HLE

1.2

http://vnx.su

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Radiator cross member support: Description

41A

II - PART FITTED
WARNING
To avoid damaging the vehicles electric and electronic components, the earths of any wiring harness
near the weld area must be disconnected.
Position the earth of the welding machine as closely
as possible to the weld area (see MR 400).

126970

WARNING
If the mating faces of the parts to be welded are not
accessible, make EGW plug welds to replace the
original resistance welds (see MR 400).
III - POSITIONING OF LOCAL ELECTRICAL
EARTHS

126960

41A-7

http://vnx.su

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Front side member: General description

41A

II - AREA TO BE CUT FOR PARTIAL


REPLACEMENT
IMPORTANT
Use a repair bench to ensure the positioning of the
points and the geometry of the axle assemblies.

Note:
The information contained in the following describes the general repair procedure for all vehicles
having the same design for this part.
Before reading the following general information,
make sure that there are no special notes associated with the vehicle. These special notes are specified if necessary in other parts of the sub-section
dealing with the component.

Note:
For a detailed description of a particular connection, see MR 400.

110510

1 - Cut 1:
I - DESIGN OF THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENT

This line shows the centre of the area in which it is possible to carry out a partial replacement.
This operation allows you to access the inside of the
hollow section of the structural element to straighten it.

Note:
For the partial replacement of parts constituting a
single structural component, it is essential to stagger the welds of each of the components.
In this case, the side member weld line must be staggered from that of its closure panel.

110509

The special feature of this type of part is that it combines the functions of front section and rear section of
the front side member and that it is made of two different kinds of panels of different thicknesses assembled
by laser butt welding.

41A-8

http://vnx.su

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Front side member: General description

2 - Cut 2:
The cut is made along the butt weld.

41A

130093

130095

130094

130096

III - ASSEMBLY METHOD FOR A PARTIAL


REPLACEMENT
Only the connections which are specific to the partial
replacement by cutting are indicated.

WARNING
If the mating faces of the parts to be welded are not
accessible, make EGW plug welds to replace the
original resistance welds (see MR 400).

41A-9

http://vnx.su

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Front side member: General description
If there are other issues regarding access to mating faces, the various replacement options are described in
the basic instructions for structural bodywork repair
(see MR 400).

110511

Lines (3) and (4) on the diagram show a butt weld by


continuous EGW welding.
Weld (4) along the butt weld line.

41A-10

http://vnx.su

41A

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Front side member: Description

41A

I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

Right-hand side

Left side

127236

Left side

126972

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Front side member

HLE/
THLE

1.67/2.5

(2)

Battery tray support

Mild
steel

1.5/2

(3)

Front mounting of
front sub-frame

HLE

1.2

(4)

Front subframe
rear mounting

HLE

(5)

Interior closure
panel component of radiator
cross member
mounting

HLE

1.2

(6)

Closure panel
component of
front
impact
cross member
mounting unit

VHEL

2.5

127237

The options for replacing this part are as follows:


- partial replacement of front end section,
- partial replacement of the front section.

IMPORTANT
Use a repair bench to ensure the positioning of the
points and the geometry of the axle assemblies.

41A-11

http://vnx.su

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Front side member: Description
Right-hand side

41A

II - PART FITTED
1 - Partial replacement of the front end section

126978

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

126976

Cut
(1)

Front side member

HLE/
THLE

1.67/2.5

(3)

Front mounting of
front sub-frame

HLE

1.2

(4)

Front subframe
rear mounting

HLE

(5)

Interior closure
panel component of radiator
cross member
mounting

HLE

1.2

(6)

Closure panel
component of
front
impact
cross member
mounting unit

VHEL

2.5

(7)

Bulkhead cross
member righthand bracket

Mild
steel

1.47

(8)

Engine stand

HLE/
Mild
steel

1.47/2

126977

41A-12

http://vnx.su

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Front side member: Description

41A

Preparation of the replacement part

2 - Partial replacement of the front section


Right-hand side

126975

126979

Note:
When cutting, do not damage the rear reinforcement (A) .

Left side

Note:
For a detailed description of the welded connections, see MR 400.

126973

41A-13

http://vnx.su

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Front side member: Description
III - POSITIONING OF LOCAL ELECTRICAL
EARTHS

126960

126961

WARNING
To avoid damaging the vehicle's electrical and electronic components, disconnect the earths of any
wiring near the weld area.
Position the welding machine earth as close as
possible to the weld zone (see MR 400).

41A-14

http://vnx.su

41A

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Front side member closure panel: General description

41A

II - AREA TO BE CUT FOR PARTIAL


REPLACEMENT
IMPORTANT
Use a repair bench to ensure the positioning of the
points and the geometry of the axle assemblies.

Note:
For the replacement of parts constituting a single
structural component, it is essential to stagger the
welds of each of the components

Note:
The information contained in the following describes the general repair procedure for all vehicles
having the same design for this part.
Before reading the following general information,
make sure that there are no special notes relating
to the vehicle. These special notes are specified if
applicable in other parts of this subsection dealing
with the component.

Note:
For a description of a particular connection, see MR
400.

I - DESIGN OF THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENT

Left side

127234

1 - Cut 1:

127234

The special feature of this part is that it combines the


functions of both the front section and rear section of
the front side member closure panel and is made of
two different kinds of panels of different thicknesses
assembled by laser butt welding.

126980

The cut must be made on the splice

41A-15

http://vnx.su

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Front side member closure panel: General description
2 - Cut 2:

126982

This line shows the centre of the area in which it is possible to carry out a partial replacement.
This operation allows you to access the inside of the
hollow section of the structural component to straighten it.

41A-16

http://vnx.su

41A

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Front side member closure panel: Description

41A

I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

Right-hand side

127235
115111

Left side
No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Front side member closure panel

HLE/
THLE

1.7/2.5

(2)

Interior closure
panel of radiator
cross member
mounting

HLE

1.2

(3)

Front subframe
front mounting
unit

HLE

1,7

(4)

Reinforcement
bracket

Mild
steel

1.2

(5)

Front subframe
front mounting
support

Mild
steel

127234

The options for replacing this part are as follows:


- partial replacement of the front section,
- partial replacement of front end section.

IMPORTANT
Use a repair bench to ensure the positioning of the
points and the geometry of the axle assemblies.

41A-17

http://vnx.su

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Front side member closure panel: Description

41A

Complete replacement

II - PART FITTED
Partial replacement of the front section

126980

126982

Cut

Cut

126981

126983

Note:
For a detailed description of the welded connections, see MR 400.

41A-18

http://vnx.su

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Front side member closure panel: Description

WARNING
Respect the position of this cut which has been
determined in accordance with the position of the
inner stiffeners or acoustic inserts, in order to prevent damaging the parts (inner stiffener and/or
acoustic insert).
III - POSITIONING OF LOCAL ELECTRICAL
EARTHS

126960

WARNING
To avoid damaging the vehicle's electrical and electronic components, disconnect the earths of any
wiring near the weld area.
Position the welding machine earth as close as
possible to the weld zone (see MR 400).

41A-19

http://vnx.su

41A

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Battery tray support: General description

Note:
The information contained in the following describes the general repair procedure for all vehicles
having the same design for this part. Before reading
the following general information, make sure that
there are no special notes associated with the vehicle. These special notes are specified if necessary
in other parts of the sub-section dealing with the
component.

Note:
For a detailed description of a particular connection, see MR 400.
DESIGN OF THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENT

101415

This part functions only as a battery tray bracket. It is


welded to the vehicle structure.

41A-20

http://vnx.su

41A

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Battery tray support: Description

41A

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Battery tray support upper section

Mild
steel

1.5

(2)

Battery tray support lower section

Mild
steel

(3)

Air filter retaining


bracket

Mild
steel

1.2

II - PART FITTED

101415

There is only one way of replacing this part:


- complete replacement.
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

128394

WARNING
If the mating faces of the parts to be welded are not
accessible, use GMAW plug welds in place of the
original electrical resistance welds (see MR 400).

128395

41A-21

http://vnx.su

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Battery tray support: Description
III - POSITIONING OF LOCAL ELECTRICAL
EARTHS

126960

WARNING
To avoid damaging the vehicles electric and electronic components, the earths of any wiring harness
near the weld area must be disconnected.
Position the earth of the welding machine as closely
as possible to the weld area (see MR 400).

41A-22

http://vnx.su

41A

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Front mounting of front sub-frame: General description

IMPORTANT
Use a repair bench to ensure the positioning of the
points and the geometry of the axle assemblies.

Note:
The information contained in the following describes the general repair procedure for all vehicles
having the same design for this part.
Before reading the following general information,
make sure that there are no special notes associated with the vehicle. These special notes are specified if necessary in other parts of the sub-section
dealing with the component.

Note:
For a detailed description of a particular connection, see MR 400.
DESIGN OF THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENT

101422

This is a basic part; it functions only as a front mounting


of front subframe.

41A-23

http://vnx.su

41A

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Front mounting of front sub-frame: Description

41A

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Front support of
front subframe

HLE

1.5

(2)

Front support
reinforcement of
front subframe

HLE

2.5

II - PART FITTED

128393

To carry out this operation, also order the front support


reinforcement of the front subframe (2)

IMPORTANT
Use a repair bench to ensure the positioning of the
points and the geometry of the axle assemblies.
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

128392

WARNING
If the mating faces of the parts to be welded are not
accessible, make EGW plug welds to replace the
original resistance welds (see MR 400).

128393

41A-24

http://vnx.su

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Front mounting of front sub-frame: Description
III - POSITIONING OF LOCAL ELECTRICAL
EARTHS
Left-hand side

126960

Right-hand side

126961

WARNING
To avoid damaging the vehicles electric and electronic components, the earths of any wiring harness
near the weld area must be disconnected.
Position the earth of the welding machine as closely
as possible to the weld area (see MR 400).

41A-25

http://vnx.su

41A

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Sub-frame rear mounting: General description

IMPORTANT
Use a repair bench to ensure the positioning of the
points and the geometry of the axle assemblies.

41A

Note:
For a detailed description of a particular connection, see MR 400.
DESIGN OF THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENT

Note:
The information contained in the following describes the general repair procedure for all vehicles
having the same design for this part.
Before reading this general information, check that
there are no special notes associated with this vehicle. These special notes will be specified if applicable in other parts of this subsection dealing with the
part.

110489

The front sub-frame rear mounting (1) is welded to the


front half unit.

41A-26

http://vnx.su

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Sub-frame rear mounting: Description

41A

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Sub-frame rear
mounting reinforcement

Very
high
yield
strengt
h

(2)

Sub-frame
mounting

HEL

rear

II - PART FITTED

127238

There is only one way of replacing this part:


- complete replacement.

IMPORTANT
Use a repair bench to ensure the positioning of the
points and the geometry of the axle assemblies.
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

128390

WARNING
If the mating faces of the parts to be welded are not
accessible, make EGW plug welds to replace the
original resistance welds (see MR 400).

128391

41A-27

http://vnx.su

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Sub-frame rear mounting: Description
III - POSITIONING OF LOCAL ELECTRICAL
EARTHS
Right-hand side

126961

Left-hand side

126960

WARNING
To avoid damaging the vehicles electric and electronic components, the earths of any wiring harness
near the weld area must be disconnected.
Position the earth of the welding machine as closely
as possible to the weld area (see MR 400).

41A-28

http://vnx.su

41A

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Engine mounting: General description

IMPORTANT
Use a repair bench to ensure the positioning of the
points and the geometry of the axle assemblies.

Note:
The information contained in the following describes the general repair procedure for all vehicles
having the same design for this part.
Before reading this general information, check that
there are no special notes associated with this vehicle. These special notes will be specified if applicable in other parts of this subsection dealing with the
part.

Note:
For a detailed description of a particular connection, see MR 400.
DESIGN OF THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENT

102623

This is a basic part; it only functions as an engine


mounting.

41A-29

http://vnx.su

41A

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Engine mounting: Description

41A

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Engine mounting
rear section

HLE

1.5

(2)

Engine mounting
upper section

HLE

(3)

Engine mounting
height adjuster
reinforcement

Mild
steel

1.97

(4)

Engine mounting
rear reinforcement

HLE

II - PART FITTED
127240

There is only one way of replacing this part:


- complete replacement.

IMPORTANT
Use a repair bench to ensure the positioning of the
points and the geometry of the axle assemblies.
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

127530

Note:
For a detailed description of the welded connections, see MR 400.

127531

41A-30

http://vnx.su

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Engine mounting: Description
III - POSITIONING OF LOCAL ELECTRICAL
EARTHS

126961

WARNING
To avoid damaging the vehicle's electrical and electronic components, disconnect the earths of any
wiring near the weld area.
Position the welding machine earth as close as
possible to the weld zone (see MR 400).

41A-31

http://vnx.su

41A

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Front half unit: General description

IMPORTANT
Use a repair bench to ensure the positioning of the
points and the geometry of the axle assemblies.

Note:
The information contained in the following describes the general repair procedure for all vehicles
having the same design for this part.
Before reading the following general information,
make sure that there are no special notes associated with the vehicle. These special notes are specified if necessary in other parts of the sub-section
dealing with the component.

Note:
For a detailed description of a particular connection, see MR 400.
DESIGN OF THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENT

127232

The special feature of this type of part is that it combines the functions of front side member, front wheel
arch, centre floor front side cross member and front
end side cross member, and is made up of several panels of different types and thicknesses.

41A-32

http://vnx.su

41A

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Front half unit: Description

41A

I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

Right-hand side

Right-hand side

127232

Left-hand side

126984

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Front subframe
front
s u p p o rt
reinforcement

HLE

2.5

(2)

Exterior closure
panel component of radiator
cross member
mounting

HLE

1.2

(3)

Front right-hand
side member closure panel

HLE THLE

1.7/2.5

(4)

Closure panel
component of
front
impact
cross member
mounting unit

Very
high
yield
strengt
h

2.5

(5)

Engine stand

HLE Mild
steel

1.47/2

(6)

Front right-hand
side member

HLE THLE

1.67/2.5

127233

There is only one way of replacing this part:


- complete replacement.

41A-33

http://vnx.su

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Front half unit: Description

41A

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(7)

Radiator cross
member support
unit

HLE

1.2

(3)

Front right-hand
side member closure panel

HLE THLE

1.7/2.5

(8)

Front mounting of
front sub-frame

HLE

1.2

(4)

THLE

2.5

(9)

Front subframe
rear mounting

HLE

Closure panel
component of
front
impact
cross member
mounting unit

(10)

Bulkhead cross
member righthand bracket

Mild
steel

1.47

(6)

Front left-hand
side member

HLE THLE

1.67/2.5

(7)

Radiator cross
member support
unit

HLE

1.2

(8)

Front mounting of
front sub-frame

HLE

1.2

(9)

Front subframe
rear mounting

HLE

(11)

Battery tray support

Mild
steel

1.5/2

Left-hand side

II - PART FITTED
Complete replacement
Left-hand side

126986

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Front subframe
front
s u p p o rt
reinforcement

HLE

2.5

(2)

Exterior closure
panel component of radiator
cross member
mounting

HLE

1.2

126985

41A-34

http://vnx.su

FRONT LOWER STRUCTURE


Front half unit: Description

41A

III - POSITIONING OF LOCAL ELECTRICAL


EARTHS
WARNING
To avoid damaging the vehicles electric and electronic components, the earths of any wiring harness
near the weld area must be disconnected.

Left-hand side for replacement of the front righthand half unit

Position the earth of the welding machine as closely


as possible to the weld area (see MR 400).

126960

Right-hand side for replacement of the front lefthand half unit

126961

41A-35

http://vnx.su

CENTRE LOWER STRUCTURE


Centre floor, side section: General description

41B

II - AREA TO BE CUT FOR PARTIAL


REPLACEMENT
WARNING
The information contained in the following describes the general repair procedure for all vehicles
having the same design for this part.
Before reading this general information, check that
there are no special notes associated with this vehicle. These special notes will be specified if applicable in other parts of this subsection dealing with the
part.

Note:
For a detailed description of a particular connection, (see MR 400).
I - DESIGN OF THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENT

110541

This cutting line (4) affects the option of partially replacing the centre floor side section.
III - ASSEMBLY METHOD FOR A PARTIAL
REPLACEMENT
Only the connections which are specific to the partial
replacement by cutting are indicated.

WARNING
If the spot welds cannot be made as they were originally using an electrical spot welding machine,
they should be replaced with plug welds after holes
have been drilled in the first panel.

110540

This is a basic part; its only function is that of centre


floor side section.

If there are other issues regarding access to mating faces, the various replacement options are described in
the basic instructions for structural bodywork repair
(see MR 400, 40A, General Information).

41B-1

http://vnx.su

CENTRE LOWER STRUCTURE


Centre floor, side section: General description

110542

Weld line (4) on the diagram shows the partial front or


rear replacement and a weld by joggling with plug
welds at regular intervals.

41B-2

http://vnx.su

41B

CENTRE LOWER STRUCTURE


Central floor, side section: Description

41B

II - PART FITTED
Partial replacement of the front section

127242

The options for replacing this part are as follows:


127080

- partial replacement of the front section,


- complete replacement.

Partial replacement of the front section as seen


from below

I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Centre floor, side


section

HLE

0.7

127082

41B-3

http://vnx.su

CENTRE LOWER STRUCTURE


Central floor, side section: Description

41B

Complete replacement

III - POSITIONING OF LOCAL ELECTRICAL


EARTHS

127079

Note:
For a detailed description of the welded connections, see (MR 400).

126962

41B-4

http://vnx.su

CENTRE LOWER STRUCTURE


Central floor, side section: Description

WARNING
To avoid damaging the vehicle's electrical and electronic components, disconnect the earths of any
wiring near the weld area.
Position the welding machine earth as close as
possible to the weld zone (see MR 400).

41B-5

http://vnx.su

41B

CENTRE LOWER STRUCTURE


Centre floor reinforcement: Description

127243

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Front seat front


mounting support reinforcement

HLE

1.5

(2)

Front seat rear


mounting support reinforcement

HLE

1.5

(3)

Front seat front


mounting support

HLE

1.5

(4)

Front seat rear


mounting support

HLE

1.5

(5)

Front seat front


cross member

HLE

(6)

Front seat rear


cross member

HLE

(7)

Front seat mounting reinforcement

HLE

1.5

(8)

Front seat mounting reinforcement

HLE

1.5

(9)

Centre
member

side

VHEL

(10)

Centre
side
member reinforcement

UHLE

2.5

The options for replacing this part are as follows:


- partial replacement,
- complete replacement.
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

127084

41B-6

41B

http://vnx.su

CENTRE LOWER STRUCTURE


Centre floor reinforcement: Description

41B

III - POSITIONING OF LOCAL ELECTRICAL


EARTHS

II - PART FITTED
Partial replacement

126962

127085

Complete replacement

WARNING
To avoid damaging the vehicle's electrical and electronic components, disconnect the earths of any
wiring near the weld area.
Position the welding machine earth as close as
possible to the weld zone (see MR 400).

127083

Note:
For a detailed description of the welded connections, (see MR 400).

41B-7

http://vnx.su

CENTRE LOWER STRUCTURE


Centre floor front lateral cross member: Description

41B

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Front side cross


member

HLE

1.17

(2)

Front side cross


member reinforcement

1.47

(3)

Front cross member impact reinforcement

VHEL

(4)

Jacking
support

HLE

1.8

point

II - PART FITTED
127244

Partial replacement

The options for replacing this part are as follows:


- partial replacement,
- complete replacement.

IMPORTANT
Use a repair bench to ensure the positioning of the
points and the geometry of the axle assemblies.

I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

127086

Note:
The cut is made at the end of the front side member.

127087

41B-8

http://vnx.su

CENTRE LOWER STRUCTURE


Centre floor front lateral cross member: Description
Complete replacement

102000

Note:
For a detailed description of the welded connections, (see MR 400).

41B-9

http://vnx.su

41B

SIDE LOWER STRUCTURE


Sill panel: General description

41C

II - AREA TO BE CUT FOR COMPLETE


REPLACEMENT
Note:
The information contained in the following describes the general repair procedure for all vehicles
having the same design for this part.
Before reading this general information, check that
there are no special notes associated with this vehicle. These special notes are specified if necessary
in other parts of the sub-section dealing with the
component.

Note:
For a detailed description of a particular connection, (see MR 400).
I - DESIGN OF THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENT

110580

The lines (1) , (2) and (3) mark the cutting areas for the
complete replacement of the sill panel.
III - AREA TO BE CUT FOR PARTIAL
REPLACEMENT

122757

This part is removed by cutting into the complete body


side. This part fulfils the basic function of the sill panel.
It can be replaced partially by following the cuts described as follows.

110582

The lines (1) and (4) mark the areas for the partial replacement of the front of the sill panel.

41C-1

http://vnx.su

SIDE LOWER STRUCTURE


Sill panel: General description

41C

110578

110574

The lines (3) and (5) mark the cutting areas for the partial replacement of the rear of the sill panel.

110576

110572

The lines (4) and (8) mark the cutting areas for the partial replacement of the sill panel section under the door.

Previous cuts can be used to carry out more extensive


partial replacements:
- front partial replacement, cut (1) , (2) and (5)
- Rear partial replacement, cut (2) , (3) and (4) .
These operations allow you to access the inside of the
hollow section of the structural element to straighten it.
IV - ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS FOR A PARTIAL
REPLACEMENT
Only the connections which are specific to the partial
replacement by cutting are indicated.

41C-2

http://vnx.su

SIDE LOWER STRUCTURE


Sill panel: General description

WARNING
If the mating faces of the parts to be welded are not
accessible, make EGW plug welds to replace the
original resistance welds (see MR 400).
If there are other issues regarding access to mating faces, the various replacement options are described in
the basic instructions for structural bodywork repair
(see MR 400).

110575

Lines (1) , (2) and (5) on the drawing show a butt weld
by continuous EGW welding.
The welds described in this procedure are all identical.

41C-3

http://vnx.su

41C

SIDE LOWER STRUCTURE


Sill panel: Description

41C

L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R
SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

127245

When replacing this part, also order the B-pillar reinforcement insert, A-pillar reinforcement insert and the sill
panel rear reinforcement insert (see 40A, General information, Hollow body parts inserts: List and location of components, page 40A-9) .

127088

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Sill panel

Mild
steel

0.75

(2)

Mounting reinforcement for bottom rail end piece

Mild
steel

(3)

Upper closure
panel for bottom
rail unit

Mild
steel

0.75

(4)

Lower closure
panel for bottom
rail unit

Mild
steel

0.75

The options for replacing this part are as follows:


- partial replacement of the front section,
- partial replacement of the rear section,
- complete replacement.

41C-4

http://vnx.su

SIDE LOWER STRUCTURE


Sill panel: Description

41C

L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R
SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW
II - PART FITTED
1 - Partial replacement of the front section

127093

Cut A

Cut B

127092

41C-5

http://vnx.su

127094

SIDE LOWER STRUCTURE


Sill panel: Description

41C

L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R
SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW
2 - Rear section replacement

127095

Cut C

Cut D

127097

41C-6

http://vnx.su

127096

SIDE LOWER STRUCTURE


Sill panel: Description

41C

L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R
SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW
Cut E

3 - Complete replacement

127091

127089

41C-7

http://vnx.su

SIDE LOWER STRUCTURE


Sill panel: Description

41C

L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R
SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW

Note:
For a detailed description of the welded connections, see (MR 400).

41C-8

http://vnx.su

SIDE LOWER STRUCTURE


Sill panel: Description

41C

L SIDE PANEL or L SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or L SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW, and R SIDE
PANEL or R SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or R SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW

127246

When replacing this part, also order the B-pillar reinforcement insert, A-pillar reinforcement insert, and the sill
panel rear reinforcement insert (see 40A, General information, Hollow body parts inserts: List and location of components, page 40A-9) .
The options for replacing this part are as follows:
- partial replacement under door:
- partial replacement of the front section,
- partial replacement of the rear section,
- complete replacement.
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Sill panel

Mild
steel

0.75

41C-9

http://vnx.su

SIDE LOWER STRUCTURE


Sill panel: Description

41C

L SIDE PANEL or L SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or L SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW, and R SIDE
PANEL or R SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or R SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW
II - PART FITTED
1 - Partial replacement under door

127105

Cut A

Cut B

127104

41C-10

http://vnx.su

127102

SIDE LOWER STRUCTURE


Sill panel: Description

41C

L SIDE PANEL or L SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or L SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW, and R SIDE
PANEL or R SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or R SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW
2 - Partial replacement of the front section

127101

Cut C

127100

41C-11

http://vnx.su

SIDE LOWER STRUCTURE


Sill panel: Description

41C

L SIDE PANEL or L SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or L SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW, and R SIDE
PANEL or R SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or R SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW
3 - Partial replacement of the rear section

127103

41C-12

http://vnx.su

SIDE LOWER STRUCTURE


Sill panel: Description

41C

L SIDE PANEL or L SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or L SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW, and R SIDE
PANEL or R SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or R SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW
Cut F

127099

Special notes on weld joints


When welding, make the connection by superimposition beneath the section covered by the trim strip, finished off at both ends with continuous butt welding.

Note:
For a detailed description of the welded connections, see (MR 400).

41C-13

http://vnx.su

SIDE LOWER STRUCTURE


Sill panel: Description

41C

L SIDE PANEL or L SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or L SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW, and R SIDE
PANEL or R SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or R SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW
4 - Complete replacement

127098

Note:
For a detailed description of the welded connections, see (MR 400).

41C-14

http://vnx.su

SIDE LOWER STRUCTURE


Sill panel closure panel: General description

Note:
The information contained in the following describes the general repair procedure for all vehicles
having the same design for this part.
Before reading this general information, check that
there are no special notes associated with this vehicle. These special notes will be specified if applicable in other parts of this subsection dealing with the
part.

Note:
For a detailed description of a particular connection, (see MR 400).

I - DESIGN OF THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENT

124602

This is a basic part; its only function is that of a sill panel closure panel.

II - ASSEMBLY METHOD FOR A PARTIAL


REPLACEMENT
Only the connections which are specific to the partial
replacement by cutting are indicated.

WARNING
If the mating faces of the parts to be welded are not
accessible, make EGW plug welds to replace the
original resistance welds (see MR 400).
If there are other issues regarding access to mating faces, the various options are described in the basic instructions for structural bodywork repair (see MR 400).

41C-15

http://vnx.su

41C

SIDE LOWER STRUCTURE


Sill panel closure panel, front section: Description

41C

L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R
SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW

127350

The options for replacing this part are as follows:


- complete replacement
- partial replacement of the front section.
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Sill panel closure


panel front section

HLE

0.9

41C-16

http://vnx.su

SIDE LOWER STRUCTURE


Sill panel closure panel, front section: Description

41C

L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R
SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW
II - PART FITTED
Complete replacement

127106

Detailed view A

Detailed view B

127108

41C-17

http://vnx.su

127107

SIDE LOWER STRUCTURE


Sill panel closure panel, front section: Description

41C

L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R
SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW
Partial replacement of the front section

127109

Detailed view C

127110

Note:
For a detailed description of the welded connections, see (MR 400).

41C-18

http://vnx.su

SIDE LOWER STRUCTURE


Sill panel closure panel, front section: Description

41C

L SIDE PANEL or L SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or L SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW, and R SIDE
PANEL or R SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or R SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW

127248

The options for replacing this part are as follows:


- complete replacement
- partial replacement of the front section.
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Sill panel closure


panel front section

HLE

0.9

41C-19

http://vnx.su

SIDE LOWER STRUCTURE


Sill panel closure panel, front section: Description

41C

L SIDE PANEL or L SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or L SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW, and R SIDE
PANEL or R SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or R SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW
II - PART FITTED
Complete replacement

127111

Detailed view A

Detailed view B

127112

41C-20

http://vnx.su

127113

SIDE LOWER STRUCTURE


Sill panel closure panel, front section: Description

41C

L SIDE PANEL or L SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or L SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW, and R SIDE
PANEL or R SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or R SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW
Partial replacement of the front section

III - POSITION OF LOCAL ELECTRICAL EARTHS

127114
126962

Detailed view C

Disconnect the electrical earth (2) on the rear cross


member, front seat.

WARNING
To avoid damaging the vehicle's electrical and electronic components, disconnect the earths of any
wiring near the weld area.
Position the welding machine earth as close as
possible to the weld zone (see MR 400).

127115

Note:
For a detailed description of the welded connections, see (MR 400).

41C-21

http://vnx.su

SIDE LOWER STRUCTURE


Inner sill panel rear section: Description

41C

II - PART FITTED

Complete replacement

127247

There is only one way of replacing this part:


- complete replacement.

127403

I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Sill panel closure


panel rear section

HLE

1.2

Note:
For a detailed description of the welded connections, see (MR 400).

III - POSITION OF LOCAL ELECTRICAL EARTHS

126962

Disconnect the electrical earth (2) on the rear cross


member, front seat.

41C-22

http://vnx.su

SIDE LOWER STRUCTURE


Inner sill panel rear section: Description

WARNING
To avoid damaging the vehicle's electrical and electronic components, disconnect the earths of any
wiring near the weld area.
Position the welding machine earth as close as
possible to the weld zone (see MR 400).

41C-23

http://vnx.su

41C

SIDE LOWER STRUCTURE


Sill panel reinforcement: Description

41C

II - PART FITTED
Partial replacement of the front section

127250

The options for replacing this part are as follows:


127120

- partial replacement of the front section,


- partial replacement of the rear section,

Detailed view A

- complete replacement.
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Sill panel reinforcement

VHEL

0.9

127119

41C-24

http://vnx.su

SIDE LOWER STRUCTURE


Sill panel reinforcement: Description

41C

Detailed view B

127121

Partial replacement of the rear section

127118

41C-25

http://vnx.su

SIDE LOWER STRUCTURE


Sill panel reinforcement: Description

41C

Detailed view C

127123

Complete replacement

127122

41C-26

http://vnx.su

SIDE LOWER STRUCTURE


Sill panel reinforcement: Description

Note:
For a detailed description of the welded connections, see (MR 400).
III - POSITION OF LOCAL ELECTRICAL EARTHS

126962

Disconnect the electrical earth (2) on the rear cross


member, front seat.

WARNING
To avoid damaging the vehicle's electrical and electronic components, disconnect the earths of any
wiring near the weld area.
Position the welding machine earth as close as
possible to the weld zone (see MR 400).

41C-27

http://vnx.su

41C

SIDE LOWER STRUCTURE


Sill panel rear reinforcement: Description

41C

II - PART FITTED
Complete replacement

127251

If replacing this part, also order the rear wheel arch


lining insert and the sill panel rear reinforcement insert
(see 40A, General information, Hollow body parts
inserts: List and location of components, page
40A-9) .

127124

Note:

There is only one way of replacing this part:

For a detailed description of the welded connections, see (MR 400).

- complete replacement.
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Sill panel rear


reinforcement

Mild
steel

0.9

III - POSITIONING OF LOCAL ELECTRICAL


EARTHS

126964

Disconnect the electrical earth (2) from the front section of the rear wheel arch liner.

41C-28

http://vnx.su

SIDE LOWER STRUCTURE


Sill panel rear reinforcement: Description

WARNING
To avoid damaging the vehicle's electrical and electronic components, disconnect the earths of any
wiring near the weld area.
Position the welding machine earth as close as
possible to the weld zone (see MR 400).

41C-29

http://vnx.su

41C

SIDE LOWER STRUCTURE


Sill pane stiffener: Description

41C

II - PART FITTED
Complete replacement

127249

There is only one way of replacing this part:


127116

- complete replacement.
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Sill pane stiffener

HLE

1.2

Detailed view A

127117

Note:
For a detailed description of the welded connections, see (MR 400).

41C-30

http://vnx.su

SIDE LOWER STRUCTURE


Sill pane stiffener: Description
III - POSITIONING OF LOCAL ELECTRICAL
EARTHS

126962

Disconnect the electrical earth (2) from the rear cross


member, front seat.

WARNING
To avoid damaging the vehicle's electrical and electronic components, disconnect the earths of any
wiring near the weld area.
Position the welding machine earth as close as
possible to the weld zone (see MR 400).

41C-31

http://vnx.su

41C

REAR LOWER STRUCTURE


Rear floor: General description

Note:
The information contained in the following describes the general repair procedure for all vehicles
having the same design for this part.
Before reading the following information, make sure
that there are no special notes associated with the
vehicle. These special notes are specified if necessary in other parts of the sub-section dealing with
the component.

Note:
For a detailed description of welded connections,
see MR 400.
DESIGN OF THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENT

127254

This part is one of the main functions, and does not


function as the front and rear sections of the rear floor.

41D-1

http://vnx.su

41D

REAR LOWER STRUCTURE


Rear floor: Description

41D

II - PART FITTED
Partial replacement

127254

The options for replacing this part are as follows:


127126

- partial replacement,
- complete replacement.

Cut

I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Rear floor

HLE

0.75

127127

41D-2

http://vnx.su

REAR LOWER STRUCTURE


Rear floor: Description

41D

Complete replacement

127125

Note:

126964

WARNING
To avoid damaging the vehicle's electrical and electronic components, disconnect the earths of any
wiring near the weld area.

For a description of the welded connections, see


MR 400

Position the welding machine earth as close as


possible to the weld zone (see MR 400).

III - POSITIONING OF LOCAL ELECTRICAL


EARTHS

126963

41D-3

http://vnx.su

REAR LOWER STRUCTURE


Rear floor, front section: General description

41D

This is a basic part for commercial vehicles (vans), its


only function is that of a rear over floor, front section.
WARNING
The information contained in the following describes the general repair procedure for all vehicles
having the same design for this part.
III - ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS FOR A PARTIAL
REPLACEMENT

Before reading the following general information,


make sure that there are no special notes associated with the vehicle. These special notes are specified if necessary in other parts of the sub-section
dealing with the component.

Only the connections which are specific to the partial


replacement by cutting are indicated.

WARNING
If the mating faces of the parts to be welded are not
accessible, make EGW plug welds to replace the
original resistance welds (see MR 400).

Note:
For a detailed description of a particular connection, see MR 400.

If there are other issues regarding access to mating faces, the various replacement options are described in
the basic instructions for structural bodywork repair
(see MR 400).

I - DESIGN OF THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENT


II - AREA TO BE CUT FOR PARTIAL
REPLACEMENT
Cut 1:
This line marks the area in which it is possible to make
a partial replacement.
F61

127255

41D-4

http://vnx.su

REAR LOWER STRUCTURE


Rear floor, front section: General description

41D

110650

Line (2) on the diagram shows a joint made by joggling


connected with plug welds at regular intervals.

41D-5

http://vnx.su

REAR LOWER STRUCTURE


Rear floor, front section: Description

41D

F61
(2)

Rear floor front


reinforcement

HLE

0.8

(3)

Rear floor cross


member mounting

HLE

0.8

II - PART IN POSITION

127255

The options for replacing this part are as follows:


- complete replacement.
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

127128

Note:
For a detailed description of the welded connections, see MR 400.

127129

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Front section of
rear floor

HLE

0.75

41D-6

http://vnx.su

REAR LOWER STRUCTURE


Rear floor, front section: Description
F61
III - POSITIONING OF LOCAL ELECTRICAL
EARTHS

126962

WARNING
To avoid damaging the vehicle's electrical and electronic components, disconnect the earths of any
wiring near the weld area.
Position the welding machine earth as close as
possible to the weld zone (see MR 400).

41D-7

http://vnx.su

41D

REAR LOWER STRUCTURE


Rear floor stiffener: Description

41D

II - PART FITTED

127256
127130

There is only one way of replacing this part:


- complete replacement.
Note:
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

No.

(1)

Description

Rear floor stiffener

Type

VHEL

Thickness
(mm)

For a detailed description of the welded connections, see MR 400.


III - POSITIONING OF LOCAL ELECTRICAL
EARTHS

0.8

126963

41D-8

http://vnx.su

REAR LOWER STRUCTURE


Rear floor stiffener: Description

126964

WARNING
To avoid damaging the vehicle's electrical and electronic components, disconnect the earths of any
wiring near the weld area.
Position the welding machine earth as close as
possible to the weld zone (see MR 400).

41D-9

http://vnx.su

41D

REAR LOWER STRUCTURE


Rear side member: General description

IMPORTANT
Use a repair bench to ensure the positioning of the
points and the geometry of the axle assemblies.

41D

Note:
For a detailed description of a particular connection, see MR 400.
I - DESIGN OF THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENT

Note:
The information contained in the following describes the general repair procedure for all vehicles
having the same design for this part.
Before reading this general information, check that
there are no special notes associated with this vehicle. These special notes will be specified if applicable in other parts of this subsection dealing with the
part.

110631

This is a basic part; it simply fulfils the function of a rear


side member.

41D-10

http://vnx.su

REAR LOWER STRUCTURE


Rear side member: General description

41D

II - AREA TO BE CUT FOR PARTIAL


REPLACEMENT

110632

Cut 1:
This line marks the area in which it is possible to make
a partial replacement.
III - ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS FOR A PARTIAL
REPLACEMENT
Only the connections which are specific to the partial
replacement by cutting are indicated.

WARNING
If the mating faces of the parts to be welded are not
accessible, make EGW plug welds to replace the
original resistance welds (see MR 400).
If there are other issues regarding access to mating faces, the various replacement options are described in
the basic instructions for structural bodywork repair
(see MR 400).

41D-11

http://vnx.su

REAR LOWER STRUCTURE


Rear side member: General description

41D

110633

The line (2) on the drawing shows a butt weld made by


continuous GMAW welding.

41D-12

http://vnx.su

REAR LOWER STRUCTURE


Rear side member: Description

41D

I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

127252
127136

The options for replacing this part are as follows:


- partial replacement of the rear section,
- complete replacement.

IMPORTANT
Use a repair bench to ensure the positioning of the
points and the geometry of the axle assemblies.

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Rear
shock
absorber spacer

(2)

Rear
shock
absorber spacer
support

VHEL

1.8

(3)

Rear side member

HLE

1.5

(4)

Rear side member rear reinforcement

HLE

1.2

(5)

Rear
impact
cross member
mounting reinforcement

VHEL

1,7

Note:
If replacing the complete rear side member, do not
damage the rear axle mounting reinforcement.

41D-13

http://vnx.su

REAR LOWER STRUCTURE


Rear side member: Description

41D

Complete replacement

II - PART FITTED
Partial replacement of the rear section

127133

127137

Detailed view A

Cut

127134

127138

41D-14

http://vnx.su

REAR LOWER STRUCTURE


Rear side member: Description
Detailed view B

127135

Note:
If replacing the complete rear side member, do not
damage the rear axle mounting reinforcement.

Note:
For a detailed description of the welded connections, see MR 400.

41D-15

http://vnx.su

41D

REAR LOWER STRUCTURE


Rear impact cross member mounting reinforcement: Description

41D

II - PART FITTED
Complete replacement

127253

There is only one way of replacing this part:


127145

- complete replacement.
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Rear
impact
cross member
mounting reinforcement

VHEL

1.5

Note:
For a detailed description of the welded connections, see MR 400.

41D-16

http://vnx.su

REAR LOWER STRUCTURE


Rear floor centre cross member: Description

41D

II - PART FITTED
Complete replacement

127259

There is only one way of replacing this part:


127139

- complete replacement.
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Rear floor centre


cross member

HLE

Note:
For a detailed description of the welded connections, see MR 400.

41D-17

http://vnx.su

REAR LOWER STRUCTURE


Rear end lower cross member: Description

41D

II - PART FITTED
Complete replacement

127261

There is only one way of replacing this part:


127140

- complete replacement.
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

No.

(1)

Description

Rear end lower


cross member

Type

HLE

Thickness
(mm)
1.5

Note:
For a detailed description of the welded connections, see MR 400.
III - POSITIONING OF LOCAL ELECTRICAL
EARTHS

126963

41D-18

http://vnx.su

REAR LOWER STRUCTURE


Rear end lower cross member: Description

WARNING
To avoid damaging the vehicle's electrical and electronic components, disconnect the earths of any
wiring near the weld area.
Position the welding machine earth as close as
possible to the weld zone (see MR 400).

41D-19

http://vnx.su

41D

REAR LOWER STRUCTURE


Far rear lower cross member, side section: Description

41D

II - PART FITTED

127262
127141

There is only one way of replacing this part:


- complete replacement.
Note:
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Far rear lower


cross member,
side part

HLE

1.5

For a detailed description of the welded connections, see MR 400.

41D-20

http://vnx.su

REAR LOWER STRUCTURE


Front cross member under rear seat: Description

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Front cross member under rear


seat

VHEL

(2)

Rear bench seat


mounting bracket

HLE

(3)

Rear bench seat


central mounting
bracket

HLE

(4)

Rear bench seat


central mounting
bracket

HLE

(5)

Rear bench seat


lock mounting
reinforcement

HLE

(6)

Rear bench seat


lock mounting
support

HLE

127258

There is only one way of replacing this part:


- complete replacement.

41D

I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

II - PART FITTED

127132

127131

Note:
For a detailed description of the welded connections, see MR 400.

41D-21

http://vnx.su

REAR LOWER STRUCTURE


Tank mounting support: Description

41D

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Fuel tank rear


mounting support

HLE

(2)

Fuel tank rear


mounting reinforcement

HLE

1.2

(3)

Fuel tank rear


mounting reinforcement

HLE

1.2

II - PART FITTED

127257

There is only one way of replacing this part:


- complete replacement.
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

127142

Note:
For a detailed description of the welded connections, see MR 400.

127143

41D-22

http://vnx.su

REAR LOWER STRUCTURE


Rear impact lower cross member: General description

Note:
The information contained in the following describes the general repair procedure for all vehicles
having the same design for this part.
Before reading the following general information,
make sure that there are no special notes associated with the vehicle. These special notes are specified if necessary in other parts of the sub-section
dealing with the component.

Note:
For a detailed description of a particular connection, see MR 400.
DESIGN OF THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENT

101411

This component cannot be repaired. It is a removable


component consisting of a cross member and two absorber units, and is made of aluminium or steel.
The assembly is attached to the ends of the rear side
members.

41D-23

http://vnx.su

41D

REAR LOWER STRUCTURE


Rear impact lower cross member: Removal - Refitting

41D

II - FINAL OPERATION.

REMOVAL

a Refit:
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Position the vehicle on a two-post lift (see Vehicle:
Towing and lifting) (02A, Lifting equipment).

- the rear bumper (see Rear bumper: Removal Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection),
- the rear wing lights (see Rear light on wing: Removal - Refitting) (81A, Rear lighting).

a Remove:
- the rear wing lights (see Rear light on wing: Removal - Refitting) (81A, Rear lighting),
- the rear bumper (see Rear bumper: Removal Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection).

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

127144

a Remove:
- the bolts (1) ,
- the rear impact lower cross member (2) .

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit:
- the rear impact lower cross member (2) ,
- the bolts (1) .

41D-24

http://vnx.su

FRONT UPPER STRUCTURE


Front wing: General description

42A

- the impact absorber,


- the headlight.

Note:
The information contained in the following describes the general repair procedure for all vehicles
having the same design for this part.

III - ADJUSTMENT

Before reading the following general information,


make sure that there are no special notes associated with the vehicle. These special notes are specified if necessary in other parts of the sub-section
dealing with the component.

Note:
The front wing is the penultimate removable component to be fitted to the vehicle body in the factory.
For final adjustment, correctly position all the other
components including the bumper and the headlights for them to be correctly positioned.

I - DESIGN OF THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENT


Two main areas of adjustment may be identified:
- the adjustment of the rear area,
- the adjustment of the front area
1 - Adjustment of the rear area:

112606

This type of front wing has the following characteristics:


- plastic wing (NORYL),
- wing bolted to its upper mounting bracket.
112042

II - REMOVAL - REFITTING

Note:
In all cases of removal of a component without its
replacement with a new one, mark the position of
the mountings before removing the mountings to
avoid adjustments during refitting.
To remove or replace the front wing, remove:
- the windscreen lower trim piece,
- the radiator grille,
- the front bumper,

42A-1

http://vnx.su

FRONT UPPER STRUCTURE


Front wing: General description

42A

112041

127225

Adjust the flush fitting and alignment with the front door
using mountings (4) and (5) .

Adjust the alignment of the wing using mountings (22)


and (23) .

127224

42A-2

http://vnx.su

FRONT UPPER STRUCTURE


Front wing: Removal - Refitting

42A

II - REMOVAL

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION
a Remove:
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection),
- the headlight (see Front headlight: Removal Refitting) (80B, Headlight),
- the front wheel arch liner (see Front wheel arch
liner: Removal - Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection),
- the side indicator (see Side indicator: Removal Refitting) (80A, Headlight).

127220

a Remove the bolts (2) .

127219

a Remove the windscreen lower trim piece (1) .

127221

a Remove the bolts (3) .

42A-3

http://vnx.su

FRONT UPPER STRUCTURE


Front wing: Removal - Refitting

42A

- the bolts (5) , (4) , (3) , (2) , (1) .


II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit:
- the side indicator (see Side indicator: Removal Refitting) (80A, Headlight),
- the front wheel arch liner (see Front wheel arch
liner: Removal - Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection),
- the headlight (see Front headlight: Removal Refitting) (80B, Headlight),
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection).

127222

a Remove the bolts (4) .

127223

a Remove:
- the bolts (5) ,
- the front wing.

REFITTING
I - REFITTING
a Refit:
- the front wing,

42A-4

http://vnx.su

FRONT UPPER STRUCTURE


Front wing: Adjusting

42A

ADJUSTMENT VALUES
a For all information regarding wing adjustment values, (see Vehicle clearances: Adjustment values) (01C, Vehicle bodywork specifications).

ADJUSTMENT
a There are three possible front wing adjustments:
- Adjustment with the front door
- Adjustment with the bonnet
- Adjustment with the headlight and bumper

109496

a Symbols A, B, C, and D show the adjustment options.


The black dot in the centre represents the body of
the bolt.
The grey section represents the component to be
adjusted.
The white section represents the adjustment area.

127159

I - ADJUSTMENT WITH THE DOOR AND SILL


PANEL

a Make these adjustments in the following order:


- Rear zone adjustments (1) , (2) and (3)
- Adjustment with the bonnet (4)
- Adjustment with the bumper and headlight (5)

127227

a Adjust the panel gaps with the front door.

42A-5

http://vnx.su

FRONT UPPER STRUCTURE


Front wing: Adjusting

42A

127226

127224

a Adjust the panel gaps with the front door and the sill
panel.

a Remove the windscreen lower trim piece (see Scuttle panel grille: Removal - Refitting)
a Adjust the clearances with the door and A-pillar

II - ADJUSTMENT WITH BONNET

a Refit the windscreen lower trim piece.

a
Note:
Adjust the front wing with bonnet during reinstallation of the front wing upper mounting support.

III - ADJUSTMENT WITH THE BUMPER AND


HEADLIGHT
a Remove:
- the front wheel arch liner (see Front wheel arch
liner: Removal - Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection),
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection),

42A-6

http://vnx.su

FRONT UPPER STRUCTURE


Front wing: Adjusting

127225

a Adjust the shut lines with the front bumper and the
headlight.
a Refit:
- the front wheel arch liner (see Front wheel arch
liner: Removal - Refitting)
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting)

42A-7

http://vnx.su

42A

FRONT UPPER STRUCTURE


Front: General description

42A

DESIGN OF THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENT


Note:
The information contained in the following describes the general repair procedure for all vehicles
having the same design for this part.
Before reading the following general information,
make sure that there are no special notes associated with the vehicle. These special notes are specified if necessary in other parts of the sub-section
dealing with the component.

110082

A special feature of this part is that it is made out of


composite materials; it cannot be repaired and is bolted onto the vehicle.
This part is attached to the ends of the front side member and cannot be adjusted.

42A-8

http://vnx.su

FRONT UPPER STRUCTURE


Front: Removal - Refitting
REMOVAL

REFITTING

I - REMOVAL PREPARATION

I - REFITTING

42A

a Refit the front end panel.

a Remove:
- the radiator grille,

II - FINAL OPERATION.

- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection),

a Refit the bonnet lock (see Bonnet latch: Removal Refitting) (52A, Non-side opening element mechanisms).

- the headlights (see Front headlight: Removal Refitting) (80B, Headlights),

a Connect:
- the various connectors,

- the impact absorber,

- the windscreen washer fluid pipe.

- the front impact cross member (see 41A, Front


lower structure, Front impact cross member:
Removal - Refitting, page 41A-2) .

a Refit:

a Disconnect:

- the front impact cross member (see 41A, Front


lower structure, Front impact cross member:
Removal - Refitting, page 41A-2) ,
- the impact absorber,

- the windscreen washer fluid pipe,

- the headlights (see Front headlight: Removal Refitting) (80B, Headlights),

- the various connectors.


a Remove the bonnet lock (see Bonnet latch: Removal - Refitting) (52A, Non-side opening element mechanisms).

- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection),
- the radiator grille.

II - REMOVAL

127228

a Remove:
- the bolts (4) ,
- the front of the vehicle.

42A-9

http://vnx.su

FRONT UPPER STRUCTURE


Scuttle side panel: General description

42A

II - AREA TO BE CUT FOR PARTIAL


REPLACEMENT
Note:
The information contained in the following describes the general repair procedure for all vehicles
having the same design for this part.
Before reading the following general information,
make sure that there are no special notes associated with the vehicle. These special notes are specified if necessary in other parts of the sub-section
dealing with the component.

Note:
For a detailed description of a particular connection, see MR 400.
I - DESIGN OF THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENT

110638

Cutting line (1) shows the area in which it is possible to


make a cut.
This operation allows you to access the inside of the
hollow section.
III - ASSEMBLY METHOD FOR A PARTIAL
REPLACEMENT
Only the connections which are specific to the partial
replacement by cutting are indicated.

WARNING
If the mating faces of the parts to be welded are not
accessible, make EGW plug welds to replace the
original resistance welds (see MR 400).
112703

The special feature of this part it that it concurrently


serves two functions:

If there are other issues regarding access to mating faces, the various replacement options are described in
the basic instructions for structural bodywork repair
(see MR 400).

- scuttle side panel,


- A-pillar lining.

42A-10

http://vnx.su

FRONT UPPER STRUCTURE


Scuttle side panel: General description

110639

Line (5) on the diagram shows partial replacement and


a weld by joggling with plug welds at regular intervals.
Depending on the exact position of the cut, EGW butt
welding may also be used.

42A-11

http://vnx.su

42A

FRONT UPPER STRUCTURE


Cowl side panel: Description

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Dashboard
mounting interior
unit

HEL

2.5

(2)

A-pillar lining

HEL

(3)

A-pillar lining side


reinforcement

Mild
steel

0.77

(4)

Exterior unit rear


reinforcement

Very
high
yield
strengt
h

(5)

Left-hand exterior unit (commercial vehicle)

Very
high
yield
strengt
h

1.8

(6)

Left-hand exterior unit

Very
high
yield
strengt
h

1.8

(7)

A-pillar impact
upper reinforcement

(8)

A-pillar impact
lower reinforcement

HEL

1.2

127264

The options for replacing this part are as follows:


- front section replacement,
- complete replacement.
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

127526

42A-12

42A

http://vnx.su

FRONT UPPER STRUCTURE


Cowl side panel: Description

42A

Detailed view A

II - PART FITTED
1 - Front section replacement

130524

2 - Complete replacement
130522

Cut

130525

130523

Note:
For a detailed description of welded connections,
see MR 400.

42A-13

http://vnx.su

FRONT UPPER STRUCTURE


Cowl side panel: Description
III - POSITIONING OF LOCAL ELECTRICAL
EARTHS

126960

WARNING
To avoid damaging the vehicles electric and electronic components, the earths of any wiring harness
near the weld area must be disconnected.
Position the earth of the welding machine as closely
as possible to the weld area (see MR 400).

42A-14

http://vnx.su

42A

FRONT UPPER STRUCTURE


Scuttle side panel upper reinforcement: General description

Note:
The information contained in the following describes the general repair procedure for all vehicles
having the same design for this part.
Before reading the following general information,
make sure that there are no special notes associated with the vehicle. These special notes are specified if necessary in other parts of the sub-section
dealing with the component.

Note:
For a detailed description of a particular connection, see MR 400.
DESIGN OF THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENT

112704

This type of part secures the front panel and the front
wing upper mounting support.

42A-15

http://vnx.su

42A

FRONT UPPER STRUCTURE


Scuttle side panel upper reinforcement: Description

42A

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Front wing support front mounting


reinforcement

HEL

1.2

(2)

Bonnet hinge
mounting reinforcement

HEL

2.5

(3)

Scuttle
side
panel upper reinforcement

HEL

1.2

II - PART FITTED
127267

There is only one way of replacing this part:


- complete replacement.
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

130529

Note:
For a detailed description of welded connections,
see MR 400.
128388

42A-16

http://vnx.su

FRONT UPPER STRUCTURE


Scuttle side panel upper reinforcement: Description
III - POSITIONING OF LOCAL ELECTRICAL
EARTHS

126960

WARNING
To avoid damaging the vehicles electric and electronic components, the earths of any wiring harness
near the weld area must be disconnected.
Position the earth of the welding machine as closely
as possible to the weld area (see MR 400).

42A-17

http://vnx.su

42A

FRONT UPPER STRUCTURE


Front wheel arch: General description

42A

Right-hand side
IMPORTANT
Use a repair bench to ensure the positioning of the
points and the geometry of the axle assemblies.

Note:
The information contained in the following describes the general repair procedure for all vehicles
having the same design for this part.
Before reading the following general information,
make sure that there are no special notes associated with the vehicle. These special notes are specified if necessary in other parts of the sub-section
dealing with the component.

Note:

110634

Two wheel arches are available, depending on the vehicle engine type:

For a detailed description of a particular connection, see MR 400.

- with windscreen wiper mechanism mounting (1) ,


- with engine tie-rod attachment.

DESIGN OF THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENT


Left side

110635

This is a basic part; it serves only as the front wheel


arch.

42A-18

http://vnx.su

FRONT UPPER STRUCTURE


Front wheel arch: Description

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Windscreen
aperture lower
cross member
side angle bracket

Mild
steel

1.2

(2)

Shock absorber
cup reinforcement

Very
high
yield
strengt
h

(3)

Shock absorber
cup

HEL

(4)

Shock absorber
cup reinforcement

Very
high
yield
strengt
h

(5)

Shock absorber
cup height adjuster

Mild
steel

1.12

(6)

Air filter mounting support

Mild
steel

1.2

127266

There is only one way of replacing this part:


- complete replacement.

IMPORTANT
Use a repair bench to ensure the positioning of the
points and the geometry of the axle assemblies.

42A

I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART


II - PART FITTED

130528
130527

42A-19

http://vnx.su

FRONT UPPER STRUCTURE


Front wheel arch: Description

Note:

42A

WARNING
To avoid damaging the vehicles electric and electronic components, the earths of any wiring harness
near the weld area must be disconnected.

For a detailed description of welded connections,


see MR 400.

Position the earth of the welding machine as closely


as possible to the weld area (see MR 400).

III - POSITIONING OF LOCAL ELECTRICAL


EARTHS
Left-hand side

126960

Right-hand side

126961

42A-20

http://vnx.su

FRONT UPPER STRUCTURE


Windscreen aperture lower cross member: General description

42A

Note:
The information contained in the following describes the general repair procedure for all vehicles
having the same design for this part.
Before reading the following general information,
make sure that there are no special notes associated with the vehicle. These special notes are specified if necessary in other parts of the sub-section
dealing with the component.

Note:
For a detailed description of a particular connection, see MR 400.
DESIGN OF THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENT
104570

This is a basic part; it serves only as the windscreen


aperture lower cross member.
Its replacement allows access to the interior of the
aperture cross member for straightening.
It can be replaced partially from the left-hand side (1) .

102674

42A-21

http://vnx.su

FRONT UPPER STRUCTURE


Windscreen aperture lower cross member: Description

42A

II - PART FITTED

127269
130530

There is only one way of replacing this part:


- complete replacement.
Note:
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Windscreen
aperture lower
cross member

Mild
steel

0.75

For a detailed description of welded connections,


see MR 400.

42A-22

http://vnx.su

FRONT UPPER STRUCTURE


Dashboard cross member: Removal - Refitting
REMOVAL

Essential special tooling


Car. 1765

42A

Bolt for repositioning the play


compensation bushes of the
dashboard cross member
Essential equipment

I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION


a Lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool
(see Fault finding - Replacement of components)
(88C, Airbags and pretensioners).
a Disconnect the battery (see Battery: Removal - Refitting) (80A, Battery).

diagnostic tool

a Remove:

Tightening torquesm
centring nut of the dashboard cross member

6 N.m

dashboard cross member side bolts

8 N.m

dashboard cross member bolts

21 N.m

dashboard cross member tie-rod bolt8

N.m

- the front side doors (see 47A, Side opening elements, Front side door: Removal - Refitting,
page 47A-1) (47A, Side opening elements),
- the dashboard (see Dashboard: Removal - Refitting) (57A, Interior equipment),
- the UCH (see UCH: Removal - Refitting) (87B, Interconnection unit).
a Partially remove:
- the steering column (see Steering column: Removal - Refitting) (36A, Steering assembly),
- the dashboard wiring (see Dashboard wiring harness: Removal - Refitting) (88A, Wiring).

IMPORTANT
To avoid any risk of triggering when working on or
near a pyrotechnic component (airbags or pretensioners), lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool.
When this function is activated, all the trigger lines
are inhibited and the airbag warning light on the instrument panel lights up continuously (ignition on).

IMPORTANT
Never handle the pyrotechnic systems (pretensioners or airbags) near to a source of heat or naked
flame - they may be triggered.

IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see Airbag and Pretensioners: Precautions for repair) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

128641

a Remove:
- the bolts (1) ,
- the dashboard flange (2) .
a Unclip the passenger compartment fuse box.

42A-23

http://vnx.su

FRONT UPPER STRUCTURE


Dashboard cross member: Removal - Refitting

42A

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

128640

a Remove the distribution unit bolts (3) .

128642

128639

a Remove:
- the dashboard cross member tie-rod bolts (4) ,
- the bolts (5) from the dashboard cross member,
- the blanking covers (6) .

42A-24

http://vnx.su

FRONT UPPER STRUCTURE


Dashboard cross member: Removal - Refitting

42A

II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit:
- the passenger compartment fuse and relay box (2)
,
- the dashboard flange.
a Refit:
- the dashboard wiring (see Dashboard wiring harness: Removal - Refitting) (88A, Wiring),
- the steering column (see Steering column: Removal - Refitting) (36A, Steering assembly),
- the UCH (see UCH: Removal - Refitting) (87B, Interconnection unit),
- the dashboard (see Dashboard: Removal - Refitting) (57A, Interior equipment),

128638

a Remove the side bolt (7) from the dashboard cross


member.
a Loosen the centring nut of the dashboard cross
member using the tool (Car. 1765).

- the front side doors (see 47A, Side opening elements, Front side door: Removal - Refitting,
page 47A-1) (47A, Side opening elements).
a Connect the battery (see Battery: Removal - Refitting) (80A, Battery).
a Unlock the airbag computer using the diagnostic
tool (see Fault finding - Replacement of components) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

a Remove:
- the dashboard cross member side bolt (8) ,
- the dashboard cross member (this operation requires two people).

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the dashboard cross member (this operation
requires two people).
a Tighten to torque:
- the centring nut of the dashboard cross member (6 N.m) using the tool (Car. 1765),
- the dashboard cross member side bolts (8 N.m)
(7) and (8) ,
- the dashboard cross member bolts (21 N.m) (5)
,
- the dashboard cross member tie-rod bolt8
(N.m) (4) ,
a Refit the blanking covers (6) .

42A-25

http://vnx.su

SIDE UPPER STRUCTURE


A-pillar: Description

43A

When replacing this component, also order the exterior


and interior A-pillar inserts (see 40A, General information, Hollow body parts inserts: List and location of components, page 40A-9) .
The options for replacing this part are as follows:
- upper section replacement,
- lower section replacement.
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

127272

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

A-pillar

Mild
steel

0.75

II - PART IN POSITION

Upper section replacement

126992

43A-1

http://vnx.su

SIDE UPPER STRUCTURE


A-pillar: Description

43A

Cut

126993

Detailed view A

Detailed view B

126994

126995

This cut allows replacement of the A-pillar lining reinforcement (see 43A, Side upper structure, A-pillar
lining stiffener: Description, page 43A-8)

43A-2

http://vnx.su

SIDE UPPER STRUCTURE


A-pillar: Description

43A

Lower section replacement

126996

43A-3

http://vnx.su

SIDE UPPER STRUCTURE


A-pillar: Description

43A

Cut

126997

Note:
For a detailed description of the welded connections, see MR 400.

43A-4

http://vnx.su

SIDE UPPER STRUCTURE


A-pillar reinforcement: Description

43A

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

A-pillar reinforcement

HLE

1.2

(2)

Upper hinge reinforcement

VHEL

(3)

Lower hinge reinforcement

VHEL

II - PART IN POSITION
Lower section replacement

127274

When replacing this part, also order the A-pillar reinforcement insert and the A-pillar lining insert (see 40A,
General information, Hollow body parts inserts:
List and location of components, page 40A-9) .
The options for replacing this part are as follows:
- lower section replacement,
- complete replacement.
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

127056

127055

43A-5

http://vnx.su

SIDE UPPER STRUCTURE


A-pillar reinforcement: Description
Cut A

127057

This cut allows complete replacement of the sill panel


reinforcement (see 41C, Side lower structure, Sill
panel reinforcement: Description, page 41C-24)
Complete replacement

127054

Note:
For a detailed description of the welded connections, see MR 400.

43A-6

http://vnx.su

43A

SIDE UPPER STRUCTURE


Windscreen pillar lining: Description

43A

II - PART IN POSITION
Complete replacement

128607

There is only one way of replacing this part:


126987

- complete replacement.
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Windscreen pillar
lining

HEL

0.8

Detailed view A

126988

Note:
For a detailed description of welded connections,
see MR 400.

43A-7

http://vnx.su

SIDE UPPER STRUCTURE


A-pillar lining stiffener: Description

43A

II - PART IN POSITION

Complete replacement

127273

There is only one way of replacing this part:


- complete replacement.

126989

I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Windscreen pillar
lining reinforcement

HLE

Detailed view A

126990

This operation supplements the replacement of the Apillar upper section (see 43A, Side upper structure,
A-pillar: Description, page 43A-1)

Note:
For a detailed description of the welded connections, see MR 400.

43A-8

http://vnx.su

SIDE UPPER STRUCTURE


B-pillar: Description

43A

L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R
SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW
The options for replacing this part are as follows:
- Complete replacement
- partial replacement of the lower section.
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

141249

141250

43A-9

http://vnx.su

SIDE UPPER STRUCTURE


B-pillar: Description

43A

L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R
SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW

No.

(1)

Description

Thickness
(mm)

Mild
steel

0.75

Upper
runner
mounting reinforcement

Mild
steel

(3)

Upper
runner
mounting reinforcement

Mild
steel

(4)

Upper runner unit


upper section

Mild
steel

0.75

(2)

B-pillar

Type

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(5)

Upper runner unit


lower section

Mild
steel

0.75

(6)

Lower runner unit


upper section

Mild
steel

0.75

(7)

Lower runner unit


upper section

Mild
steel

0.75

(8)

Lowe r
runner
stop mounting
reinforcement

Mild
steel

II - PART IN POSITION

Complete replacement

127014

43A-10

http://vnx.su

SIDE UPPER STRUCTURE


B-pillar: Description

43A

L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R
SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW
Cut

127015

Detailed view A

Detailed view B

127016

43A-11

http://vnx.su

127017

SIDE UPPER STRUCTURE


B-pillar: Description

43A

L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R
SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW
Detailed view C

Detailed view A and D: Welding

127004

Detailed view D

127007

43A-12

http://vnx.su

127024

SIDE UPPER STRUCTURE


B-pillar: Description

43A

L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R
SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW
Partial replacement of the lower section

127019

43A-13

http://vnx.su

SIDE UPPER STRUCTURE


B-pillar: Description

43A

L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R
SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW
Cut

127020

Detailed view E
Note:
For a detailed description of the welded connections (see MR 400).
III - POSITIONING OF LOCAL ELECTRICAL
EARTHS

WARNING
To avoid damaging the vehicles electric and electronic components, the earths of any wiring harness
near the weld area must be disconnected.
Position the earth of the welding machine as closely
as possible to the weld area (see MR 400).

127012

Locate the earths located near to the weld area (see


40A, General information, Earths on the body: List
and location of components, page 40A-12) .

43A-14

http://vnx.su

SIDE UPPER STRUCTURE


B-pillar reinforcement: General description

Note:

43A

WARNING
If the mating faces of the parts to be welded are not
accessible, make EGW plug welds to replace the
original resistance welds (see MR 400).

The information contained in the following describes the general repair procedure for all vehicles
having the same design for this part.
Before reading the following general information,
make sure that there are no special notes associated with the vehicle. These special notes are specified if necessary in other parts of the sub-section
dealing with the component.

If there are other issues regarding access to mating faces, the various options are described in the basic instructions for structural bodywork repair (see MR 400).

Note:
For a detailed description of a particular connection, see MR 400.

I - DESIGN OF THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENT

101971

Line (2) on the drawing shows a butt weld by continuous EGW welding.

110565

This is a basic part, its only function is that of a B-pillar


reinforcement.

II - AREA TO BE CUT FOR PARTIAL


REPLACEMENT

III - ASSEMBLY METHOD FOR A PARTIAL


REPLACEMENT
Only the connections which are specific to the partial
replacement by cutting are indicated.

43A-15

http://vnx.su

SIDE UPPER STRUCTURE


B-pillar reinforcement: Description

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

B-pillar reinforcement

VHEL

1.8

(2)

B-pillar centre
reinforcement

VHEL

1.5

(3)

Collapsible
mounting pad of
door striker panel

HLE

2.5

127275

There are three options for replacing this part:


- Partial replacement of the lower section.
- Partial replacement of the lower end
- Complete replacement
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

127059

43A-16

43A

http://vnx.su

SIDE UPPER STRUCTURE


B-pillar reinforcement: Description

43A

II - PART IN POSITION
Lower section replacement

127060

Cut

Detailed view A

127061

43A-17

http://vnx.su

127062

SIDE UPPER STRUCTURE


B-pillar reinforcement: Description
Replacement of the lower end

43A

Detailed view B

127063

127508

This cut allows replacement of the sill panel reinforcement (see 41C, Side lower structure, Sill panel reinforcement: Description, page 41C-24)

Cut

127509

43A-18

http://vnx.su

SIDE UPPER STRUCTURE


B-pillar reinforcement: Description

43A

Complete replacement

127058

Note:
For a detailed description of the welded connections, see MR 400.

43A-19

http://vnx.su

SIDE UPPER STRUCTURE


Body side: General description

43A

L SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or L SIDE


SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW, and R SIDE
SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or R SIDE
SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW

Note:
The information contained in the following describes the general repair procedure for all vehicles
having the same design for this part.
Before reading the following general information,
make sure that there are no special notes associated with the vehicle. These special notes are specified if necessary in other parts of the sub-section
dealing with the component.

Note:
For a detailed description of a particular connection (see MR 400).
DESIGN OF THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENT
The three parts must be welded at the joint (1) and (2)
or (1) and (3) and butt welded by continuous EGW welding.

141322

127272

43A-20

http://vnx.su

SIDE UPPER STRUCTURE


Body side: General description

LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and RIGHT SLIDING
+ FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW

141324

If there are other issues regarding access to mating faces, the various replacement options are described in
the basic instructions for structural bodywork repair
(see MR 400).

WARNING
If the mating faces of the parts to be welded are not
accessible, make EGW plug welds to replace the
original resistance welds (see MR 400).
The body side is achieved by welding the rear wing and
the body side front section.

43A-21

http://vnx.su

43A

SIDE UPPER STRUCTURE


Body side: Description

43A

Note:
For a detailed description of a particular connection, see MR 400.
POSITIONING OF LOCAL ELECTRICAL EARTHS

127271

126963

127272

If replacing the complete body side, order a rear side


panel (1) and an A-pillar (2) .
For details of the procedures, (see 43A, Side upper
structure, A-pillar: Description, page 43A-1) and
(see 44A, Rear upper structure, Rear side panel:
Description, page 44A-2) .
126964

The parts supplied are long enough to cover and be


butt welded.
Order also the A-pillar reinforcement insert and the Apillar lining insert (see 40A, General information, Hollow body parts inserts: List and location of components, page 40A-9) .

43A-22

http://vnx.su

SIDE UPPER STRUCTURE


Body side: Description

WARNING
To avoid damaging the vehicle's electrical and electronic components, disconnect the earths of any
wiring near the weld area.
Position the welding machine earth as close as
possible to the weld zone (see MR 400).

43A-23

http://vnx.su

43A

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear side panel: General description

44A

Several replacement options are possible (see 44A,


Rear upper structure, Rear section of rear side panel: Description, page 44A-28) .

Note:
The information contained in the following describes the general repair procedure for all vehicles
having the same design for this part.
Before reading the following general information,
make sure that there are no special notes associated with the vehicle. These special notes are specified if necessary in other parts of the sub-section
dealing with the component.

L SIDE PANEL or L SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or L SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW,


and R SIDE PANEL or R SIDE SCREEN+FIXED
WINDOW or R SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW

Note:
For a detailed description of a particular connection (see MR 400).
DESIGN OF THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENT
L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED
WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING
+ FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW

141322

This part has the following specifications:


- The body side is welded underneath the roof,
- It varies between panel and glazed versions.
- To make up the complete body side, order the rear
side panel lower section and the rear side panel upper section which can be butt welded due to a 100
mm coverage of the two parts. (see 43A, Side upper
structure, Body side: General description, page
43A-20)

141324

Several replacement options are possible: (see 44A,


Rear upper structure, Rear side panel: Description,
page 44A-2) .

This part has the following specifications:


- The body side is welded underneath the roof,
- It varies between panel and glazed versions.
- To make up the complete body side, order the B-pillar
and the rear side panel rear section which can be butt
welded due to a 100 mm coverage of the two parts.
(see 43A, Side upper structure, Body side: General description, page 43A-20)

44A-1

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear side panel: Description

44A

L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R
SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW
- complete replacement with roof.
In both cases, order parts (1) + (2) and solder them together.
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

141324

The options for replacing this part are as follows:


- complete replacement without roof,

141247

44A-2

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear side panel: Description

44A

L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R
SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Rear side panel

Mild
steel

0.75

(2)

B-pillar

Mild
steel

0.75

(3)

Upper
runner
mounting reinforcement

Mild
steel

(4)

Upper runner unit


upper section

Mild
steel

0.75

(5)

Upper runner unit


lower section

Mild
steel

0.75

(6)

Lower runner unit


upper section

Mild
steel

0.75

(7)

Lower runner unit


upper section

Mild
steel

0.75

(8)

Lowe r
runner
stop mounting
reinforcement

Mild
steel

(9)

Striker plate reinforcement

HLE

1.2

(10)

Central
unit

runner

Mild
steel

1.5

(11)

Central runner
unit upper closure panel

Mild
steel

0.75

(12)

Central runner
unit lower closure panel

Mild
steel

0.75

44A-3

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear side panel: Description

44A

L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R
SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW
II - PART IN POSITION
Complete replacement without roof

141283

44A-4

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear side panel: Description

44A

L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R
SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW
Cut

127000

Detailed view A

Detailed view B

127001

44A-5

http://vnx.su

127004

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear side panel: Description

44A

L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R
SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW
Complete replacement with roof

141284

44A-6

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear side panel: Description

44A

L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R
SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW
Cut

127006

Detailed view C

Detailed view C: Welding

127008

44A-7

http://vnx.su

127009

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear side panel: Description

44A

L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R
SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW

Note:
For a detailed description of the welded connections, (see MR 400).
III - POSITIONING OF LOCAL ELECTRICAL
EARTHS

WARNING
To avoid damaging the vehicles electric and electronic components, the earths of any wiring harness
near the weld area must be disconnected.
Position the earth of the welding machine as closely
as possible to the weld area (see MR 400).
Locate the earths located near to the weld area (see
40A, General information, Earths on the body: List
and location of components, page 40A-12) .

44A-8

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear side panel: Description

44A

L SIDE PANEL or L SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or L SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW, and R SIDE
PANEL or R SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or R SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW

L SIDE PANEL, and R SIDE PANEL


L SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or L SIDE
SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW, and R SIDE
SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or R SIDE
SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW

141462

141322

The options for replacing this part are as follows:


- upper section replacement,
- lower section replacement,
- complete replacement without roof,
- complete replacement with roof.
For both complete replacement operations on glazed
versions, order parts (1) + (2) and solder them together.

44A-9

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear side panel: Description

44A

L SIDE PANEL or L SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or L SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW, and R SIDE
PANEL or R SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or R SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART
L SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or L SIDE
SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW, and R SIDE
SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or R SIDE
SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW

127066

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Rear side panel

Mild
steel

0.75

(2)

Fuel filler flap


striker plate reinforcement

HLE

1.2

44A-10

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear side panel: Description

44A

L SIDE PANEL or L SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or L SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW, and R SIDE
PANEL or R SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or R SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW

L SIDE PANEL, and R SIDE PANEL

141293

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Rear side panel

Mild
steel

0.75

(2)

Fuel filler flap


striker plate reinforcement

HLE

1.2

44A-11

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear side panel: Description

44A

L SIDE PANEL or L SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or L SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW, and R SIDE
PANEL or R SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or R SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW
II - PART IN POSITION
Replacement of the upper section

127044

44A-12

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear side panel: Description

44A

L SIDE PANEL or L SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or L SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW, and R SIDE
PANEL or R SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or R SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW
Cut

127045

Detailed view A

Detailed view B

127046

44A-13

http://vnx.su

127047

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear side panel: Description

44A

L SIDE PANEL or L SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or L SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW, and R SIDE
PANEL or R SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or R SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW
Detailed view C

Detailed view D

127048

127037

Lower section replacement

127049

44A-14

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear side panel: Description

44A

L SIDE PANEL or L SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or L SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW, and R SIDE
PANEL or R SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or R SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW
Cut

127050

Detailed view E

Detailed view F

127038

44A-15

http://vnx.su

127051

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear side panel: Description

44A

L SIDE PANEL or L SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or L SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW, and R SIDE
PANEL or R SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or R SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW
Detailed view G

127052

Detailed view H

127053

44A-16

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear side panel: Description

44A

L SIDE PANEL or L SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or L SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW, and R SIDE
PANEL or R SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or R SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW

L SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or L SIDE


SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW, and R SIDE
SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or R SIDE
SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW
Complete replacement without roof

141295

44A-17

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear side panel: Description

44A

L SIDE PANEL or L SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or L SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW, and R SIDE
PANEL or R SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or R SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW

L SIDE PANEL, and R SIDE PANEL

141292

44A-18

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear side panel: Description

44A

L SIDE PANEL or L SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or L SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW, and R SIDE
PANEL or R SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or R SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW
Cut

127036

44A-19

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear side panel: Description

44A

L SIDE PANEL or L SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or L SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW, and R SIDE
PANEL or R SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or R SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW

L SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or L SIDE


SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW, and R SIDE
SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or R SIDE
SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW
Complete replacement with roof

141294

44A-20

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear side panel: Description

44A

L SIDE PANEL or L SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or L SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW, and R SIDE
PANEL or R SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or R SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW

L SIDE PANEL, and R SIDE PANEL

141291

44A-21

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear side panel: Description

44A

L SIDE PANEL or L SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or L SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW, and R SIDE
PANEL or R SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or R SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW
Cut

127040

Detailed view I

Detailed view I: Welding

127042

44A-22

http://vnx.su

127043

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear side panel: Description

44A

L SIDE PANEL or L SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or L SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW, and R SIDE
PANEL or R SIDE SCREEN+FIXED WINDOW or R SIDE SCREEN+OPENING WINDOW

Note:
For a detailed description of the welded connections, (see MR 400).
III - POSITIONING OF LOCAL ELECTRICAL
EARTHS

WARNING
To avoid damaging the vehicles electric and electronic components, the earths of any wiring harness
near the weld area must be disconnected.
Position the earth of the welding machine as closely
as possible to the weld area (see MR 400).
Locate the earths located near to the weld area (see
40A, General information, Earths on the body: List
and location of components, page 40A-12) .

44A-23

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear side panel: Description

44A

SHORT CHASSIS
The options for replacing this part are as follows, lower
section replacement.
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

141460

141248

44A-24

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear side panel: Description

44A

SHORT CHASSIS
II - PART FITTED
No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Rear side panel

Mild
steel

0.75

(2)

Fuel filler flap


striker plate reinforcement

HLE

1.2

Lower section replacement

141287

44A-25

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear side panel: Description

44A

SHORT CHASSIS
Cut

141286

Detailed view A

Detailed view B

141290

44A-26

http://vnx.su

141289

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear side panel: Description
SHORT CHASSIS
Detailed view C

141288

Note:
For a detailed description of the welded connections, (see MR 400).
III - POSITIONING OF LOCAL ELECTRICAL
EARTHS

WARNING
To avoid damaging the vehicles electric and electronic components, the earths of any wiring harness
near the weld area must be disconnected.
Position the welding machine earth as close as
possible to the weld zone (see MR 400).
Locate the earths located near to the weld area (see
40A, General information, Earths on the body: List
and location of components, page 40A-12) .

44A-27

http://vnx.su

44A

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear section of rear side panel: Description

44A

L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R
SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Rear side panel

Mild
steel

0.75

(2)

Central runner
unit upper closure

Mild
steel

0.75

(3)

Central
unit

runner

Mild
steel

1.5

(4)

Central runner
unit lower closure

Mild
steel

0.75

(5)

Striker plate reinforcement

HLE

1.2

141461

The options for replacing this part are as follows:


- Partial replacement of the lower section
- complete replacement.
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

141282

44A-28

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear section of rear side panel: Description

44A

L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R
SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW
Partial replacement of the rear section

127021

44A-29

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear section of rear side panel: Description

44A

L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R
SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW
Cut

127022

Detailed view A

Detailed view A

127026

44A-30

http://vnx.su

127023

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear section of rear side panel: Description

44A

L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R
SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW
Detailed view A: Welding

Detailed view G

127024

127025

Partial replacement of the lower rear section

127027

44A-31

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear section of rear side panel: Description

44A

L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R
SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW
Cut

127028

Detailed view C

Detailed view D

127029

44A-32

http://vnx.su

127018

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear section of rear side panel: Description

44A

L SLIDING PANEL or LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and R
SLIDING PANEL or RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW
Detailed view E

127013

Note:
For a detailed description of the welded connections, (see MR 400).
II - POSITIONING OF LOCAL ELECTRICAL EARTHS

WARNING
To avoid damaging the vehicles electric and electronic components, the earths of any wiring harness
near the weld area must be disconnected.
Position the welding machine earth as close as
possible to the weld zone (see MR 400).
Locate the earths located near to the weld area (see
40A, General information, Earths on the body: List
and location of components, page 40A-12) .

44A-33

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear side panel rain channel: General description

Note:
The information contained in the following describes the general repair procedure for all vehicles
having the same design for this part.
Before reading the following general information,
make sure that there are no special notes associated with the vehicle. These special notes are specified if necessary in other parts of the sub-section
dealing with the component.

Note:
For a detailed description of a particular connection, see MR 400.
DESIGN OF THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENT

127277

This is a basic part; it serves as rear side panel rain


channel and rear end pillar closure. (see 44A, Rear
upper structure, Far rear pillar: General description, page 44A-38)
It may be replaced partially in several ways according
to requirements of the impact combined with the rear
end pillar.

44A-34

http://vnx.su

44A

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear side panel rain channel: Description

44A

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Rear side panel


rain channel

Mild
steel

0.8

(2)

Rear
loading
door hinge upper
stiffener

HLE

1.8

(3)

Rear
loading
door hinge lower
stiffener

HLE

1.8

II - PART IN POSITION
Partial replacement of the lower section
127277

The options for replacing this part are as follows:


- Partial replacement of the lower section
- complete replacement.
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

127069

127068

44A-35

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear side panel rain channel: Description

44A

Cut

127070

Complete replacement

127067

44A-36

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear side panel rain channel: Description

Note:

44A

WARNING
To avoid damaging the vehicle's electrical and electronic components, disconnect the earths of any
wiring near the weld area.

For a detailed description of the welded connections, see MR 400.

Position the welding machine earth as close as


possible to the weld zone (see MR 400).

III - POSITIONING OF LOCAL ELECTRICAL


EARTHS

126964

126963

Note:
Only disconnect the earths on the side corresponding to the repaired side

44A-37

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Far rear pillar: General description

Note:
The information contained in the following describes the general repair procedure for all vehicles
having the same design for this part.
Before reading the following general information,
make sure that there are no special notes associated with the vehicle. These special notes are specified if necessary in other parts of the sub-section
dealing with the component.

Note:
For a detailed description of a particular connection, see MR 400.
DESIGN OF THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENT

127280

This is a basic part; it serves as a rear end pillar and its


closure is normally referred to as the rear side panel
rain channel (see 44A, Rear upper structure, Rear
side panel rain channel: General description, page
44A-34) .
It may be replaced partially in several ways according
to the requirements of the impact combined with the
rear side panel rain channel.

44A-38

http://vnx.su

44A

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Far rear pillar: Description

44A

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Rear end pillar

HLE

1.5

(2)

Rear end pillar


lower reinforcement

HLE

1.5

(3)

Mobile anchoring reinforcement

HLE

1.5

II - PART IN POSITION
Replacement of the lower section
127280

The options for replacing this part are as follows:


- Partial replacement of the lower section
- complete replacement.
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

127073

127072

44A-39

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Far rear pillar: Description

44A

Cut

127074

Complete replacement

127071

44A-40

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Far rear pillar: Description

Note:

44A

WARNING
To avoid damaging the vehicle's electrical and electronic components, disconnect the earths of any
wiring near the weld area.

For a detailed description of the welded connections, see MR 400.

Position the welding machine earth as close as


possible to the weld zone (see MR 400).

III - POSITIONING OF LOCAL ELECTRICAL


EARTHS

126964

126963

Note:
Only disconnect the earths on the side corresponding to the repaired side

44A-41

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Inner wheel arch: Description

127279

44A

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Inner rear wheel


arch

HLE

0.85

(2)

Rear trim lower


mounting plate

Mild
steel

0.7

(3)

Filler pipe mounting bridge piece

Mild
steel

(4)

Rear trim upper


mounting

Mild
steel

1.2

(5)

Rear seat back


left-hand upper
mounting

HLE

1.2

(6)

Inertia reel mounting reinforcement

HLE

1.8

There is only one way of replacing this part:


- complete replacement.

II - PART IN POSITION
IMPORTANT
Use a repair bench to ensure the positioning of the
points and the geometry of the axle assemblies.
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

127075

127076

44A-42

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Inner wheel arch: Description

44A

Detailed view A

127077

126964

Note:

Note:

For a detailed description of the welded connections, see MR 400.

Only disconnect the earth corresponding to the side


of the vehicle being repaired.

III - POSITIONING OF LOCAL ELECTRICAL


EARTHS

WARNING
To avoid damaging the vehicle's electrical and electronic components, disconnect the earths of any
wiring near the weld area.
Position the welding machine earth as close as
possible to the weld zone (see MR 400).

126963

44A-43

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Body side rear lining: Description

44A

L SIDE PANEL, and R SIDE PANEL


I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

127276

If replacing this part, also order the B-pillar lining insert,


the rear wheel arch lining insert and the sill panel rear
reinforcement insert (see 40A, General information,
Hollow body parts inserts: List and location of
components, page 40A-9) .

127590

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Body side rear


lining

Mild
steel

0.7

(2)

Roof cross member mountings

Mild
steel

0.85

(3)

Upper mobile
anchoring reinforcements

Mild
steel

1.5

(4)

Fuel filler flap


reinforcement

Mild
steel

0.7

(5)

Lowe r
mobile
anchoring reinforcements

Mild
steel

1.5

(6)

Rear side panel


tensioner

Mild
steel

0.8

(7)

Inertia reel mounting reinforcement

HLE

1.5

The options for replacing this part are as follows:


- partial replacement of the upper section
- partial replacement of lower section,
- partial replacement of lower rear section,
- partial replacement of outside wheel arch,
- partial replacement of rear section,
- complete replacement.

44A-44

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Body side rear lining: Description

44A

L SIDE PANEL, and R SIDE PANEL


II - PART FITTED
Partial replacement of the upper section

127539

44A-45

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Body side rear lining: Description

44A

L SIDE PANEL, and R SIDE PANEL


Cut

127540

Detailed view A

Detailed view B

127541

44A-46

http://vnx.su

127542

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Body side rear lining: Description

44A

L SIDE PANEL, and R SIDE PANEL


Partial replacement of the lower section

127543

44A-47

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Body side rear lining: Description

44A

L SIDE PANEL, and R SIDE PANEL


Cut

127544

Detailed view C

Detailed view D

127562

44A-48

http://vnx.su

127563

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Body side rear lining: Description

44A

L SIDE PANEL, and R SIDE PANEL


Partial replacement of lower rear section

Detailed view E

127558

Cut

127560

Detailed view E: Welding

127559

44A-49

http://vnx.su

127564

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Body side rear lining: Description

44A

L SIDE PANEL, and R SIDE PANEL


Detailed view F

Cut

127561

Partial replacement of outside wheel arch

127565

Detailed view G: Welding

127545

44A-50

http://vnx.su

127546

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Body side rear lining: Description

44A

L SIDE PANEL, and R SIDE PANEL


Partial replacement of the rear section

127537

44A-51

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Body side rear lining: Description

44A

L SIDE PANEL, and R SIDE PANEL


Cut

127538

44A-52

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Body side rear lining: Description

44A

L SIDE PANEL, and R SIDE PANEL


Complete replacement

127534

Detailed view H

Detailed view I

127535

44A-53

http://vnx.su

127536

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Body side rear lining: Description

44A

L SIDE PANEL, and R SIDE PANEL


III - POSITIONING OF LOCAL ELECTRICAL
EARTHS
WARNING
To avoid damaging the vehicle's electrical and electronic components, disconnect the earths of any
wiring near the weld area.
Position the welding machine earth as close as
possible to the weld zone (see MR 400).

126964

126963

Note:
Only disconnect the earth on the repaired side of
the vehicle.

44A-54

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Body side rear lining: Description

44A

L SLIDING PANEL, and R SLIDING PANEL

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Body side rear


lining

Mild
steel

0.7

(2)

Roof cross member mountings

Mild
steel

0.85

(3)

Upper mobile
anchoring reinforcements

Mild
steel

1.5

(4)

Front seat belt


reinforcement

HLE

1.5

(5)

Lowe r
mobile
anchoring reinforcement

Mild
steel

1.5

(6)

C-pillar lower
connecting bracket

Mild
steel

(7)

Inertia reel mounting reinforcement

HLE

1.5

127276

If replacing this part, also order the B-pillar lining insert,


the rear wheel arch lining insert and the sill panel rear
reinforcement insert (see 40A, General information,
Hollow body parts inserts: List and location of
components, page 40A-9) .
The options for replacing this part are as follows:
- partial replacement of the central section,
- partial replacement of lower rear section.
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

127547

44A-55

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Body side rear lining: Description

44A

L SLIDING PANEL, and R SLIDING PANEL


II - PART FITTED
Central section replacement

127548

44A-56

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Body side rear lining: Description

44A

L SLIDING PANEL, and R SLIDING PANEL


Cut

127549

Detailed view A

Detailed view B: Welding

127550

44A-57

http://vnx.su

127551

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Body side rear lining: Description

44A

L SLIDING PANEL, and R SLIDING PANEL


Partial replacement of lower rear section

127552

44A-58

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Body side rear lining: Description

44A

L SLIDING PANEL, and R SLIDING PANEL


Cut

127553

Detailed view C

Detailed view C: Welding

127554

44A-59

http://vnx.su

127557

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Body side rear lining: Description

44A

L SLIDING PANEL, and R SLIDING PANEL


Detailed view D

III - POSITIONING OF LOCAL ELECTRICAL


EARTHS

127555
126964

Detailed view E

127556

126963

Note:
Only disconnect the earth on the repaired side of
the vehicle.

44A-60

http://vnx.su

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Body side rear lining: Description
L SLIDING PANEL, and R SLIDING PANEL

WARNING
To avoid damaging the vehicle's electrical and electronic components, disconnect the earths of any
wiring near the weld area.
Position the welding machine earth as close as
possible to the weld zone (see MR 400).

44A-61

http://vnx.su

44A

REAR UPPER STRUCTURE


Rear end panel: Description

44A

Note:
For a detailed description of the welded connections, see MR 400.

127278

There is only one way of replacing this part:


- complete replacement.
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Rear end panel

HLE

1.2

II - PART IN POSITION

127078

44A-62

http://vnx.su

TOP OF BODY
Roof: General description

Note:
The information contained in the following describes the general repair procedure for all vehicles
having the same design for this part.
Before reading the following general information,
make sure that there are no special notes associated with the vehicle. These special notes are specified if necessary in other parts of the sub-section
dealing with the component.

Note:
For a detailed description of a particular connection, see MR 400.
DESIGN OF THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENT

127283

This is a basic part; its only function is that of a roof.


The roof is welded onto the body sides.
If there are other issues regarding access to mating faces, the various replacement options are described in
the basic instructions for structural bodywork repair
(see MR 400).

45A-1

http://vnx.su

45A

TOP OF BODY
Roof: Description

45A

I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

127283
127283

MANUAL SUNROOF
No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Roof

Mild
steel

0.65

MANUAL SUNROOF

128608

There is only one way of replacing this part:


- complete replacement.

130521

45A-2

http://vnx.su

TOP OF BODY
Roof: Description

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(2)

Roof front reinforcement

HEL

0.8

(3)

Rear extension of
roof centre cross
member

HEL

(4)

Roof centre cross


member

Mild
steel

0.65

45A

MANUAL SUNROOF

II - PART FITTED

130520

Bonding area
Front section

127147

127148

45A-3

http://vnx.su

TOP OF BODY
Roof: Description
Rear section

127149

Note:
For a detailed description of the special connections, see MR 400.

45A-4

http://vnx.su

45A

TOP OF BODY
Roof front section: Description

45A

K61, and STANDARD CHASSIS, and MANUAL SUNROOF


II - PART FITTED

128609

There is only one way of replacing this part:


130517

- complete replacement.
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

No.

(1)

Description

Front section of
roof

Type

Mild
steel

Thickness
(mm)

Note:
For a detailed description of welded connections,
see MR 400.
Bonding area

0.65

127148

45A-5

http://vnx.su

TOP OF BODY
Roof rear section: Description

45A

K61, and STANDARD CHASSIS, and MANUAL SUNROOF


II - PART IN POSITION
Complete replacement

131165

There is only one way of replacing this part:


130516

- complete replacement.
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

No.

(1)

Description

Roof rear section

Type

Mild
steel

Thickness
(mm)

Note:
For a detailed description of welded connections,
see MR 400.
Bonding area

0.65

127149

45A-6

http://vnx.su

TOP OF BODY
Roof front cross member: Description

45A

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Roof front cross


member

Mild
steel

0.75

(2)

Roof front cross


member closure
panel

Mild
steel

0.75

II - PART IN POSITION

127284

There is only one way of replacing this part:


- complete replacement.
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

127150

Note:
For a detailed description of the welded connections, see MR 400.

127151

45A-7

http://vnx.su

TOP OF BODY
Roof centre cross member: Description

45A

II - PART IN POSITION

127285
127152

There is only one way of replacing this part:


- complete replacement.
Note:
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Roof centre cross


member

HLE

0.8

For a detailed description of the welded connections, see MR 400.

45A-8

http://vnx.su

TOP OF BODY
Roof panel arch: Description

45A

II - PART IN POSITION

127281
127154

There is only one way of replacing this part:


- complete replacement.
Note:
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Roof panel arch

Mild
steel

0.8

For a detailed description of the welded connections, see MR 400.

45A-9

http://vnx.su

TOP OF BODY
Roof rear cross member: Description

127670

45A

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Roof rear cross


member

Mild
steel

(2)

Hinge mounting
reinforcement

HLE

1.5

(3)

Roof bar mounting reinforcement

HLE

1.5

2 180 HINGED DOORS or 2 180 HINGED DOORS


WITH WINDOW

There is only one way of replacing this part:


- complete replacement.
I - COMPOSITION OF THE SPARE PART
TAILGATE WINDOW

127156

127158

45A-10

http://vnx.su

TOP OF BODY
Roof rear cross member: Description

No.

Description

Type

Thickness
(mm)

(1)

Roof rear cross


member

Mild
steel

(3)

Roof bar mounting reinforcement

HLE

1.5

(4)

Door stop

HLE

1.5

45A

2 180 HINGED DOORS or 2 180 HINGED DOORS


WITH WINDOW

II - PART IN POSITION
TAILGATE WINDOW

127155

Note:
For a detailed description of the welded connections, see MR 400.

127157

45A-11

http://vnx.su

SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Front side door: Removal - Refitting

47A

There are two possible methods for this operation:


- Removal with hinges: allows the initial adjustments to
be kept,
- Removal without hinges: used when replacing the
door.
I - REMOVAL WITHOUT HINGES
1 - REMOVAL PREPARATION
a Disconnect the front side door wiring connector.
2 - REMOVAL

127287

a Remove:
- the nuts (2) ,
- the front side door (this operation requires two people).
II - REFITTING WITHOUT HINGES
1 - REFITTING
a Refit:
- the front side door (this operation requires two people),
126467

a Remove the front side door check strap bolt (1) .

- the front side door check strap bolt (1) .


a Adjust the front side door clearances and flush fittings (see 47A, Side opening elements, Front side
door: Adjustment, page 47A-6) .
a Carry out a function test.
2 - FINAL OPERATION
a Connect the front side door wiring connector.
a Carry out a function test on all functions.

47A-1

http://vnx.su

SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Front side door: Removal - Refitting

47A

2 - REMOVAL

III - REMOVAL WITH HINGES


1 - REMOVAL PREPARATION
a Disconnect the front side door wiring connector.
a Position the vehicle on a two-post lift (see Vehicle:
Towing and lifting) (02A, Lifting equipment).
a Remove:
- the front wheel arch liner (see Front wheel arch
liner: Removal - Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection),
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection),
- the headlight (see Front headlight: Removal Refitting) (80B, Headlights),
- the front wing (see 42A, Front upper structure,
Front wing: Removal - Refitting, page 42A-3) .

127286

a Remove:
- the bolts (4) ,
- the front side door (this operation requires two people).
IV - REFITTING WITH HINGES
1 - REFITTING
a Refit:
- the front side door (this operation requires two people),
- the front side door check strap bolt (3) .

126467

a Remove the front side door check strap bolt (3) .

a Adjust the front side door clearances and flush fittings (see 47A, Side opening elements, Front side
door: Adjustment, page 47A-6) .
a Carry out a function test.

47A-2

http://vnx.su

SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Front side door: Removal - Refitting
2 - FINAL OPERATION
a Remove:
- the front wing (see 42A, Front upper structure,
Front wing: Removal - Refitting, page 42A-3) ,
- the headlight (see Front headlight: Removal Refitting) (80B, Headlights),
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection),
- the front wheel arch liner (see Front wheel arch
liner: Removal - Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection).
a Connect the front side door wiring connector.
a Carry out a function test on all functions.

47A-3

http://vnx.su

47A

SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Front side door: Stripping - Restoring

47A

- the front side door protective strip (see Front side


door moulding: Removal - Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection),

Note:

- the front side door check strap.

The order of the operations described below is specific to the front side door replacement.
The following procedure applies to the front side
door on the vehicle.

REASSEMBLING
REFITTING
a Refit:

STRIPPING

- the front side door check strap,


DISMANTLING

- the front side door protective strip (see Front side


door moulding: Removal - Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection),

a Remove:
- the door mirror (see Door mirror: Removal - Refitting) (56A, Exterior equipment),
- the front side door trim (see Front side door trim:
Removal - Refitting) (72A, Side opening element
trim),
- the speaker (see Front speakers: Removal - Refitting) (86A, Radio),
- the front side door sealing film (see Door sealing
film: Removal - Refitting) (65A, Door sealing),
- the front side door exterior weatherstrip (see Front
door side exterior weather strip: Removal - Refitting) (66A, Window sealing),
- the front side door interior weatherstrip.

- the driver's front side door wiring (see Driver's


front side door wiring: Removal - Refitting) or
the passenger's front side door wiring (see Passenger's front side door wiring: Removal - Refitting) (88A, Wiring),
- the front side door lock (see Front side door lock:
Removal - Refitting) (51A, Side opening element
mechanisms),
- the front side exterior door handle (see Door exterior handle: Removal - Refitting) (51A, Side opening element mechanisms),
- the front side door electric window mechanism (see
Front side door electric window mechanism:
Removal - Refitting) or the front side door manual

- the front side door glass run channel (see Front


side door glass run channel: Removal - Refitting) (66A, Window sealing),
- the front side door sliding window (see Sliding
window in front side door: Removal - Refitting)
(54A, Windows),
- the front side door electric window mechanism (see
Front side door electric window mechanism:
Removal - Refitting) or the front side door manual
window mechanism (see Front side door manual
window winder mechanism: Removal - Refitting) (51A, Side opening element mechanism),
- the front side exterior door handle (see Door exterior handle: Removal - Refitting) (51A, Side opening element mechanisms),
- the front side door lock (see Front side door lock:
Removal - Refitting) (51A, Side opening element
mechanisms),
- the driver's front side door wiring (see Driver's
front side door wiring: Removal - Refitting) or
the passenger's front side door wiring (see Passenger's front side door wiring: Removal - Refitting) (88A, Wiring).

47A-4

http://vnx.su

SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Front side door: Stripping - Restoring
window mechanism (see Front side door manual
window winder mechanism: Removal - Refitting) (51A, Side opening element mechanism),
a Connect the front side door wiring connector.
a Refit:
- the front side door sliding window (see Sliding
window in front side door: Removal - Refitting)
(54A, Windows)
- the front side door glass run channel (see Front
side door glass run channel: Removal - Refitting) (66A, Window sealing),
- the front side door interior weatherstrip.
- the front side door exterior weatherstrip (see Front
door side exterior weather strip: Removal - Refitting) (66A, Window sealing).
a Carry out a function test.
a Refit:
- a new front side door sealing film (see Door sealing film: Removal - Refitting) (65A, Opening elements sealing),
- the speaker (see Front speakers: Removal - Refitting) (86A, Radio),
a Carry out a sealing test (see Technical Note
0653A).
a Refit:
- the front side door trim (see Front side door trim:
Removal - Refitting) (72A, Side opening element
trim),
- the door mirror (see Door mirror: Removal - Refitting) (56A, Exterior equipment).
a Carry out a function test on all functions.

47A-5

http://vnx.su

47A

SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Front side door: Adjustment

47A

ADJUSTMENT VALUES
a For information on the front side door adjustment values, (see Vehicle clearances: Adjustment values) (01C, Vehicle bodywork specifications).

ADJUSTMENT
a There are three options for adjusting the door:
- by means of the mountings on the door box section
(opening clearance adjustment),
- by means of the mountings on the A-pillar (panel
gaps adjustment); this operation requires the removal of the front wing,
- the striker panel.

109496

a
Note:
Symbols A, B, C, D represent the adjustment
options.
The black dot in the centre represents the body
of the bolt.
The grey section represents the component to be
adjusted.
The white section represents the adjustment
area.

127160

a Observe the adjustment sequence: (1) , (2) , (3) , (4)


, (5) .

47A-6

http://vnx.su

SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Front side door: Adjustment

47A

ADJUSTMENT OF THE FLUSH FITTING WITH THE


FRONT WING AND THE REAR DOOR OR THE
REAR SIDE PANEL (DEPENDING ON VERSION)

127288

a Undo the front side door hinge bolts.


127289

a Adjust the rear side door clearances.


a Tighten the front side door hinge bolts.

a Undo the front side door box section nuts.


a Adjust the clearances and the flush fittings with the
front wing.
a Tighten the front side door box section nuts.

127290

a Undo the front side door striker plate bolts.


a Adjust the flush fitting with the rear door or the rear
side panel (depending on version).
a Tighten the front side door striker plate bolts.

47A-7

http://vnx.su

SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Rear side door: Removal - Refitting

47A

Two removal options:


- Removal with slides: allows the initial adjustments to
be kept
- Removal without slides: used to replace the door.

127448

a Remove:
- the bolts (1) ,
20625

- the intermediate runner trim (2) .

This operation can be carried out by one person using


the DOOR SUPPORT tool. Otherwise this work requires two people.
Number of Renault agreement: 661000
Supplier: Z INTERNATIONAL
Part no.: SUP 01
I - REMOVAL WITH THE SLIDES
1 - REMOVAL PREPARATION
K61
a Remove the rear wing light (see Rear light on wing:
Removal - Refitting) (81A, Rear lighting).

127450

a Remove:
- the bolt (3)
- the intermediate runner stop (4) .

47A-8

http://vnx.su

SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Rear side door: Removal - Refitting

47A

2 - REMOVAL

127429

a Remove the upper runner stop (5) .

127291

a Remove the rear side door by moving the upper runner roller aside. (This operation requires two people).
II - REFITTING WITH THE SLIDES
1 - REFITTING
a Refit the rear side door (If a door support tool is not
used this operation requires two people).
2 - FINAL OPERATION
a Refit:
- the lower runner stop (7) ,
- the bolts (6) ,
- the upper runner stop (5) ,
- the intermediate runner stop (4) ,

127292

a Remove:

- bolt (3) .

- the bolts (6) ,


K61

- the lower runner stop (7) .

a Refit:
- the intermediate runner trim (2) ,
- the bolts (1) .
a Carry out a function test on all functions.

47A-9

http://vnx.su

SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Rear side door: Removal - Refitting

47A

III - REMOVAL WITHOUT THE SLIDES


REMOVAL

127294

127296

a Remove the bolts (8) .

127293

a Remove the bolts (9) and (10) .

47A-10

http://vnx.su

SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Rear side door: Removal - Refitting

127295

a Remove:
- the bolts (11)
- the rear side door (this operation requires two people).
IV - REFITTING WITHOUT THE SLIDES
1 - REFITTING
a Refit:
- the rear side door,
- bolts (11) , (10) , (9) and (8) .
2 - FINAL OPERATION
a Carry out a function test on all functions.

47A-11

http://vnx.su

47A

SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Rear side door: Stripping - Restoring

47A

- the sliding side door wiring (see Rear right-hand


side door wiring: Removal - Refitting) or (see
Rear left-hand side door wiring: Removal - Refitting) (88A, Wiring),

Note:
The order of the operations described below
applies specifically to replacing the rear side door.

- the centring guides of the sliding side door.

The following procedure applies to the rear side


door on the vehicle.

REASSEMBLING
REBUILDING

STRIPPING

a Refit:
DISMANTLING

- the centring guides of the sliding side door,

a Remove:

- the sliding side door wiring (see Rear right-hand


side door wiring: Removal - Refitting) or (see
Rear left-hand side door wiring: Removal - Refitting) (88A, Wiring),

- the rear side door seals,


- the rear side door trim (see Sliding side door
trim: Removal - Refitting) (72A, Side opening element trim),

- the sliding side door lock (see Sliding side door


lock: Removal - Refitting) (51A, Side opening
element mechanisms),

- the door sealing film (see Door sealing film: Removal - Refitting) (65A, Opening element sealing),

- the sliding side door exterior handle (see Sliding


side door opening controls: Removal - Refitting) (51A, Side opening element mechanisms),

- the rear side door exterior weatherstrip (see Rear


side door exterior weather strip: Removal - Refitting) (66A, Window sealing),

- the grab handle (see Grab handle: Removal - Refitting) (57A, Interior accessories),

- the rear side door electric window winder mechanism (see Rear side door electric window mechanism: Removal - Refitting) (51A, Side
opening element mechanisms) (depending on
equipment level),

- the window seal of the sliding side door (see Sliding side door window seal: Removal - Refitting) (66A, Window sealing),
- the sliding window of the rear side door (see Sliding window in rear side door: Removal - Refitting) (54A, Windows) (depending on equipment
level),

- the fixed window of the rear side door (see Rear


side door fixed window: Removal - Refitting)
(54A, Windows) (depending on equipment level),

- the sliding side door window (see Sliding side


door window: Removal - Refitting) (54A, Windows) (depending on equipment level),

- the sliding side door window (see Sliding side


door window: Removal - Refitting) (54A, Windows) (depending on equipment level),

- the fixed window of the rear side door (see Rear


side door fixed window: Removal - Refitting)
(54A, Windows) (depending on equipment level),

- the sliding window of the rear side door (see Sliding window in rear side door: Removal - Refitting) (54A, Windows) (depending on equipment
level),

- the rear side door electric window winder mechanism (see Rear side door electric window mechanism: Removal - Refitting) (51A, side
opening element mechanism),

- the window seal of the sliding side door (see Sliding side door window seal: Removal - Refitting) (66A, Window sealing),

- the rear side door exterior weatherstrip (see Rear


side door exterior weather strip: Removal - Refitting) (66A, Window sealing),

- the grab handle (see Grab handle: Removal - Refitting) (57A, Interior accessories),
- the sliding side door exterior handle (see Sliding
side door opening controls: Removal - Refitting) (51A, Side opening element mechanisms),
- the sliding side door lock (see Sliding side door
lock: Removal - Refitting) (51A, Side opening
element mechanisms),

a Carry out a function test.


a Refit new door sealing film (see Door sealing film:
Removal - Refitting) (65A, Opening element sealing).
a Carry out a sealing test (see Technical Note
0653A).

47A-12

http://vnx.su

SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Rear side door: Stripping - Restoring
a Refit:
- the rear side door trim (see Sliding side door
trim: Removal - Refitting) (72A, Side opening element trim),
- the rear side door seals.

47A-13

http://vnx.su

47A

SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Rear side door: Adjustment

47A

ADJUSTMENT VALUES
a For information on the rear side door adjustment values (see Vehicle clearances: Adjustment values)
(01C, Vehicle bodywork specifications).

ADJUSTMENT
a There are three options for adjusting the rear side
door:
- using the rear side door mountings,
- using the centring devices,
- the striker panel.

109496

a
Note:
Symbols A, B, C and D show the adjustment
options.
The black dot in the centre represents the body
of the bolt.
The grey section represents the component to be
adjusted.
The white section represents the adjustment
area.
127160

a Observe the adjustment sequence (1) , (2) , (3) , (4) .

I - ADJUSTING THE REAR SIDE DOOR FLUSH


FITTING WITH THE FRONT DOOR
a
Note:
The adjustment is done first on the upper centring device and then on the lower centring
device following the same process.

Note:
It is not possible to adjust the female centring
devices on the door.

Note:
The centring devices must interlock completely
(auto centring), as exterior touching could cause
the door to come out of position.

47A-14

http://vnx.su

SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Rear side door: Adjustment

127300

a Undo the centring device bolts.


a Adjust the rear side door flush fitting with the front
side door.
a Tighten the centring device bolts.
II - FLUSH FITTING THE REAR SIDE DOOR WITH
THE REAR SIDE PANEL

127299

a Undo the striker plate bolts.


a Adjust the rear side door flush fitting with the rear
side panel.
a Tighten the striker plate bolts.

47A-15

http://vnx.su

47A

SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Rear side door: Adjustment

47A

III - ADJUSTING THE REAR SIDE DOOR PANEL


GAPS

127297
127295

127298
127296

a Undo the sliding side door mountings.


a Adjust the flush fitting.
a Tighten the sliding side door mountings.

47A-16

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Bonnet: Removal - Refitting

48A

This operation can be carried out in two ways:

2 - FINAL OPERATION

- Removal without the hinges: used for replacing the


bonnet

a Clip on the windscreen washer jet pipe.

- Removal with the hinges: allows the initial adjustments to be kept and avoids the original paintwork
from coming off between the hinge and the bonnet
lining.

a Connect the windscreen washer jet pipe.


III - REMOVE WITH BONNET HINGES
1 - PREPARATION FOR REMOVAL

I - REMOVE WITHOUT THE BONNET HINGES

a Position the vehicle on a two-post lift (see Vehicle:


Towing and lifting) (02A, Lifting equipment).

1 - PREPARATION FOR REMOVAL

a Remove:

a Disconnect the windscreen washer jet pipe.


a Unclip the windscreen washer jet pipe.

- the front wheel arch liners (see Front wheel arch


liner: Removal - Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection),

2 - REMOVAL

- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection),
- the headlights (see Front headlight: Removal Refitting) (MR 417, 80B, Headlights),
- the front wings (see 42A, Front upper structure,
Front wing: Removal - Refitting, page 42A-3) .
a Disconnect the windscreen washer jet pipe.
a Unclip the windscreen washer jet pipe.
2 - REMOVAL

127306

a Remove:
- the nuts (1) ,
- the bonnet. This operation requires two people.
II - REFIT WITHOUT BONNET HINGES
1 - REFITTING
127305

a Refit the bonnet. This operation requires two people.

a Remove:

a Adjust the opening clearances and flush fitting (see


48A, Non-side opening elements, Bonnet: Adjustment, page 48A-4) .

48A-1

- the bolts (2) ,


- the bonnet. This operation requires two people.

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Bonnet: Removal - Refitting
IV - REFIT WITH BONNET HINGES
1 - REFITTING
a Refit the bonnet. This operation requires two people.
a Adjust the clearance and for flush fitting (see 48A,
Non-side opening elements, Bonnet: Adjustment, page 48A-4)
2 - FINAL OPERATION
a Clip on the windscreen washer jet pipe.
a Connect the windscreen washer jet pipe.
a Refit:
- the front wings (see 42A, Front upper structure,
Front wing: Removal - Refitting, page 42A-3) ,
- the headlights (see Front headlight: Removal Refitting) (80B, Headlights),
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection),
- the front wheel arch liners (see Front wheel arch
liner: Removal - Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection).

48A-2

http://vnx.su

48A

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Bonnet: Stripping - Rebuilding

Note:
Described below is a special sequence of operations for bonnet replacement.
The procedure described below applies to the bonnet on the vehicle.

STRIPPING

a Remove the bonnet soundproofing (see Bonnet


soundproofing: Removal - Refitting) (68A, Soundproofing).
a Unclip:
- the windscreen washer jet pipe,
- the windscreen washer jets.
a Remove the different blanking covers from the bonnet.

REASSEMBLING

a Refit the different blanking covers on the bonnet.


a Clip:
- the windscreen washer jets,
- the windscreen washer jet pipe.
a Refit the bonnet soundproofing (see Bonnet soundproofing: Removal - Refitting) (68A, Soundproofing).

48A-3

http://vnx.su

48A

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Bonnet: Adjustment

48A

Tightening torquesm
bonnet catch bolts

21 N.m

ADJUSTMENT VALUES
a For information on the bonnet adjustment values,
(see Vehicle clearances: Adjustment values)
(01C, Vehicle bodywork specifications).

ADJUSTMENT
a There are two options for adjusting the bonnet:
- Flat adjustment using the bonnet hinge bolts in
areas (1) and (2) . This operation requires the removal of the front wing (see 42A, Front upper
structure, Front wing: Removal - Refitting, page
42A-3) ,

109496

a Symbols A, B, C and D show the adjustment options.


The black dot in the centre represents the body of
the bolt.

- Height adjustment using the lock mountings for the


front part of the bonnet, zone (3) and the bonnet
closure mountings.

The grey section represents the component to be


adjusted.
The white section represents the adjustment area.

Note:
It is not possible to adjust the height of the rear
section of the bonnet.

I - ADJUSTMENT USING THE BONNET NUTS


ADJUSTMENT PREPARATION STAGE
a Remove the bonnet (see 48A, Non-side opening
elements, Bonnet: Removal - Refitting, page
48A-1) .

127159

a Observe the adjustment sequence (1) , (2) , (3) .

48A-4

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Bonnet: Adjustment

48A

128485

127306

a Carry out a countersinking procedure at (4) .


Note:
During factory fitting, the hinges are mounted
with no possibility of adjustment (A), it is necessary to countersink holes to make adjustments
(B).

WARNING
To avoid any risk of corrosion after the localised
stripping of the panel, reapply the protective coating (see Technical Note 0592A).

a Refit the bonnet (see 48A, Non-side opening elements, Bonnet: Removal - Refitting, page 48A-1)
.
a Adjust the panel gaps and flush fittings on the bonnet.
a Tighten the bonnet nuts.
a Carry out the anti-corrosion protection operations
(see Anti-corrosion protection products after assembly: Use) (04E, Paint).
II - ADJUSTMENT USING THE BONNET HINGE
BOLTS ON THE BODY
1 - ADJUSTMENT PREPARATION STAGE
a Raise the vehicle (see Vehicle: Towing and lifting)
(02A, Lifting equipment).
a Remove:
- the front wheel arch liners (see Front wheel arch
liner: Removal - Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection),
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection),
- the headlights (see Front headlight: Removal Refitting) (80B, Headlights),
- the front wings (see 42A, Front upper structure,
Front wing: Removal - Refitting, page 42A-3) .

48A-5

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Bonnet: Adjustment

48A

III - ADJUSTMENT USING THE BONNET CATCH

2 - ADJUSTMENT

127308

a Undo the bonnet hinge bolts.


a Refit the front wings (see 42A, Front upper structure, Front wing: Removal - Refitting, page 42A-3) .
a Adjust the bonnet panel gaps.
a Remove the front wings (see 42A, Front upper
structure, Front wing: Removal - Refitting, page
42A-3) .

126886

a Undo the bonnet catch bolts.


a Adjust the bonnet flush fitting with the headlights and
the radiator grille.
a Torque tighten the bonnet catch bolts (21 N.m).

a Tighten the bonnet hinge bolts.


3 - FINAL OPERATION
a Refit:
- the front wings (see 42A, Front upper structure,
Front wing: Removal - Refitting, page 42A-3) ,
- the headlights (see Front headlight: Removal Refitting) (80B, Headlights),
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection),
- the front wheel arch liners (see Front wheel arch
liner: Removal - Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection).

48A-6

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Tailgate: Removal - Refitting

48A

2 - REMOVAL

This operation can be carried out in two ways:


- Removal without hinges: used for replacing the tailgate
- Removal with hinges: allows the initial adjustments to
be kept.
I - REMOVAL WITHOUT THE HINGES
1 - PREPARATION FOR REMOVAL
a Remove the tailgate trim (see Tailgate lining: Removal - Refitting) (73A, Non-side opening elements trim).
a Disconnect the following connectors :
- the rear screen wiper motor,
- the tailgate lock,
- for the boot lid opening control,
- the heated rear screen,

127309

- the number plate light,

a Remove:

- high level brake light.

- the tailgate bolts (1) (this operation requires two


people),

a Remove:
- the tailgate wiring,

- the tailgate (this operation requires two people).

- the tailgate washer jet tube,


- the tailgate gas struts (see Tailgate balancer: Removal - Refitting) (52A, Non-side opening element mechanisms).

II - REFITTING WITHOUT HINGES


1 - REFITTING
a Refit the tailgate (this operation requires two people).
a Adjust the panel gaps and flush fittings (see 48A,
Non-side opening elements, Tailgate: Adjusting,
page 48A-11) .
2 - FINAL OPERATION
a Refit:
- the tailgate gas struts (see Tailgate balancer: Removal - Refitting) (52A, Non-side opening element mechanisms).
- the tailgate washer jet tube,
- the tailgate wiring.

48A-7

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Tailgate: Removal - Refitting
a Connect the connectors:

48A

2 - REMOVAL

- the high level brake light,


- the number plate light,
- the heated rear screen,
- for the boot lid opening control,
- the tailgate lock,
- the rear screen wiper motor.
a Carry out a function test.
a Refit the tailgate trim (see Tailgate lining: Removal
- Refitting) (73A, Non-side opening elements trim).
III - REMOVAL WITH HINGES
1 - PREPARATION FOR REMOVAL
a Remove the tailgate trim (see Tailgate lining: Removal - Refitting) (73A, Non-side opening elements trim).
127310

a Disconnect the following connectors :


a Remove:

- the rear screen wiper motor,


- the tailgate lock,
- for the boot lid opening control,

- the tailgate hinge nuts (2) (this operation requires


two people),

- the heated rear screen,

- the tailgate (this operation requires two people).

- the number plate light,


- high level brake light.

IV - REFITTING WITH HINGES

a Remove:
- the tailgate wiring,

1 - REFITTING

- the tailgate washer jet tube,


- the tailgate gas struts (see Tailgate balancer: Removal - Refitting) (52A, Non-side opening element mechanisms).
a Remove the rear section headlining (see Headlining: Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal
trim).

a Refit the tailgate (this operation requires two people).


a Adjust the panel gaps and flush fittings (see 48A,
Non-side opening elements, Tailgate: Adjusting,
page 48A-11) .

2 - FINAL OPERATION
a Refit:
- the tailgate gas struts (see Tailgate balancer: Removal - Refitting) (52A, Non-side opening element mechanisms).
- the tailgate washer jet tube,
- the tailgate wiring.
a Carry out a function test.

48A-8

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Tailgate: Removal - Refitting
a Connect the connectors:
- the high level brake light,
- the number plate light,
- the heated rear screen,
- for the boot lid opening control,
- the tailgate lock,
- the rear screen wiper motor.
a Carry out a function test.
a Refit:
- the tailgate trim (see Tailgate lining: Removal Refitting) (73A, Non-side opening elements trim),
- the rear section headlining (see Headlining: Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal trim).
a Reseal the headlining rain channel around the hinge
using extruded mastic (see Anti-corrosion protection products after assembly: Use)

48A-9

http://vnx.su

48A

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Tailgate: Stripping-Rebuilding

48A

- the tailgate wiring,


- the rear screen (see Rear screen: Removal - Refitting) (54A, Windows),

Note:
Described below is a special sequence of operations for tailgate replacement.

- the license plate light (see Number plate light:


Removal - Refitting) (81A, Rear lighting),

The procedure described below applies to the tailgate on the vehicle.

- the high level brake light (see 3rd brake light: Removal - Refitting) (81A, Rear lighting).
- the tailgate exterior opening control (see Tailgate
exterior opening control: Removal - Refitting)
(52A, Non-side opening element mechanisms),

STRIPPING

- the tailgate lock (see Tailgate lock: Removal - Refitting) (52A, Non-side opening element mechanisms),

a Remove:
- the tailgate trim (see Tailgate lining: Removal Refitting) (73A, Non-side opening elements trim),
- the rear screen wiper motor (see Rear screen wiper motor: Removal - Refitting) (85A, Washing Wiping),
- the tailgate lock (see Tailgate lock: Removal - Refitting) (52A, Non-side opening element mechanisms),

- the rear screen wiper motor (see Rear screen wiper motor: Removal - Refitting) (85A, Washing Wiping).
a Carry out a function test on all functions.
a Refit the tailgate trim (see Tailgate lining: Removal
- Refitting) (73A, Non-side opening elements trim).

- the tailgate exterior opening control (see Tailgate


exterior opening control: Removal - Refitting)
(52A, Non-side opening element mechanisms),
- the high level brake light (see 3rd brake light: Removal - Refitting) (81A, Rear lighting),
- the number plate light (see Number plate light:
Removal - Refitting) (81A, Rear lighting),
- the rear screen (see Rear screen: Removal - Refitting) (54A, Windows),
- the tailgate wiring,
- the tailgate gas struts (see Tailgate balancer: Removal - Refitting) (52A, Non-side opening element mechanisms).
- the blanking covers,
- the rear badge (see Rear badges: Removal - Refitting) (56A, Exterior accessories).

REASSEMBLING

a Refit:
- a new rear badge (see Rear badges: Removal Refitting) (56A, Exterior accessories),
- the blanking covers,
- the tailgate gas struts (see Tailgate balancer: Removal - Refitting) (52A, Non-side opening element mechanisms),

48A-10

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Tailgate: Adjusting

48A

ADJUSTMENT VALUES
a For information on the tailgate adjustment values
(see Vehicle clearances: Adjustment values)
(01C, Vehicle bodywork specifications).

ADJUSTMENT
a There are three options for adjusting the tailgate:
- Adjustment of areas (1) and (2) using hinge attachments,
- Adjustment of area (3) using the tailgate striker plate,
- Adjustment of the side stops (4) ,

109496

a
Note:
Symbols A, B, C and D show the adjustment
options.
The black dot in the centre represents the body
of the bolt.
The grey section represents the component to be
adjusted.
The white section represents the adjustment
area.
127162

a Observe the adjustment sequence (1) , (2) , (3) , (4) .

48A-11

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Tailgate: Adjusting

48A

Adjustment using the hinge nuts on the tailgate

I - ADJUSTMENT OF THE CLEARANCES AND


FLUSH FITTING USING THE HINGE NUTS ON THE
BODY AND ON THE TAILGATE
Adjustment using the hinge nuts on the body

128485

a
Note:
During factory fitting, the hinges are mounted
with no possibility of adjustment (A), it is necessar y to countersink the holes to make adjustments (B).

127312

a Remove the rear section headlining (see Headlining: Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal
trim).
a Undo the tailgate hinge nuts.
a Adjust the panel gaps and flush fittings on the tailgate.

WARNING
To avoid any risk of corrosion after the localised
stripping of the panel, reapply the protective coating (see Technical Note 0592A).

a Tighten the tailgate hinge nuts.


a Refit the rear section headlining (see Headlining:
Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal trim).
a Reseal the tailgate rain channel around the hinge
using extruded mastic (see Anti-corrosion protection products after assembly: Use) (04B, Consumables - Products).

a Remove the tailgate (see 48A, Non-side opening


elements, Tailgate: Removal - Refitting, page
48A-7) .

48A-12

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Tailgate: Adjusting

48A

II - ADJUSTMENT USING THE TAILGATE STRIKER


PLATE

127309
127314

a Undo the tailgate striker plate bolts.


a Adjust the tailgate flush fittings.
a Tighten the tailgate striker plate bolts.
III - ADJUSTMENT OF THE SIDE STOPS

127311

a Carry out a countersinking procedure at (5) .


a Refit the tailgate (see 48A, Non-side opening elements, Tailgate: Removal - Refitting, page 48A-7)
.
a Adjust the panel gaps and flush fittings on the tailgate.

127313

a Tighten the tailgate hinge nuts.


a Carry out the anti-corrosion protection operations
(see Anti-corrosion protection products after assembly: Use) (04E, Paint).

48A-13

Note:
The stops (6) should be supported by the tailgate
side stops.

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Rear loading door: Removal - Refitting

48A

F61 or K61, and LONG CHASSIS or STANDARD CHASSIS


- the rear loading door (this operation requires two
people).

This operation can be carried out in two ways:


- Removal without hinges: used for replacing the relevant door
- Removal with hinges: allows the initial adjustments to
be kept (e.g. for body replacement).

II - REFITTING WITHOUT HINGES


1 - Refitting
a Refit the rear loading door (this operation requires
two people).

I - REMOVAL WITHOUT THE HINGES


1 - Preparation for removal
a Remove the rear left-hand loading door trim (see
Left-hand rear loading door trim: Removal - Refitting) (73A, Non-side opening elements trim).
a Disconnect the connectors for (depending on equipment level):

a Adjust the panel gaps and flush fittings (see 48A,


Non-side opening elements, Rear loading door:
Adjustment, page 48A-26) .
2 - final operation
a Refit:
- the rear loading door wiring harness

- the rear screen wiper motor,

- the rear screen jet pipe.

- the rear loading door lock,

a Connect the connectors of:

- the heated rear screen,

- the number plate light,

- the high level brake light,

- the high level brake light,

- the number plate light.

- the heated rear screen,

a Remove (depending on equipment level):

- the rear loading door lock,

- the rear screen jet pipe,

- the rear screen wiper motor.


a Carry out a function test.

- the rear loading door wiring.

a Fit a new trim on the rear left-hand loading door (see


Left-hand rear loading door trim: Removal - Refitting) (73A, Non-side opening elements trim).

2 - Removal

III - REMOVAL WITH HINGES


1 - Preparation for removal
a Remove:
- the rear wing light (see Rear light on wing: Removal - Refitting) (81A, Rear lighting),
- the rear bumper extension,
- the rear left-hand loading door trim (see Left-hand
rear loading door trim: Removal - Refitting)
(73A, Non-side opening element trim).
a Disconnect the connectors for (depending on equipment level):
- the rear screen wiper motor,
- the rear loading door lock,
127316

a Remove:

- the heated rear screen,


- the high level brake light,
- the number plate light.

- the bolts (1) ,

48A-14

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Rear loading door: Removal - Refitting

48A

F61 or K61, and LONG CHASSIS or STANDARD CHASSIS


a Remove (depending on equipment level):

- the rear loading door lock,


- the rear screen wiper motor.

- the rear screen jet pipe,

a Carry out a function test.

- the rear loading door wiring.

a Refit:
2 - Removal

- a new trim on the rear left-hand loading door (see


Left-hand rear loading door trim: Removal - Refitting) (73A, Non-side opening elements trim).
- the rear bumper extension,
- the rear wing light (see Rear light on wing: Removal - Refitting) (81A, Rear lighting).
a Reseal the side rain channel around the hinges
using an extruded mastic (see Anti-corrosion protection products after assembly: Use) .

127700

a Remove:
- the bolts (2) ,
- the rear loading door (this operation requires two
people).
IV - REFITTING WITH HINGES
1 - Refitting
a Refit the rear loading door (this operation requires
two people).
a Adjust the panel gaps and flush fittings (see 48A,
Non-side opening elements, Rear loading door:
Adjustment, page 48A-26) .
2 - final operation
a Refit:
- the rear loading door wiring,
- the rear screen jet pipe.
a Connect the connectors of:
- the number plate light,
- the high level brake light,
- the heated rear screen,

48A-15

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Rear loading door: Removal - Refitting

48A

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS


This operation can be carried out in two ways:
- Removal without hinges: used for replacing the relevant door,
- Removal with hinges: allows the initial adjustments to
be kept (e.g. for body replacement).
I - REMOVAL WITHOUT THE HINGES
1 - Preparation for removal
a Remove:
- the rear loading door trim (55A, Exterior protection). (see Tailgate lining: Removal - Refitting)
- the rear loading door window (see Rear loading
door window: Removal - Refitting)
- the rear loading door strip (see Rear loading door
strip: Removal - Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection).
141076

a Disconnect the following connectors :

a Remove:

- the rear loading door electric window motor,

- the jet pipe for the rear loading door window,

- the central door locking switch module,

- the rear loading door wiring.

- the heated rear screen,

- the electric window motor.

- the opening control for the rear loading door,

- the door lock (see Loading door lock: Removal Refitting)

- the rear loading door lock,


- the rear loading door wiper motor.

a Unlock the clips on the rear loading door strut using


a flat-blade screwdriver.
Remove the rear loading door strut.

48A-16

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Rear loading door: Removal - Refitting

48A

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS


2 - Removal

141077
141075

a Remove:

a Refit the rear loading door strut.


a Lock the strut clips using a flat-blade screwdriver.

- the bolts (1) ,


- the rear loading door (this operation requires two
people).

2 - Final operation
a Refit:
- the rear loading door wiring harness

II - REFITTING WITHOUT HINGES

- the jet pipe for the rear loading door window.


1 - Refitting

- the electric window motor

a Refit the rear loading door (this operation requires


two people).

- the sliding window


- the door lock.
a Connect the connectors of:
- the rear loading door wiper motor,
- the rear loading door lock,
- the opening control for the rear loading door,
- the heated rear screen,
- the central door locking switch module,
- the rear loading door electric window motor.

48A-17

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Rear loading door: Removal - Refitting

48A

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS


a Refit:
- the rear loading door strip (see Rear loading door
strip: Removal - Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection),
- the tailgate trim (see Tailgate lining: Removal Refitting) (73A, Non-side opening elements trim).
a Adjust the panel gaps and flush fittings (see 48A,
Non-side opening elements, Rear loading door:
Adjustment, page 48A-26) .
a Carry out a function test.
III - REMOVAL WITH HINGES
1 - Preparation for removal
a Remove:
- the rear left-hand wing light (see Rear light on
wing: Removal - Refitting) (81A, Rear lighting),
- the rear left-hand bumper extension (see Rear
bumper: Removal - Refitting) ,
- the internal trim on the rear left-hand body side
(see Rear quarter panel trim: Removal - Refitting)
a Disconnect:

141076

a Unlock the clips on the rear loading door strut using


a flat-blade screwdriver.
a Remove the rear loading door strut.
2 - Removal

- the connectors of the rear loading door electric wiring harness.


- the earth wire on the body of the rear loading door
electric wiring harness
- the jet pipe for the rear loading door window,

141082

a Remove:
- the nuts (2) ,
- the bolt (3) ,
- the rear loading door (this operation requires two
people).

48A-18

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Rear loading door: Removal - Refitting
K61, and SHORT CHASSIS
IV - REFITTING WITH HINGES
1 - Refitting
a Refit the rear loading door (this operation requires
two people).

141077

a Refit the rear loading door strut.


a Lock the strut clips using a flat-blade screwdriver.
2 - Final operation
a Reconnect:
- the connectors of the rear loading door electric wiring harness.
- the earth wire on the body of the rear loading door
electric wiring harness
- the jet pipe for the rear loading door window,
a Refit:
- the body side rear internal trim
- the rear bumper extension
- the rear light
a Adjust the panel gaps and flush fittings (see 48A,
Non-side opening elements, Rear loading door:
Adjustment, page 48A-26) .
a Carry out a function test.

48A-19

http://vnx.su

48A

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Rear loading door: Stripping - Rebuilding

48A

F61 or K61, and LONG CHASSIS or STANDARD CHASSIS


- the rear loading door stop (see Rear loading door
stop: Removal - Refitting) (52A, Non-side opening element mechanisms),

Note:
The order of the operations described below
applies specifically to replacing the rear loading
door.

- the blanking covers,


- the rear badge (see Rear badges: Removal - Refitting) (56A, Exterior accessories).

The method described below applies to rear loading


doors fitted on the vehicle.

REASSEMBLING

STRIPPING

I - REAR LEFT-HAND LOADING DOOR


a Refit:

I - REAR LEFT-HAND LOADING DOOR

- a new rear badge (see Rear badges: Removal Refitting) (56A, Exterior accessories),

a Remove:
- the rear left-hand loading door trim (see Left-hand
rear loading door trim: Removal - Refitting)
(73A, Non-side opening elements trim),

- the blanking covers,


- the rear loading door stop (see Rear loading door
stop: Removal - Refitting) (52A, Non-side opening element mechanisms),

- the exterior handle of the rear loading door (see


Rear loading door exterior handle: Removal Refitting) (52A, Non-side opening element mechanisms),

- the centring device,


- the rear loading door wiring harness

- the rear loading door lock (see Loading door lock:


Removal - Refitting) (52A, Non-side opening element mechanisms),

- the license plate light (see Number plate light:


Removal - Refitting) (81A, Rear lighting),
- the high level brake light (see 3rd brake light: Removal - Refitting) (81A, Rear lighting),

- the high level brake light (see 3rd brake light: Removal - Refitting) (81A, Rear lighting),

- the rear loading door lock (see Loading door lock:


Removal - Refitting) (52A, Non-side opening element mechanisms),

- the number plate light (see Number plate light:


Removal - Refitting) (81A, Rear lighting)
- the rear loading door wiring harness

- the exterior handle of the rear loading door (see


Rear loading door exterior handle: Removal Refitting) (52A, Non-side opening element mechanisms).

- the centring device,


- the rear loading door stop (see Rear loading door
stop: Removal - Refitting) (52A, Non-side opening element mechanisms),
- the blanking covers,

a Carry out a function test.


a Refit:
- a new trim on the rear left-hand loading door (see
Left-hand rear loading door trim: Removal - Refitting) (73A, Non-side opening elements trim).

- the rear badge (see Rear badges: Removal - Refitting) (56A, Exterior accessories).
II - REAR RIGHT-HAND LOADING DOOR

II - REAR RIGHT-HAND LOADING DOOR

a Remove:

a Refit:

- the rear loading door seal,

- the blanking covers,

- the rear right-hand loading door trim (see Righthand rear loading door trim: Removal - Refitting) (73A, Non-side opening elements trim),

- the rear loading door stop (see Rear loading door


stop: Removal - Refitting) (52A, Non-side opening element mechanisms),

- the rear loading door lock (see Loading door lock:


Removal - Refitting) (52A, Non-side opening element mechanisms),

- the rear loading door lock (see Loading door lock:


Removal - Refitting) (52A, Non-side opening element mechanisms),

48A-20

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Rear loading door: Stripping - Rebuilding
F61 or K61, and LONG CHASSIS or STANDARD CHASSIS
- a new trim on the rear right-hand loading door (see
Right-hand rear loading door trim: Removal Refitting) (73A, Non-side opening elements trim).
a Carry out a function test.
a Refit:
- the rear loading door seal,
- a new rear badge (see Rear badges: Removal Refitting) (56A, Exterior accessories).

48A-21

http://vnx.su

48A

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Rear loading door: Stripping - Rebuilding

48A

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS

STRIPPING
STRIPPING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
a Remove:
- the tailgate trim (see Tailgate lining: Removal Refitting) (71A, Body internal trim),
- the door sealing film (see Door sealing film: Removal - Refitting) (65A, Opening element sealing),
- the rear loading door window (see Rear loading
door window: Removal - Refitting) (54A, Windows),
- the rear opening element window winder mechanism (see Rear opening element electric window mechanism: Removal - Refitting) (52A,
Non-side opening element mechanisms),
140946

- the loading door lock (see Loading door lock: Removal - Refitting) (52A, Non-side opening element mechanisms),

a Unclip the rear loading door trim.

- the rear loading door strip (see Rear loading door


strip: Removal - Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection),
- the rear screen wiper motor (see Rear screen wiper motor: Removal - Refitting) (85A, Washing Wiping),
- the lock actuator.

141003

a Remove:
- the clip (2) ,
- the interior weatherstrip of the rear loading door.

140945

a Remove the bolt (1) .

48A-22

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Rear loading door: Stripping - Rebuilding

48A

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS

141004

a Remove:
- the bolts (3) ,
- the rear loading door window guide.
141006

a Remove:
- the connector (6)
- the bolts (7) ,
- the opening control for the rear loading door.

141007

a Remove:
- the bolts (4) ,

141005

a Remove:

- the centring device striker plate,

- the clip (8) ,

- the stop (5) .

- the rear loading door channel.

48A-23

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Rear loading door: Stripping - Rebuilding

48A

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS

141076

141077

a Unclip the rear loading door wiring.

a Refit the rear loading door jack.

a Unlock the clips on the jack of the rear loading door


using a flat-blade screwdriver.

a Lock the clips on the jack of the rear loading door


using a flat-blade screwdriver.

a Remove the rear loading door jack.

a Refit:
- the rear loading door channel,

REASSEMBLING

- the clip (8) ,

I - REBUILDING PREPARATION OPERATION

- the opening control for the rear loading door,

a Always replace:

- the bolts (7) ,

- the sealing film,

- the connector (6) ,

- the sealing foam.

- the stop (5) ,

a Order a door fitting kit in addition.

- the centring device striker plate,


- the bolts (4) ,

II - REBUILDING OPERATION FOR PART


CONCERNED

- the rear loading door window guide,

a Clip on the rear loading door wiring.

- the bolts (3) without tightening them.


a Raise and lower the window of the rear loading door
twice.
a Tighten the bolts (3) .
a Refit:
- the interior weatherstrip of the rear loading door,
- the clip (2) .
a Clip on the rear loading door trim.
a Refit:
- the bolt (1) ,
- the lock actuator,

48A-24

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Rear loading door: Stripping - Rebuilding
K61, and SHORT CHASSIS
- the rear screen wiper motor (see Rear screen wiper motor: Removal - Refitting) (85A, Washing Wiping),
- the rear loading door strip (see Rear loading door
strip: Removal - Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection),
- the loading door lock (see Loading door lock: Removal - Refitting) (52A, Non-side opening element mechanisms),
- the rear opening element window winder mechanism (see Rear opening element electric window mechanism: Removal - Refitting) (52A,
Non-side opening element mechanisms),
- the rear loading door window (see Rear loading
door window: Removal - Refitting) (54A, Windows),
- the door sealing film (see Door sealing film: Removal - Refitting) (65A, Opening element sealing),
- the tailgate trim (see Tailgate lining: Removal Refitting) (71A, Body internal trim).

48A-25

http://vnx.su

48A

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Rear loading door: Adjustment

48A

F61 or K61, and LONG CHASSIS or STANDARD CHASSIS

ADJUSTMENT VALUES
a For all information regarding the adjustment values
for the rear loading doors, (see Vehicle clearances:
Adjustment values) (01C, Vehicle bodywork specifications).

ADJUSTMENT
a The options for adjusting the rear loading door are
as follows:
-Adjustment using the lower and upper striker plate
bolts,
-Adjustment using the lock bolts,
-Adjustment using the centring device bolts,
-Adjustment using the hinge nuts on the body and on
the door box section.

109496

a Symbols A, B, C, D represent the adjustment options.


The black dot in the centre represents the body of
the bolt.
The grey section represents the component to be
adjusted.
The white section represents the adjustment area.

127163

a Adjust both rear doors starting with the right-hand


one and observe the following adjustment sequence: (1) , (2) , (3) , (4) , (5) , (6) , (7) , (8) , (9)

48A-26

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Rear loading door: Adjustment

48A

F61 or K61, and LONG CHASSIS or STANDARD CHASSIS


Lower striker plate

I - ADJUSTMENT USING LOWER AND UPPER


STRIKER PLATE BOLTS
Upper striker plate

127323

a Remove the loading door sill (see Loading door


sill: Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal trim).
127304

a Remove the upper striker plate cover


a Undo the upper striker plate bolts
a Adjust the panel gaps and flush fittings (1) .
a Tighten the bolts.

a Undo the lower striker plate bolts.


a Adjust the clearances and flush fitting (3) .
a Tighten the lower striker plate bolts.
a Refit the loading door sill (see Loading door sill:
Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal trim).

a Refit the upper striker plate cover

48A-27

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Rear loading door: Adjustment

48A

F61 or K61, and LONG CHASSIS or STANDARD CHASSIS


II - ADJUSTMENT USING THE LOCK BOLTS

Central striker plate

Upper lock

127321

a Undo the central striker plate bolts.


a Adjust the doors until they are flush with one another
(9) .
a Tighten the central striker plate bolts.

127322

Lower lock

127320

a Undo the upper and lower lock bolts


a Adjust the centring and touching when closing.
a Tighten the upper and lower lock bolts

48A-28

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Rear loading door: Adjustment

48A

F61 or K61, and LONG CHASSIS or STANDARD CHASSIS


III - ADJUSTMENT USING THE CENTRING DEVICE
BOLTS

IV - ADJUSTMENT USING THE HINGE NUTS ON


THE BODY AND ON THE DOOR BOX SECTION

127317

128485

a Undo the centring device bolts


a Adjust the flush fitting but so that the doors do not
touch when closing.

Note:
During factory fitting, the hinges are mounted
with no possibility of adjustment (A), it is necessar y to countersink the holes to make adjustments (B).

a Tighten the centring device bolts.

WARNING
To prevent any risk of corrosion after stripping
the panel, re-apply the anticorrosion protection
(see Technical Note 0592A).
a Remove the rear loading door (see 48A, Non-side
opening elements, Rear loading door: Removal Refitting, page 48A-14) .

48A-29

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Rear loading door: Adjustment

48A

F61 or K61, and LONG CHASSIS or STANDARD CHASSIS


Adjustment using the hinge nuts on the door box
section

Adjustment using the hinge nuts on the body

127301
127316

127303
127302

a Carry out a countersinking procedure at (10) .

a Carry out a countersinking procedure at (11) .

a Refit the rear loading door (see 48A, Non-side opening elements, Rear loading door: Removal - Refitting, page 48A-14) .

a Refit the rear loading door (see 48A, Non-side opening elements, Rear loading door: Removal - Refitting, page 48A-14) .

a Adjust the panel gaps and flush fitting of the rear loading door.

a Adjust the panel gaps and flush fitting of the rear loading door.

a Tighten the rear loading door hinge nuts.

a Tighten the rear loading door hinge nuts.

a Carry out the anti-corrosion protection operations


(see Soundproofing products after assembly:
Use) (04E, Paint).

a Carry out the anti-corrosion protection operations


(see Soundproofing products after assembly:
Use) (04E, Paint).

48A-30

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Rear loading door: Adjustment

48A

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS

ADJUSTMENT VALUES
a For all information regarding the adjustment values
for the rear loading doors, (see Vehicle clearances:
Adjustment values) (01C, Vehicle bodywork specifications).

ADJUSTMENT
a The rear loading door is adjusted in the following order:
- adjustment of the shut lines of areas (1) , (2) , (3)
and adjustment of the flush fitting of area (1) using
the hinge nuts on the body and on the door box
section,
- adjustment of the flush fitting of area (3) using the
bolts of the striker plate and centring device.

109496

a Symbols A, B, C, D represent the adjustment options.


a The black dot in the centre represents the body of
the bolt.
a The grey section represents the component to be
adjusted.
a The white section represents the adjustment area.

141251

a Observe the adjustment sequence.

48A-31

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Rear loading door: Adjustment

48A

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS


I - ADJUSTMENT USING THE HINGE NUTS ON THE
BODY AND ON THE DOOR BOX SECTION
1 - Adjustment using the hinge nuts on the door
box section

128485

a
Note:
During factory fitting, the hinges are mounted
with no possibility of adjustment (A) , it is necessary to countersink the holes to make adjustments (B) .

141075

a Adjust the height and flush fitting using the nuts (1)
2 - Adjustment using the hinge nuts on the body

WARNING
To prevent any risk of corrosion after stripping
the panel, reapply the anticorrosion protection
(see Technical Note 0592A).
a Remove the rear loading door (see 48A, Non-side
opening elements, Rear loading door: Removal Refitting, page 48A-14) .
a Remove the door hinges.
a Enlarge the holes on the hinges using a step milling
cutter (3 mm maximum).
a Refit the hinges on the door box section.
a Refit the rear loading door (see 48A, Non-side opening elements, Rear loading door: Removal - Refitting, page 48A-14) .
a Adjust the clearances and flush fitting of the rear loading door.

141082

a Adjust the centring and tilt using the nuts (2)

a Carry out the anti-corrosion protection operations


(see Soundproofing products after assembly:
Use) (04E, Paint).

48A-32

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Rear loading door: Adjustment
K61, and SHORT CHASSIS
II - ADJUSTMENT OF THE CENTRING DEVICE AND
STRIKER PANEL

141285

a Release then tighten slightly the bolts of the striker


panel and the centring device.
a Adjust in order:
- the centring device so it does not jam
- the striker panel so it does not jam and closes properly
a Tighten the bolts of the striker panel and the centring
device (indicative torque: 15 N.m).

48A-33

http://vnx.su

48A

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Upper rear opening element: Stripping - Rebuilding

48A

ROOF FLAP or PLASTIC ROOF FLAP or TINTED WINDOW ROOF FLAP


2 - Guide slide
Tightening torquesm
drive bar bolts

2.5 N.m

guide slide bolts


handle bolts

6 N.m
2.5 N.m

Note:
If it is necessary to remove the guide slide supports, make a mark before removing them.

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a (see 48A, Non-side opening elements, Upper
rear opening element: Removal - Refitting, page
48A-36)

142576

a Remove:
- the bolts (2) ,

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

- the guide slides.


3 - Handle

1 - Guide bar

108739

a Unclip the blanking covers (3) .

142576

a Remove:
- the bolts (1) ,
- the drive bar of the upper rear opening element.

48A-34

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Upper rear opening element: Stripping - Rebuilding

48A

ROOF FLAP or PLASTIC ROOF FLAP or TINTED WINDOW ROOF FLAP


4 - Upper rear opening element lock
a (see Upper rear opening element lock: Removal
- Refitting)
5 - upper rear opening element strip
a (see Upper rear opening element strip: Removal
- Refitting)

108738

a Remove:
- the bolts (4) ,
- the handle.
4 - Upper rear opening element lock
a (see Upper rear opening element lock: Removal
- Refitting)
5 - upper rear opening element strip
a (see Upper rear opening element strip: Removal
- Refitting)

REFITTING
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
1 - Guide bar
a Refit the drive bar of the upper rear opening element.
a Torque tighten the drive bar bolts (2.5 N.m)
2 - Guide slide
a When refitting, check that the guide slides are parallel with the frame of the upper rear opening element
a Refit the guide slides of the upper rear opening element.
a Torque tighten the guide slide bolts (6 N.m)
3 - Handle
a Refit the handle of the upper rear opening element.
a Torque tighten the handle bolts (2.5 N.m)
a Clip on the blanking covers (3) .

48A-35

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Upper rear opening element: Removal - Refitting

48A

ROOF FLAP or PLASTIC ROOF FLAP or TINTED WINDOW ROOF FLAP

SHORT CHASSIS

Tightening torquesm
upper bolt of the rear
side seat belt

21 N.m

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION

SHORT CHASSIS
a Remove:
- the rear panel trims (see Rear panel trim: Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal trim),
- the rear wheel arch trims (see Rear wheel arch
lining: Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal
trim).

141078

a Remove the quarter panel upper trim at (2) .

STANDARD CHASSIS
SHORT CHASSIS

138563

a Remove the quarter panel upper trim (1) .

141079

a Unclip blanking cover (3) .

48A-36

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Upper rear opening element: Removal - Refitting

48A

ROOF FLAP or PLASTIC ROOF FLAP or TINTED WINDOW ROOF FLAP

SHORT CHASSIS

SHORT CHASSIS

141080

a Remove:

141081

a Unclip the upper trim from the rear wheel arch (5) .

- the rear side seat belt upper bolt (4) ,


- the rear seat belt return mechanism.

STANDARD CHASSIS

138584

a Remove:
- the bolts (6) ,

48A-37

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Upper rear opening element: Removal - Refitting

48A

ROOF FLAP or PLASTIC ROOF FLAP or TINTED WINDOW ROOF FLAP


- the thread supports.

140904

a Unclip the blanking covers (9) .


138583

a Remove the bolts (10) from the upper rear opening


element rail trims.

a Remove the rear centre trim (7) .

140903
138582

a Remove:

a Remove the upper rear opening element rail trims at


(11) .

- the clips (8) ,


- the roof rear side trim.

48A-38

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Upper rear opening element: Removal - Refitting

48A

ROOF FLAP or PLASTIC ROOF FLAP or TINTED WINDOW ROOF FLAP

138580

a Remove:
- the upper rear opening element drive bar at (14) ,
- the upper rear opening element.
140902

a Open the upper rear opening element panel midway and extract the upper rear opening element rails
at (12) .
a Support the upper rear opening element panel using
a block.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

a this operation requires two people

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the upper rear opening element in the rails of
the upper rear opening element at (12) .

a Open the panel of the upper rear opening element.

a this operation requires two people


a Refit the upper rear opening element drive bar at
(14)
a Tighten the bolts (13) of the upper rear opening element mechanism.
a Close the upper rear opening element panel.
II - FINAL OPERATION
a Refit:
- the roof rear side trim,
- the clips (8) ,

138580

a Loosen the bolts (13) of the upper rear opening element drive bar.

- the rear centre trim (7) .

STANDARD CHASSIS
a Refit:
- the net supports,
- the bolts (6) ,

48A-39

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS


Upper rear opening element: Removal - Refitting
ROOF FLAP or PLASTIC ROOF FLAP or TINTED WINDOW ROOF FLAP
- the quarter panel upper trim (5) .

SHORT CHASSIS
a Clip on the rear wheel arch upper trim.
a Refit:
- the rear seat belt return mechanism,
- the rear side seat belt upper bolt (4) .
a Torque tighten the upper bolt of the rear side seat
belt (21 N.m).
a Clip on the blanking cover.
a Refit:
- the quarter panel upper trim,
- the rear wheel arch trims (see Rear wheel arch
lining: Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal
trim),
- the rear panel trims (see Rear panel trim: Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal trim).

a Remove the block.


a Refit:
- the upper rear opening element rail trims,
- the bolts (9) for the upper rear opening element rail
trims.
a Clip on the blanking covers (10) .
a Carry out a function test.

48A-40

http://vnx.su

48A

Sealing and soundproofing


65A

OPENING ELEMENT SEALING

66A

WINDOW SEALING

68A

SOUNDPROOFING

X61
DECEMBER 2008
"The repair methods given by the manufacturer in this document are based on the technical
specifications current when it was prepared.
The methods may be modified as a result of changes introduced by the manufacturer in the
production of the various component units and accessories from which his vehicles are
constructed."

Edition Anglaise

All copyrights reserved by Renault.


The reproduction or translation in part of whole of the present document, as well as the use
of the spare parts reference numbering system, are prohibited without the prior written
consent of Renault.

Renault s.a.s 2008

http://vnx.su

KANGOO II - Section 6

KANGOO II - Section 6 ContentsPage

Contents
Page

65A

66A

68A

OPENING ELEMENT SEALING


Door sealing film: Removal Refitting

65A-1

Sunroof seal: Removal Refitting

65A-3

Tailgate seal: Removal Refitting

65A-4

WINDOW SEALING
Front side door glass run
channel: Removal - Refitting

66A-1

Front door side exterior


weather strip: Removal Refitting

66A-3

Rear side door exterior


weather strip: Removal Refitting

66A-4

Sliding side door window


seal: Removal - Refitting

66A-5

SOUNDPROOFING
Bonnet soundproofing:
Removal - Refitting

68A-1

http://vnx.su

OPENING ELEMENT SEALING


Door sealing film: Removal - Refitting

65A

REMOVAL

Note:
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION

Remove the adhesive residue from the inner


door panel by sticking wide masking tape over
the adhesive residue. Pull gently on the masking
tape to remove any adhesive residue.

a Remove:
- the front side door trim (see Front side door trim:
Removal - Refitting) (72A, Side opening elements
trim) or the sliding side door trim (see Sliding side
door trim: Removal - Refitting) (72A, Side opening elements trim),
- the front speaker (see Front speakers: Removal Refitting) (86A, Radio).

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

Clean the door box section with HEPTANE using


a dry, lint-free cloth.

WARNING
To ensure the sealing film adheres correctly:
- The door must be clean (free of dust, grease
and anti-adhesive products), with no trace of
impurities and no condensation,
- The area of the door box section where the film
is to be applied must be painted completely,
- There must be a minimum temperature of 15
on the surfaces which are to be bonded.

1 - PROCEDURE ONE
a Strip off the sealing film using a heat stripper set to
approximately 100. Hold the heat stripper at a distance of approximately 20 cm, directing the hot air
flow onto the edge of the sealing film.
a Start by stripping off a corner of the sealing film.
a Carefully strip off the sealing film taking care not to
tear it.

2 - PROCEDURE TWO
a Remove the sealing film using a syringe filled with
HEPTANE (see Vehicle: Parts and ingredients
for the repairwork) (04B, Consumables - Products).
a Start with the upper section of the sealing film.
a Remove the HEPTANE in small amounts between
the sealing film and the inner door panel as the sealing film peels away (pull slowly on the sealing film).
a Carefully strip off the sealing film taking care not to
tear it.

REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a Always replace the door sealing film.

65A-1

http://vnx.su

OPENING ELEMENT SEALING


Door sealing film: Removal - Refitting

65A

- the front side door trim (see Front side door trim:
Removal - Refitting) (72A, Side opening elements
trim) or the sliding side door trim (see Sliding side
door trim: Removal - Refitting) (72A, Side opening elements trim).

II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART


CONCERNED
Front side door

126824

Sliding side door

126825

a Position the sealing film using the guide points (1) .


a Pass through the interior door handle cable.
a Firmly apply the sealing film around its entire edge.
a Carry out a sealing test (see Technical Note 653A).
a Refit:
- the front speaker (see Front speakers: Removal Refitting) (86A, Radio),

65A-2

http://vnx.su

OPENING ELEMENT SEALING


Sunroof seal: Removal - Refitting
K61

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove the mobile sunroof panel (see Sunroof
moving panel: Removal - Refitting) (52A, Nonside opening element mechanisms).
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

140924

a Mark the position of the join of the sunroof seal (1) .


a Remove the sunroof seal.

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the sunroof seal.
II - FINAL OPERATION
a Refit the mobile sunroof panel (see Sunroof moving panel: Removal - Refitting) (52A, Non-side
opening element mechanisms).

65A-3

http://vnx.su

65A

OPENING ELEMENT SEALING


Tailgate seal: Removal - Refitting

65A

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS


II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

Essential special tooling


Car. 1363

Set of trim removal levers.

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Open the panel of the upper rear opening element.

140627

a Remove the tailgate seal starting at (2) .

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
140622

a Remove the bolts (1) from the rear loading door sill.

140625

a Index the tailgate seal at (3) .

65A-4

http://vnx.su

OPENING ELEMENT SEALING


Tailgate seal: Removal - Refitting

65A

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS

140626

140623

a Refit the lower section of the tailgate seal by raising


the loading door sill slightly.

a Fit the tailgate sail at (4) .

II - FINAL OPERATION
a Refit the bolts (1) of the rear loading door sill.

140624

a Refit:
- the tailgate seal using the tool (Car. 1363) along
the rear light,
- the tailgate seal around the outside edge.

65A-5

http://vnx.su

WINDOW SEALING
Front side door glass run channel: Removal - Refitting

66A

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Lower the front side door sliding window.
a Remove:
- the front side door trim (see Front side door trim:
Removal - Refitting) (72A, Side opening element
trim),
- the front side door exterior weatherstrip (see 66A,
Window sealing, Front door side exterior weather strip: Removal - Refitting, page 66A-3) .
- the front side door interior weatherstrip.
- the door mirror (see Door mirror: Removal - Refitting) (56A, Exterior equipment).
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
126893

a Remove the front side door window run channel (2) .

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED

126892

a Partially remove the front side door window run


channel at (1) .

126894

a Refit the front door window glass run channel starting with the top section (3) .

66A-1

http://vnx.su

WINDOW SEALING
Front side door glass run channel: Removal - Refitting
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit:
- the door mirror (see Door mirror: Removal - Refitting) (56A, Exterior equipment),
- the front side door interior weatherstrip.
- the front side door exterior weatherstrip (see 66A,
Window sealing, Front door side exterior weather strip: Removal - Refitting, page 66A-3) .
- the front side door trim (see Front side door trim:
Removal - Refitting) (72A, Side opening element
trim).
a Carry out a function test.

66A-2

http://vnx.su

66A

WINDOW SEALING
Front door side exterior weather strip: Removal - Refitting
REFITTING

Essential special tooling


Car. 1363

66A

Set of trim removal levers.

REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Lower the front side door sliding window.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

126891

a Refit the front side door exterior weatherstrip at (3)


and (4) .

126461

a Carefully remove the front side door exterior weatherstrip at (1) and (2) using the tool (Car. 1363).

66A-3

http://vnx.su

WINDOW SEALING
Rear side door exterior weather strip: Removal - Refitting
K61
Essential special tooling
Car. 1363

Set of trim removal levers.

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Lower the rear side door's sliding window.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

126462

a Carefully remove the rear side door exterior weatherstrip (1) using the tool (Car. 1363).

REFITTING
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
a Refit the rear side door exterior weatherstrip (1) .

66A-4

http://vnx.su

66A

WINDOW SEALING
Sliding side door window seal: Removal - Refitting

66A

LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED
WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW

REMOVAL

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION

ELEC. REAR WINDOW SW.

ELEC. REAR WINDOW SW.


a Disconnect the battery (see Battery : Removal Refitting) (80A, Battery).

a Remove the sliding side door trim (see Sliding side


door trim: Removal - Refitting) (72A, Side opening
element trim).

ELEC. REAR WINDOW SW.


a Remove:
- the door sealing film (see 65A, Opening element
sealing, Door sealing film: Removal - Refitting,
page 65A-1) ,
- the rear side door electric window winder mechanism (see Rear side door electric window mechanism: Removal - Refitting) (51A, side
opening element mechanism),

126463

a Remove the sliding side door window seal (1) .

- the rear side door exterior weatherstrip (see 66A,


Window sealing, Rear side door exterior weather strip: Removal - Refitting, page 66A-4) ,
- the rear side door sliding window (see Sliding side
door window: Removal - Refitting) (54A, Windows),
- the rear side door fixed window (see Rear side
door fixed window: Removal - Refitting) (54A,
Windows),

WITHOUT REAR WINDOW WINDER


a Remove the rear side door fixed window (see Rear
side door fixed window: Removal - Refitting)
(54A, Windows).

66A-5

http://vnx.su

WINDOW SEALING
Sliding side door window seal: Removal - Refitting

66A

LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED
WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW

WITHOUT REAR WINDOW WINDER

WITHOUT REAR WINDOW WINDER

126890

a Remove the sliding side door window seal (2) .

126890

a Refit the sliding side door window seal (2) .


Note:
Position the sliding side door window seal joint at
the lower section (3) .

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
ELEC. REAR WINDOW SW.

II - FINAL OPERATION.

a Refit the sliding side door window seal (1) .


ELEC. REAR WINDOW SW.
a Refit:
- the rear side door fixed window (see Rear side
door fixed window: Removal - Refitting) (54A,
Windows),
- the rear side door sliding window (see Sliding side
door window: Removal - Refitting) (54A, Windows),
- the rear side door exterior weatherstrip (see 66A,
Window sealing, Rear side door exterior weather strip: Removal - Refitting, page 66A-4) ,
- the rear side door electric window winder mechanism (see Rear side door electric window mechanism: Removal - Refitting) (51A, side
opening element mechanism),

66A-6

http://vnx.su

WINDOW SEALING
Sliding side door window seal: Removal - Refitting

66A

LEFT SLIDING + FIXED WINDOW or LEFT SLIDING + OPENING WINDOW, and RIGHT SLIDING + FIXED
WINDOW or R SLID+OPENING WINDOW
- a new door sealing film (see 65A, Opening element sealing, Door sealing film: Removal - Refitting, page 65A-1) .

WITHOUT REAR WINDOW WINDER


a Refit the rear side door fixed window (see Rear side
door fixed window: Removal - Refitting) (54A,
Windows).

a Refit the sliding side door trim (see Sliding side


door trim: Removal - Refitting) (72A, Side opening
element trim).
ELEC. REAR WINDOW SW.
a Connect the battery (see Battery : Removal - Refitting) (80A, Battery).

66A-7

http://vnx.su

SOUNDPROOFING
Bonnet soundproofing: Removal - Refitting
REMOVAL
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

126460

a Remove:
- the clips (1) ,
- the bonnet soundproofing (2) .

REFITTING
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
a Refit the bonnet soundproofing (2) .

68A-1

http://vnx.su

68A

Trim and upholstery


71A

BODY INTERNAL TRIM

72A

SIDE OPENING ELEMENT TRIM

73A

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS TRIM

75A

FRONT SEAT FRAMES AND MECHANISMS

76A

REAR SEAT FRAMES AND MECHANISMS

77A

FRONT SEAT TRIM

78A

REAR SEAT TRIM

79A

SEAT COMPONENTS

X61
MARCH 2009
"The repair methods given by the manufacturer in this document are based on the technical
specifications current when it was prepared.
The methods may be modified as a result of changes introduced by the manufacturer in the
production of the various component units and accessories from which his vehicles are
constructed."

Edition Anglaise

All copyrights reserved by Renault.


The reproduction or translation in part of whole of the present document, as well as the use
of the spare parts reference numbering system, are prohibited without the prior written
consent of Renault.

Renault s.a.s 2008

http://vnx.su

KANGOO II - Section 7

KANGOO II - Section 7 ContentsPage

Contents
Page

71A

BODY INTERNAL TRIM

72A

SIDE OPENING ELEMENT TRIM

Floor carpet: Removal Refitting

71A-1

Front side door trim:


Removal - Refitting

72A-1

Luggage compartment
carpet: Removal - Refitting

71A-5

Sliding side door trim:


Removal - Refitting

72A-3

Headlining: Removal Refitting

71A-7

Cab headlining: Removal Refitting


B-pillar lower trim: Removal Refitting
Rear wheel arch lining:
Removal - Refitting

73A

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS TRIM

71A-12
71A-14
71A-15

A-pillar trim: Removal Refitting

71A-18

B-pillar upper trim: Removal Refitting

71A-19
75A

Rear quarter panel trim:


Removal - Refitting

71A-21

Rear panel trim: Removal Refitting

71A-22

Rear side door sill: Removal


- Refitting

71A-24

Loading door sill: Removal Refitting

71A-25

http://vnx.su

Tailgate lining: Removal Refitting

73A-1

Right-hand rear loading door


trim: Removal - Refitting

73A-4

Left-hand rear loading door


trim: Removal - Refitting

73A-5

FRONT SEAT FRAMES AND


MECHANISMS
Front seat frame:
Precautions for repair

75A-1

Front seat frame: Removal Refitting

75A-2

Front seat base frame:


Removal - Refitting

75A-5

Front seatback frame:


Removal - Refitting

75A-7

Front seat runner: Removal Refitting

75A-9

Contents

75A

76A

FRONT SEAT FRAMES AND


MECHANISMS
Rear seat access
mechanisms: Removal Refitting

75A-11

Complete front seat:


Removal - Refitting

75A-13

REAR SEAT FRAMES AND MECHANISMS

1/3 and 2/3 rear bench seat


trim: Removal - Refitting

78A-6

1/3 and 2/3 rear bench seat


seatback trim: Removal Refitting

78A-8

SEAT COMPONENTS

76A-1

Front headrest: Removal Refitting

79A-1

Rear seat runner: Removal Refitting

76A-2

Front seat headrest guide:


Removal - Refitting

79A-4

Complete rear bench seat:


Removal - Refitting

76A-4

Rear headrest: Removal Refitting

79A-6

Rear seat headrest guide:


Removal - Refitting

79A-7

Rear bench seatback frame


1/3 and 2/3: Removal Refitting

76A-7

Rear bench seat base frame:


Removal - Refitting

76A-8

76A-10

FRONT SEAT TRIM


Front seat base trim:
Removal - Refitting

77A-1

Front seatback trim: Removal


- Refitting

77A-8

Front seat lower cover:


Removal - Refitting

78A

79A

REAR SEAT TRIM

Rear seat frame: Removal Refitting

Rear bench seat


mechanism: Removal Refitting

77A

78A

77A-16

REAR SEAT TRIM


Rear seat base trim:
Removal - Refitting

78A-1

Rear seatback trim: Removal


- Refitting

78A-4

http://vnx.su

BODY INTERNAL TRIM


Floor carpet: Removal - Refitting

71A

K61
- the B-pillar lower trims (see 71A, Body internal
trim, B-pillar lower trim: Removal - Refitting,
page 71A-14) .

Essential equipment
diagnostic tool

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED
IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see Airbag and Pretensioners: Precautions for repair) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

IMPORTANT
To avoid any risk of triggering when working on or
near a pyrotechnic component (airbags or pretensioners), lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool.
When this function is activated, all the trigger lines
are inhibited and the airbag warning light on the instrument panel lights up continuously (ignition on).

IMPORTANT
Never handle the pyrotechnic systems (pretensioners or airbags) near to a source of heat or naked
flame - they may be triggered.

126546

a Remove:
- the clips (1) ,
- the trims (1) ,

REMOVAL

- the floor carpet.

I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION

REFITTING

a Partially remove the side door seals.


a Lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool
(see Fault finding - Replacement of components)
(88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART


CONCERNED
a Refit:

a Disconnect the battery (see Battery : Removal Refitting) (80A, Battery).


a Remove:

- the floor carpet,


- the trims (1) .

- the front seats completely (see 75A, Front seat


frames and mechanisms, Complete front seat:
Removal - Refitting, page 75A-13) ,
- the central console (see Centre console: Removal - Refitting) (57A, Interior equipment),
- the centre front panel (see Centre front panel: Removal - Refitting) (57A, Interior equipment),
- the floor storage compartments and flaps (see
Floor flap and storage: Removal - Refitting)
(57A, Interior equipment),

71A-1

http://vnx.su

BODY INTERNAL TRIM


Floor carpet: Removal - Refitting
K61
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit:
- the B-pillar lower trims (see 71A, Body internal
trim, B-pillar lower trim: Removal - Refitting,
page 71A-14) ,
- the floor storage compartments and flaps (see
Floor flap and storage: Removal - Refitting)
(57A, Interior equipment),
- the centre front panel (see Centre front panel: Removal - Refitting) (57A, Interior equipment),
- the central console (see Centre console: Removal - Refitting) (57A, Interior equipment),
- the front seats completely (see 75A, Front seat
frames and mechanisms, Complete front seat:
Removal - Refitting, page 75A-13) .
a Connect the battery (see Battery : Removal - Refitting) (80A, Battery).
a Unlock the airbag computer using the diagnostic
tool (see Fault finding - Replacement of components) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).
a Refit the side door seals.

71A-2

http://vnx.su

71A

BODY INTERNAL TRIM


Floor carpet: Removal - Refitting

71A

F61
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

Essential equipment
diagnostic tool

IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see Airbag and Pretensioners: Precautions for repair) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

IMPORTANT
To avoid any risk of triggering when working on or
near a pyrotechnic component (airbags or pretensioners), lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool.
When this function is activated, all the trigger lines
are inhibited and the airbag warning light on the instrument panel lights up continuously (ignition on).

126906

a Remove:
- the clips (1) ,

IMPORTANT
Never handle the pyrotechnic systems (pretensioners or airbags) near to a source of heat or naked
flame - they may be triggered.

- the floor carpet.

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED

REMOVAL

a Refit the floor carpet.

I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION


a Lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool
(see Fault finding - Replacement of components)
(88C, Airbags and pretensioners).
a Disconnect the battery (see Battery : Removal Refitting) (80A, Battery).
a Remove:
- the front side door seals,
- the front seats completely (see 75A, Front seat
frames and mechanisms, Complete front seat:
Removal - Refitting, page 75A-13) ,
- the centre front panel (see Centre front panel: Removal - Refitting) (57A, Interior equipment),
- the central console (see Centre console: Removal - Refitting) (57A, Interior equipment),
- the B-pillar lower trims (see 71A, Body internal
trim, B-pillar lower trim: Removal - Refitting,
page 71A-14) .

71A-3

http://vnx.su

BODY INTERNAL TRIM


Floor carpet: Removal - Refitting
F61
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit:
- the B-pillar lower trims (see 71A, Body internal
trim, B-pillar lower trim: Removal - Refitting,
page 71A-14) ,
- the central console (see Centre console: Removal - Refitting) (57A, Interior equipment),
- the centre front panel (see Centre front panel: Removal - Refitting) (57A, Interior equipment),
- the front seats completely (see 75A, Front seat
frames and mechanisms, Complete front seat:
Removal - Refitting, page 75A-13) ,
- the front side door seals.
a Connect the battery (see Battery : Removal - Refitting) (80A, Battery).
a Unlock the computer using the diagnostic tool (see
Fault finding - Replacement of components)
(88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

71A-4

http://vnx.su

71A

BODY INTERNAL TRIM


Luggage compartment carpet: Removal - Refitting
K61

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove:
- the loading door sill (see 71A, Body internal trim,
Loading door sill: Removal - Refitting, page
71A-25) ,
- the rear wheel arch trims (see 71A, Body internal
trim, Rear wheel arch lining: Removal - Refitting, page 71A-15) ,
- the complete rear bench seat (see 76A, Rear seat
frames and mechanisms, Complete rear bench
seat: Removal - Refitting, page 76A-4) .
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
a Remove the luggage compartment carpet.

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the luggage compartment carpet.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit:
- the complete rear bench seat (see 76A, Rear seat
frames and mechanisms, Complete rear bench
seat: Removal - Refitting, page 76A-4) .
- the rear wheel arch trims (see 71A, Body internal
trim, Rear wheel arch lining: Removal - Refitting, page 71A-15) ,
- the loading door sill (see 71A, Body internal trim,
Loading door sill: Removal - Refitting, page
71A-25) .

71A-5

http://vnx.su

71A

BODY INTERNAL TRIM


Luggage compartment carpet: Removal - Refitting

71A

F61

REMOVAL

II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit:

I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION

- the trim (2) ,

a Remove:

- the rear wheel arch trims (see 71A, Body internal


trim, Rear wheel arch lining: Removal - Refitting, page 71A-15) ,

- the rear sliding side door sill (see 71A, Body internal trim, Rear side door sill: Removal - Refitting, page 71A-24) ,
- the loading door sill (see 71A, Body internal trim,
Loading door sill: Removal - Refitting, page
71A-25) ,
- the rear wheel arch trims (see 71A, Body internal
trim, Rear wheel arch lining: Removal - Refitting, page 71A-15) .

- the loading door sill (see 71A, Body internal trim,


Loading door sill: Removal - Refitting, page
71A-25) ,
- the rear side door sill (see 71A, Body internal
trim, Rear side door sill: Removal - Refitting,
page 71A-24) .

126905

a Remove:
- the bolts (1) ,
- the trim (2) .
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
a Remove the luggage compartment carpet.

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the luggage compartment carpet.

71A-6

http://vnx.su

BODY INTERNAL TRIM


Headlining: Removal - Refitting

71A

a Lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool


(see Fault finding - Replacement of components)
(88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

Essential equipment
diagnostic tool

a Disconnect the battery (see Battery : Removal Refitting) (80A, Battery).

K61

a Partially remove the side door seals and tailgate


seal.

a
IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and
operation recommendations before carrying out
any repair (see Airbag and Pretensioners: Precautions for repair) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

F61
a Partially remove the front side door seals.

IMPORTANT
To avoid any risk of triggering when working on
or near a pyrotechnic component (airbags or pretensioners), lock the airbag computer using the
diagnostic tool.
When this function is activated, all the trigger
lines are inhibited and the airbag warning light on
the instrument panel lights up continuously (ignition on).

IMPORTANT
Never handle the pyrotechnic systems (pretensioners or airbags) near to a source of heat or
naked flame - they may be triggered.

126903

a Remove:

REMOVAL

- the clips (1) ,


I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION

- the headlining trims (2) .

K61
a
K61

Note:
The front and rear parts of the headlining are
removed independently.

Headlining front section

a Remove:
- the windscreen pillar trims (see 71A, Body internal trim, A-pillar trim: Removal - Refitting, page
71A-18) ,

71A-7

http://vnx.su

BODY INTERNAL TRIM


Headlining: Removal - Refitting
- the sun visors (see Sun visor: Removal - Refitting) (57A, Interior equipment),
- the headlining light (see Headlining light: Removal - Refitting) (81B, Interior lighting).

Headlining rear section


a Remove:
- the rear wheel arch trim (see 71A, Body internal
trim, Rear wheel arch lining: Removal - Refitting, page 71A-15) ,

ROOF STORAGE

- the rear quarter panel trim (see 71A, Body internal trim, Rear quarter panel trim: Removal - Refitting, page 71A-21) .

a Remove the front storage compartment under the


roof (see Front storage compartment under roof:
Removal - Refitting) (57A, Interior equipment).

a Remove:
- the B-pillar lower trims (see 71A, Body internal
trim, B-pillar lower trim: Removal - Refitting,
page 71A-14) ,

71A

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED
K61

- the B-pillar upper trims (see 71A, Body internal


trim, B-pillar upper trim: Removal - Refitting,
page 71A-19) .
K61
a Remove the rear storage compartment under the
roof (see Rear storage compartment: Removal Refitting) (depending on the equipment level).

126879

a Remove:
- the bolts (4) ,
- the thread supports (5) .
1 - Headlining front section
127505

a Disconnect the connector (3) .

a Unclip the upper storage compartment support trims


(6) in the roof.
a Remove:
- the upper storage compartment supports (7) in the
roof,
- the clips (8) .
a Remove the front section of the headlining.

71A-8

http://vnx.su

BODY INTERNAL TRIM


Headlining: Removal - Refitting
2 - Headlining rear section
a Remove:
- the clips (8) and (9) ,
- the rear section of the headlining.

F61

126904

a Unclip the upper storage compartment support trims


(10) in the roof.
a Remove:
- the upper storage compartment supports (11) in
the roof,
- the clips (12) ,
- the cab headlining partially.

71A-9

http://vnx.su

71A

BODY INTERNAL TRIM


Headlining: Removal - Refitting

71A

a Refit new double-sided adhesive foam (14) .

REFITTING
K61
REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION

I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART


CONCERNED

Headlining front section


K61
1 - Headlining front section
a Refit:
- the front section of the headlining,
- the upper storage compartment supports (7) in the
roof,
- the thread supports (5) .
2 - Headlining rear section
a Refit:
- the headlining rear section,
- the thread supports (5) .

126881

F61
a Refit:
- the cabin headlining.
- the upper storage compartment supports (11) in
the roof,

II - FINAL OPERATION.
K61
Headlining front section
126882

a Remove the double-sided adhesive foam.


a Degrease the zone (13) using ALINT-FREE CLOTH
soaked in HEPTANE (see Vehicle: Parts and ingredients for the repairwork) (04B, Consumables
- Products).

a Connect the connector (3) .


a Refit the rear storage compartment under the roof
(see Rear storage compartment: Removal - Refitting) (depending on the equipment level).

71A-10

http://vnx.su

BODY INTERNAL TRIM


Headlining: Removal - Refitting

71A

a Refit:
- the B-pillar upper trims (see 71A, Body internal
trim, B-pillar upper trim: Removal - Refitting,
page 71A-19) ,
- the B-pillar lower trims (see 71A, Body internal
trim, B-pillar lower trim: Removal - Refitting,
page 71A-14) .

K61
a Refit the side door seals and tailgate seal.
a Connect the battery (see Battery : Removal - Refitting) (80A, Battery).
a Unlock the airbag computer using the diagnostic
tool (see Fault finding - Replacement of components)(88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

ROOF STORAGE
a Refit the front storage compartment under the roof
(see Front storage compartment under roof: Removal - Refitting) (57A, Interior equipment).

a Refit:
- the headlining light (see Headlining light: Removal - Refitting) (81B, Interior lighting),
- the sun visors (see Sun visor: Removal - Refitting) (57A, Interior equipment),
- the windscreen pillar trims (see 71A, Body internal trim, A-pillar trim: Removal - Refitting, page
71A-18) .

K61
Headlining rear section
a Refit:
- the rear quarter panel trim (see 71A, Body internal trim, Rear quarter panel trim: Removal - Refitting, page 71A-21) ,
- the rear wheel arch trim (see 71A, Body internal
trim, Rear wheel arch lining: Removal - Refitting, page 71A-15) .

F61
a Refit the headlining trims (2) .
a Refit the front side door seals.

71A-11

http://vnx.su

BODY INTERNAL TRIM


Cab headlining: Removal - Refitting

71A

F61

REMOVAL

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION


a Partially remove the front side door seals.

126904

a Unclip covers (3) .


126903

a Remove:

a Remove:

- the clips (4) ,


- the front storage compartment supports under the
roof (5) ,

- the clips (1) ,


- the headlining trims (2) ,

- the cabin headlining.

- the B-pillar lower trims (see 71A, Body internal


trim, B-pillar lower trim: Removal - Refitting,
page 71A-14) ,

REFITTING

- the B-pillar upper trims (see 71A, Body internal


trim, B-pillar upper trim: Removal - Refitting,
page 71A-19) ,

I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART


CONCERNED

- the windscreen pillar trims (see 71A, Body internal trim, A-pillar trim: Removal - Refitting, page
71A-18) ,

a Refit:
- the cabin headlining,
- the front storage compartment supports under the
roof (5) .

- the sun visors (see Sun visor: Removal - Refitting) (57A, Interior equipment),
- the headlining light (see Headlining light: Removal - Refitting) (81B, Interior lighting).

II - FINAL OPERATION.
ROOF STORAGE

ROOF STORAGE
a Remove the front storage compartment under the
roof (see Front storage compartment under roof:
Removal - Refitting) (57A, Interior equipment).

a Refit the front storage compartment under the roof


(see Front storage compartment under roof: Removal - Refitting) (57A, Interior equipment).

71A-12

http://vnx.su

BODY INTERNAL TRIM


Cab headlining: Removal - Refitting
F61
a Refit:
- the headlining light (see Headlining light: Removal - Refitting) (81B, Interior lighting),
- the sun visors (see Sun visor: Removal - Refitting) (57A, Interior equipment),
- the windscreen pillar trims (see 71A, Body internal trim, A-pillar trim: Removal - Refitting, page
71A-18) ,
- the B-pillar upper trims (see 71A, Body internal
trim, B-pillar upper trim: Removal - Refitting,
page 71A-19) ,
- the B-pillar lower trims (see 71A, Body internal
trim, B-pillar lower trim: Removal - Refitting,
page 71A-14) ,
- the headlining trims (2) ,
- the front side door seals.

71A-13

http://vnx.su

71A

BODY INTERNAL TRIM


B-pillar lower trim: Removal - Refitting

71A

II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART


CONCERNED

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION

a Clip on the B-pillar lower trim.

a Partially remove the side door seals.

III - FINAL OPERATION.

a Move the front seat forward.

a Refit the side door seals.


a Put the front seat into its initial position.

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

126845

a Unclip the B-pillar lower trim at (1) and (2) .

ELEC. REAR WINDOW SW.


a Disconnect the connector.

a Remove the B-pillar lower trim.

REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION

ELEC. REAR WINDOW SW.


a Connect the connector.

71A-14

http://vnx.su

BODY INTERNAL TRIM


Rear wheel arch lining: Removal - Refitting
K61

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Tilt the rear bench seat.
a Remove the rear parcel shelf.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

126899

a Remove the bolts (1) .


a Unclip the trim from the rear wheel arch.

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the rear wheel arch trim.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the rear parcel shelf.
a Tilt the rear bench seat back to its initial position.

71A-15

http://vnx.su

71A

BODY INTERNAL TRIM


Rear wheel arch lining: Removal - Refitting

71A

F61

REMOVAL

2 - Second fitting

I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION


First fitting
a Remove the jack.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
1 - First fitting

126898

a Remove clips (2) .


a Unclip the rear wheel arch lining at (3) .

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
1 - First fitting
126897

a Unclip the rear wheel arch lining at (1) .

a Clip on the rear wheel arch lining.


2 - Second fitting
a Refit the rear wheel arch trim.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
First fitting
a Refit the jack.

71A-16

http://vnx.su

BODY INTERNAL TRIM


Rear wheel arch lining: Removal - Refitting

71A

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS

REMOVAL

REFITTING

I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION

I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART


CONCERNED

a Remove the rear panel trim (see 71A, Body internal trim, Rear panel trim: Removal - Refitting,
page 71A-22) .

a Clip on the rear wheel arch lining.


II - FINAL OPERATION
a Refit the rear panel trim (see 71A, Body internal
trim, Rear panel trim: Removal - Refitting, page
71A-22) .

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

140621

140620

a Unclip the rear wheel arch lining at (1) .

71A-17

http://vnx.su

BODY INTERNAL TRIM


A-pillar trim: Removal - Refitting
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Partially remove the front side door seal.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

126896

a Unclip the windscreen pillar trim at (1) .


a Keep the upper section held away by sliding the
windscreen pillar trim at (2) .
WARNING
Take care not to damage the headlining when
removing the A-pillar trims.

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the windscreen pillar trim.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the front side door seal.

71A-18

http://vnx.su

71A

BODY INTERNAL TRIM


B-pillar upper trim: Removal - Refitting

71A

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove:
- the seals of the front and rear side doors partially,
- the B-pillar lower trim (see 71A, Body internal
trim, B-pillar lower trim: Removal - Refitting,
page 71A-14) .

126843

a Remove:
- the front seat belt return mechanism bolt (3) ,
- the front seat belt return mechanism.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
126842

a Unclip the trim from the front seatbelt return mechanism (1) at (2) .

126844

a Unclip:
- the blanking cover (4) ,
- the B-pillar upper trim at (5) and (6) .

71A-19

http://vnx.su

BODY INTERNAL TRIM


B-pillar upper trim: Removal - Refitting
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the B-pillar upper trim.
a Clip on the blanking cover (4) .
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit:
- the front seat belt return mechanism,
- the seat belt return mechanism trim,
- the B-pillar lower trim (see 71A, Body internal
trim, B-pillar lower trim: Removal - Refitting,
page 71A-14) ,
- the seals of the front and rear side doors.

71A-20

http://vnx.su

71A

BODY INTERNAL TRIM


Rear quarter panel trim: Removal - Refitting

71A

K61

REMOVAL

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION


a Remove the rear wheel arch trim (see 71A, Body internal trim, Rear wheel arch lining: Removal - Refitting, page 71A-15) .

126902

a Unclip the rear quarter panel trim (3) .

REFITTING
126901

a Remove:
- the trim (1) ,
- the bolt (1) ,
- the rear side seatbelt return mechanism (2) .

I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART


CONCERNED
a Clip the rear quarter panel trim (3) .
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit:
- the rear side seatbelt return mechanism,
- the trim (1) ,
- the rear wheel arch trim (see 71A, Body internal
trim, Rear wheel arch lining: Removal - Refitting, page 71A-15) .

71A-21

http://vnx.su

BODY INTERNAL TRIM


Rear panel trim: Removal - Refitting

71A

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Partially remove the front side door seal.
a Move the entire front seat forward.
a Remove the rear seat.
a Open the upper storage compartment in the rear
wheel arch trim.
a Remove the rear seat belt from its housing.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

140619

140617

a Unclip the clips (1) .

140618

a Unclip the rear wheel arch lining at (2) .

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Clip on:
- the rear wheel arch trim,
- the clips (1) .
II - FINAL OPERATION
a Fit the rear seat belt in its housing.
a Close the upper storage compartment in the rear
wheel arch trim.

71A-22

http://vnx.su

BODY INTERNAL TRIM


Rear panel trim: Removal - Refitting
a Refit:
- the rear seat,
- the front side door seal.

71A-23

http://vnx.su

71A

BODY INTERNAL TRIM


Rear side door sill: Removal - Refitting
F61

REMOVAL
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

126895

a Remove:
- the bolts (1) ,
- the rear side door seal (2) .

REFITTING
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
a Refit the rear side door sill (2) .

71A-24

http://vnx.su

71A

BODY INTERNAL TRIM


Loading door sill: Removal - Refitting
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a remove the rear wheel arch trims (see 71A, Body
internal trim, Rear wheel arch lining: Removal Refitting, page 71A-15)
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

127506

a Remove:
- the bolts (1) ,
- the loading door sill (2) .

REFITTING
a Refit the rear wheel arch trims (see 71A, Body internal trim, Rear wheel arch lining: Removal - Refitting, page 71A-15) .
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
a Refit the loading door sill (2) .

71A-25

http://vnx.su

71A

SIDE OPENING ELEMENT TRIM


Front side door trim: Removal - Refitting

72A

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
MAN. FRONT WINDOW WINDER
a Unclip the manual window winder control.

126468

a Remove the bolts (3) , (4) and (5) .

126467

a Remove the trims (2) .

126469

a Unclip:
- the front side door trim at (5) and (6) .
- the front side door interior opening release cable.

72A-1

http://vnx.su

SIDE OPENING ELEMENT TRIM


Front side door trim: Removal - Refitting

72A

III - FINAL OPERATION


a Refit the trim pieces (2) .

PAS ELEC ONE-TCH WIND SW


a Disconnect the connectors from the front window
winder switch plate.

MAN. FRONT WINDOW WINDER


a Clip on the manual window winder control.

a Remove the front side door trim.

a Carry out a function test.

REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION

126470

a Always replace:
- the bracket (7) ,
- the front side door trim clips.
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
PAS ELEC ONE-TCH WIND SW
a Connect the front window winder switch plate connectors.

a Clip on the front side door interior opening control


cable.
a Refit the front side door trim.

72A-2

http://vnx.su

SIDE OPENING ELEMENT TRIM


Sliding side door trim: Removal - Refitting

72A

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION

K61
K61

126458
126456

a Unclip the trim (1) .


a Remove the bolts.

a Partially unclip the sliding side door trim at (2) and at


(3) .
a Unclip the sliding side door opening release cable.
a Remove the sliding side door trim.

72A-3

http://vnx.su

SIDE OPENING ELEMENT TRIM


Sliding side door trim: Removal - Refitting

72A

II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART


CONCERNED

F61

K61
a Clip on the sliding side door opening release cable.
a Refit the sliding side door trim with new clips.

F61
a Refit a new sliding side door trim with new clips (4) .

III - FINAL OPERATION.


K61
a Refit the bolts (1) .
126889

a Clip the trim piece in place (1) .

a Remove:
- the clips (4) using an unclipping tool,
- the sliding side door trim.

REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION

K61
a Always replace the clips on the sliding side door
trim.

F61
a Always replace:
- the sliding side door trim,
- the clips (4) .

72A-4

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS TRIM


Tailgate lining: Removal - Refitting
REMOVAL
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

126459

a Remove the bolts (1) .


a Unclip the tailgate trim at (2) .

REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a Always replace the tailgate trim clips.
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Clip the tailgate trim in place.

73A-1

http://vnx.su

73A

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS TRIM


Tailgate lining: Removal - Refitting

73A

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS


Essential special tooling
Car. 1363

Set of trim removal levers.

REMOVAL
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

140632

a Unclip the tailgate trim using the tool (Car. 1363).

REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION

140633

a Remove:
- the blanking covers (1) ,
- the bolts (2) .

140634

a Always replace the tailgate trim clips.

73A-2

http://vnx.su

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS TRIM


Tailgate lining: Removal - Refitting
K61, and SHORT CHASSIS
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Clip the tailgate trim in place.
a Refit:
- the bolts (2) ,
- the blanking covers (1) .

73A-3

http://vnx.su

73A

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS TRIM


Right-hand rear loading door trim: Removal - Refitting
F61

REMOVAL
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

126464

a Unclip the clips (1) using unclipping pliers.


a Remove the stop handle for the rear right-hand load
door.
a Remove the rear right-hand loading door trim.

REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a Always replace:
- the right-hand rear loading door trim,
- the clips (1) .
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit a new rear right-hand loading door trim.

73A-4

http://vnx.su

73A

NON-SIDE OPENING ELEMENTS TRIM


Left-hand rear loading door trim: Removal - Refitting

73A

F61

REMOVAL

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION

126466
126465

a Unclip the clips (2) using unclipping pliers.


a Move aside the interior stop handle for the rear loading door.

a Remove:
- the trim (1) ,

a Remove the rear left-hand loading door trim.

- bolt (1) .
a Unclip the rear left-hand loading door interior opening handle.

REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a Always replace:
- the left-hand rear loading door trim,
- the clips (2) .
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit a new rear left-hand loading door trim.
III - FINAL OPERATION.
a Clip on the rear left-hand loading door interior handle.
a Refit the trim (1) .

73A-5

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT FRAMES AND MECHANISMS


Front seat frame: Precautions for repair

75A

Special notes for seats fitted with an AIRBAG

127374

IMPORTANT
To avoid any risk of triggering when working on or
near a pyrotechnic component (airbags or pretensioners), lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool.

102189

Finger tighten all the mountings and tighten to torque


and in order, as indicated above, to eliminate noise
from the seat and to ensure correct electrical contacts
(if vehicle is fitted with automatic connector).

When this function is activated, all the trigger lines


are inhibited and the airbag warning light on the instrument panel lights up continuously (ignition on).

IMPORTANT
All operations on airbag and pretensioner systems
must be carried out by qualified trained personnel.
The air bags have a pyrotechnic gas generator, with
an ignition module and bag which must not be
separated.
The pretensioners have a pyrotechnic gas generator and an ignition module which must under no circumstances be separated.

108298

IMPORTANT
Never handle the pyrotechnic systems (pretensioners or airbags) near to a source of heat or naked
flame - they may be triggered.

Note:
Components may only be removed (lugs, wires,
brackets, etc.) to modify the replacement seat
frame according to the type of vehicle.
NO WELDING OPERATIONS ARE PERMITTED.

75A-1

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT FRAMES AND MECHANISMS


Front seat frame: Removal - Refitting

75A

RETRACTABLE PASSENGER SEAT or FOLDING PASSENGER SEAT


- the front seatback trim (see 77A, Front seat trim,
Front seatback trim: Removal - Refitting, page
77A-8) ,

Essential equipment
diagnostic tool

- the front seat belt buckle stalk (see Front seat belt
buckle: Removal - Refitting) (88C, Airbags and
pretensioners).

IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operational recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see Airbag and Pretensioners: Precautions for repair) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

FRONT SIDE AIRBAG, and RETRACTABLE PASSENGER SEAT


a Remove the front side airbag (chest) (see Front
(chest) side airbag: Removal - Refitting) (88C,
Airbags and pretensioners).

IMPORTANT
To avoid any risk of triggering when working on or
near a pyrotechnic component (airbags or pretensioners), lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool.

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED

When this function is activated, all the trigger lines


are inhibited and the airbag warning light on the instrument panel lights up continuously (ignition on).

FRONT SIDE AIRBAG, and RETRACTABLE PASSENGER SEAT


a Refit the front side airbag (chest) (see Front (chest)
side airbag: Removal - Refitting) (88C, Airbags
and pretensioners).

IMPORTANT
Never handle the pyrotechnic systems (pretensioners or airbags) near to a source of heat or naked
flame - they may be triggered.

a Refit:

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool
(see Fault finding - Replacement of components)
(88C, Airbags and pretensioners).
a Disconnect the battery (see Battery : Removal Refitting) (80A, Battery).
a Remove the complete front seat (see 75A, Front
seat frames and mechanisms, Complete front
seat: Removal - Refitting, page 75A-13) .

- the front seat belt buckle stalk (see Front seat belt
buckle: Removal - Refitting) (88C, Airbags and
pretensioners).
- the front seatback trim (see 77A, Front seat trim,
Front seatback trim: Removal - Refitting, page
77A-8) ,
- the front seat cushion trim (see 77A, Front seat
trim, Front seat base trim: Removal - Refitting,
page 77A-1) ,
- the lower seat covers (see 77A, Front seat trim,
Front seat lower cover: Removal - Refitting,
page 77A-16) .

II - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION


a Remove:
- the lower seat covers (see 77A, Front seat trim,
Front seat lower cover: Removal - Refitting,
page 77A-16) ,
- the front seat cushion trim (see 77A, Front seat
trim, Front seat base trim: Removal - Refitting,
page 77A-1) ,

75A-2

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT FRAMES AND MECHANISMS


Front seat frame: Removal - Refitting
RETRACTABLE PASSENGER SEAT or FOLDING PASSENGER SEAT
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the complete front seat (see 75A, Front seat
frames and mechanisms, Complete front seat:
Removal - Refitting, page 75A-13) .
a Connect the battery (see Battery : Removal - Refitting) (80A, Battery).
a Unlock the airbag computer using the diagnostic
tool (see Fault finding - Replacement of components) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

75A-3

http://vnx.su

75A

FRONT SEAT FRAMES AND MECHANISMS


Front seat frame: Removal - Refitting

75A

MANUAL AIR CON 1, and MANUAL PASSENGER SEAT 1


- the front seatback trim (see 77A, Front seat trim,
Front seatback trim: Removal - Refitting, page
77A-8) ,

Essential equipment
diagnostic tool

- the front seat belt buckle stalk (see Front seat belt
buckle: Removal - Refitting) (88C, Airbags and
pretensioners),

IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operational recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see Airbag and Pretensioners: Precautions for repair) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

- the front seat runners (see 75A, Front seat frames


and mechanisms, Front seat runner: Removal Refitting, page 75A-9) .

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED

IMPORTANT
To avoid any risk of triggering when working on or
near a pyrotechnic component (airbags or pretensioners), lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool.

a Refit:
- the front seat runners (see 75A, Front seat frames
and mechanisms, Front seat runner: Removal Refitting, page 75A-9) ,

When this function is activated, all the trigger lines


are inhibited and the airbag warning light on the instrument panel lights up continuously (ignition on).

- the front seat belt buckle stalk (see Front seat belt
buckle: Removal - Refitting) (88C, Airbags and
pretensioners).
- the front seatback trim (see 77A, Front seat trim,
Front seatback trim: Removal - Refitting, page
77A-8) ,

IMPORTANT
Never handle the pyrotechnic systems (pretensioners or airbags) near to a source of heat or naked
flame - they may be triggered.

- the front seat cushion trim (see 77A, Front seat


trim, Front seat base trim: Removal - Refitting,
page 77A-1) ,
- the lower seat covers (see 77A, Front seat trim,
Front seat lower cover: Removal - Refitting,
page 77A-16) .

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool
(see Fault finding - Replacement of components)
(88C, Airbags and pretensioners).
a Disconnect the battery (see Battery : Removal Refitting) (80A, Battery).
a Remove the complete front seat (see 75A, Front
seat frames and mechanisms, Complete front
seat: Removal - Refitting, page 75A-13) .

II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the complete front seat (see 75A, Front seat
frames and mechanisms, Complete front seat:
Removal - Refitting, page 75A-13) .
a Connect the battery (see Battery : Removal - Refitting) (80A, Battery).
a Unlock the airbag computer using the diagnostic
tool (see Fault finding - Replacement of components) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

II - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION


a Remove:
- the lower seat covers (see 77A, Front seat trim,
Front seat lower cover: Removal - Refitting,
page 77A-16) ,
- the front seat cushion trim (see 77A, Front seat
trim, Front seat base trim: Removal - Refitting,
page 77A-1) ,

75A-4

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT FRAMES AND MECHANISMS


Front seat base frame: Removal - Refitting

75A

DRIVER HEIGHT ADJUSTER


- the front seat cushion trim (see 77A, Front seat
trim, Front seat base trim: Removal - Refitting,
page 77A-1) ,

Essential equipment
diagnostic tool

- the front seat runners (see 75A, Front seat frames


and mechanisms, Front seat runner: Removal Refitting, page 75A-9) ,

Tightening torquesm
seat base frame bolts

- the front seat belt buckle stalk (see Front seat belt
buckle: Removal - Refitting) (88C, Airbags and
pretensioners).

60 Nm

IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see Airbag and Pretensioners: Precautions for repair) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

IMPORTANT
To avoid any risk of triggering when working on or
near a pyrotechnic component (airbags or pretensioners), lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool.
When this function is activated, all the trigger lines
are inhibited and the airbag warning light on the instrument panel lights up continuously (ignition on).

IMPORTANT
Never handle the pyrotechnic systems (pretensioners or airbags) near to a source of heat or naked
flame - they may be triggered.

127375

a Remove:

REMOVAL

- the seat frame bolts (1) ,


- the front seat base frame.

I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION


a Lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool
(seeFault finding - Replacement of components)
(88C, Airbags and pretensioners).
a Disconnect the battery (see Battery : Removal Refitting) (80A, Battery).
a Remove:

REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a Always replace the seat base frame bolts (1) .

- the compete front seat (see 75A, Front seat frames and mechanisms, Complete front seat: Removal - Refitting, page 75A-13) ,

II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART


CONCERNED

- the lower seat covers (see 77A, Front seat trim,


Front seat lower cover: Removal - Refitting,
page 77A-16) ,

a Torque tighten the seat base frame bolts (60 Nm)


(1) .

a Refit the front seat base frame.

75A-5

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT FRAMES AND MECHANISMS


Front seat base frame: Removal - Refitting
DRIVER HEIGHT ADJUSTER
III - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit:
- the front seat belt buckle stalk (see Front seat belt
buckle: Removal - Refitting) (88C, Airbags and
pretensioners),
- the front seat runners (see 75A, Front seat frames
and mechanisms, Front seat runner: Removal Refitting, page 75A-9) ,
- the front seat cushion trim (see 77A, Front seat
trim, Front seat base trim: Removal - Refitting,
page 77A-1) ,
- the lower seat covers (see 77A, Front seat trim,
Front seat lower cover: Removal - Refitting,
page 77A-16) ,
- the entire front seat (see 75A, Front seat frames
and mechanisms, Complete front seat: Removal - Refitting, page 75A-13) .
a Connect the battery (see Battery : Removal - Refitting) (80A, Battery).
a Unlock the airbag computer using the diagnostic
tool (see Fault finding - Replacement of components) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

75A-6

http://vnx.su

75A

FRONT SEAT FRAMES AND MECHANISMS


Front seatback frame: Removal - Refitting

75A

DRIVER HEIGHT ADJUSTER


- the front seatback trim (see 77A, Front seat trim,
Front seatback trim: Removal - Refitting, page
77A-8) .

Essential equipment
diagnostic tool

FRONT SIDE AIRBAG


a Remove the front side airbag (chest) (see Front
(chest) side airbag: Removal - Refitting) (88C,
Airbags and pretensioners).

Tightening torquesm
front seatback frame
bolts60

Nm

IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see Airbag and Pretensioners: Precautions for repair) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

IMPORTANT
To avoid any risk of triggering when working on or
near a pyrotechnic component (airbags or pretensioners), lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool.
When this function is activated, all the trigger lines
are inhibited and the airbag warning light on the instrument panel lights up continuously (ignition on).

IMPORTANT
Never handle the pyrotechnic systems (pretensioners or airbags) near to a source of heat or naked
flame - they may be triggered.
127571

a Remove:

REMOVAL

- the seatback frame bolts (1) ,


I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION

- the front seatback frame (2) .

a Lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool


(see Fault finding - Replacement of components)
(88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

REFITTING

a Disconnect the battery (see Battery : Removal Refitting) (80A, Battery).

I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION

a Remove:

a Always replace the seatback frame bolts (1) .

- the compete front seat (see 75A, Front seat frames and mechanisms, Complete front seat: Removal - Refitting, page 75A-13) ,

II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART


CONCERNED

- the lower seat covers (see 77A, Front seat trim,


Front seat lower cover: Removal - Refitting,
page 77A-16) ,

a Torque tighten the front seatback frame bolts60


(Nm) (1) .

a Refit the front seatback frame (2) .

75A-7

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT FRAMES AND MECHANISMS


Front seatback frame: Removal - Refitting
DRIVER HEIGHT ADJUSTER
III - FINAL OPERATION.
FRONT SIDE AIRBAG
a Refit the front side airbag (chest) (see Front (chest)
side airbag: Removal - Refitting) (88C, Airbags
and pretensioners).

a Refit:
- the front seatback trim (see 77A, Front seat trim,
Front seatback trim: Removal - Refitting, page
77A-8) ,
- the lower seat covers (see 77A, Front seat trim,
Front seat lower cover: Removal - Refitting,
page 77A-16) ,
- the entire front seat (see 75A, Front seat frames
and mechanisms, Complete front seat: Removal - Refitting, page 75A-13) .
a Connect the battery (see Battery : Removal - Refitting) (80A, Battery).
a Unlock the airbag computer using the diagnostic
tool (see Fault finding - Replacement of components) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

75A-8

http://vnx.su

75A

FRONT SEAT FRAMES AND MECHANISMS


Front seat runner: Removal - Refitting

75A

DRIVER HEIGHT ADJUSTER or MANUAL AIR CON 1, and MANUAL PASSENGER SEAT 1
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

Essential equipment
diagnostic tool

Tightening torquesm
front seat runner nuts

20 Nm

IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see Airbag and Pretensioners: Precautions for repair) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

IMPORTANT
To avoid any risk of triggering when working on or
near a pyrotechnic component (airbags or pretensioners), lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool.

126876

a Remove:
- the nuts (1) from the front seat runners,

When this function is activated, all the trigger lines


are inhibited and the airbag warning light on the instrument panel lights up continuously (ignition on).

- the front seat runners.

REFITTING
IMPORTANT
Never handle the pyrotechnic systems (pretensioners or airbags) near to a source of heat or naked
flame - they may be triggered.

I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION


a Always replace the front seat runner nuts (1) .
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED

REMOVAL

a Refit the front seat runners.

I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION

a Torque tighten the front seat runner nuts (20 Nm)


(1) .

a Lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool


(see Fault finding - Replacement of components)
(88C, Airbags and pretensioners).
a Disconnect the battery (see Battery : Removal Refitting) (80A, Battery).
a Remove:
- the compete front seat (see 75A, Front seat frames and mechanisms, Complete front seat: Removal - Refitting, page 75A-13) ,
- the front seat belt buckle stalk (see Front seat belt
buckle: Removal - Refitting) (88C, Airbags and
pretensioners).

75A-9

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT FRAMES AND MECHANISMS


Front seat runner: Removal - Refitting
DRIVER HEIGHT ADJUSTER or MANUAL AIR CON 1, and MANUAL PASSENGER SEAT 1
III - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit:
- the front seat belt buckle stalk (see Front seat belt
buckle: Removal - Refitting) (88C, Airbags and
pretensioners),
- the entire front seat (see 75A, Front seat frames
and mechanisms, Complete front seat: Removal - Refitting, page 75A-13) .
a Connect the battery (see Battery : Removal - Refitting) (80A, Battery).
a Unlock the airbag computer using the diagnostic
tool (see Fault finding - Replacement of components)(88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

75A-10

http://vnx.su

75A

FRONT SEAT FRAMES AND MECHANISMS


Rear seat access mechanisms: Removal - Refitting

75A

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS, and 2 ADDITIONAL REAR SEATS


II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

Essential equipment
diagnostic tool

1 - Rear seat access control.

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool
(see Fault finding - Replacement of components)
(88C, Airbags and pretensioners).
a Disconnect the battery (see Battery: Removal - Refitting) (80A, Battery).
a Remove:
- the front seat (see 75A, Front seat frames and
mechanisms, Complete front seat: Removal Refitting, page 75A-13) ,
- the front seat "cover - foam" assembly partially
(see 77A, Front seat trim, Front seat base trim:
Removal - Refitting, page 77A-1) .
142564

a Drill out the rivet (1) .


WARNING
To avoid any risk of damaging the seat trims and
mechanisms, remove any metal residues of the
seat trim clips and/or from drilling the rivet.
a Remove the strap (2) for the rear seat access mechanism.

75A-11

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT FRAMES AND MECHANISMS


Rear seat access mechanisms: Removal - Refitting

75A

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS, and 2 ADDITIONAL REAR SEATS


2 - Rear seat access control.

2 - Front seat runners unlocking cable

a Refit:
- the strap for the rear seat access mechanism,
- a new rivet.
III - FINAL OPERATION
a Refit:
- the front seat base "cover - foam" assembly (see
77A, Front seat trim, Front seat base trim: Removal - Refitting, page 77A-1) ,
- the front seat (see 75A, Front seat frames and
mechanisms, Complete front seat: Removal Refitting, page 75A-13) .
142565

a Remove the cable stop from the front seat runners


unlocking cable of the front seat base frame by turning it a quarter of a turn.

a Connect the battery (see Battery: Removal - Refitting) (80A, Battery).


a Unlock the airbag computer using the diagnostic
tool (see Fault finding - Replacement of components) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

Note:
Mark the routing of the front seat unlocking cable
(3) .
a Unclip the unlocking cable of the front seat runners
on the front seat base frame.
a Release the unlocking cable from the front seat runners.

REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a parts always to be replaced: Rivet of rear seat
access control (70,08,04,36).
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED

1 - Front seat runners unlocking cable


a Engage the unlocking cable for the front seat runners.
a Position the unlocking cable of the front seat runners
on the front seat base frame.
a Refit the stop for the front seat runners unlocking cable on the front seat base frame by turning it a quarter of a turn.

75A-12

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT FRAMES AND MECHANISMS


Complete front seat: Removal - Refitting

75A

Essential special tooling


Car. 1848

DRIVER HEIGHT ADJUSTER or MANUAL AIR


CON 1, and MANUAL PASSENGER SEAT 1 or
RETRACTABLE PASSENGER SEAT

Rear seat stop unlocking


forks
Essential equipment

diagnostic tool

Tightening torquesm
new front seat bolts

35 N.m

lower bolt of the front


seat belt

21 N.m

lower bolt of the front


seat belt

21 N.m

IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see Airbag and Pretensioners: Precautions for repair) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

126870

a Move the front seat forwards.


a Remove:
- the trim (1) ,

IMPORTANT
To avoid any risk of triggering when working on or
near a pyrotechnic component (airbags or pretensioners), lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool.

- the lower bolt of the front seatbelt.

When this function is activated, all the trigger lines


are inhibited and the airbag warning light on the instrument panel lights up continuously (ignition on).

IMPORTANT
Never handle the pyrotechnic systems (pretensioners or airbags) near to a source of heat or naked
flame - they may be triggered.

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool
(see Fault finding - Replacement of components)
(88C, Airbags and pretensioners).
a Disconnect the battery (see Battery : Removal Refitting) (80A, Battery).

75A-13

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT FRAMES AND MECHANISMS


Complete front seat: Removal - Refitting

75A

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

FOLDING PASSENGER SEAT

DRIVER HEIGHT ADJUSTER or MANUAL AIR


CON 1, and MANUAL PASSENGER SEAT 1 or
RETRACTABLE PASSENGER SEAT

126871

a Tilt the front seat base.


a Remove:
- the blanking cover (2) ,
- the lower bolt of the front seatbelt.

126872

a Remove the bolts (3) from the front seat.

75A-14

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT FRAMES AND MECHANISMS


Complete front seat: Removal - Refitting

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS, and 2 ADDITIONAL


REAR SEATS

75A

RETRACTABLE PASSENGER SEAT

126873
142486

a Remove the bolts (4) from the front seat.

a Fit the tool (Car. 1848) onto the runners of the front
seat at the rear (5) .

75A-15

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT FRAMES AND MECHANISMS


Complete front seat: Removal - Refitting

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS, and 2 ADDITIONAL


REAR SEATS, and DRIVER HEIGHT ADJUSTER
or MANUAL AIR CON 1, and MANUAL PASSENGER SEAT 1 or RETRACTABLE PASSENGER
SEAT

75A

FOLDING PASSENGER SEAT

126871

a Remove the bolts (7) from the front seat.


126874

a Move the front seat back.


a Remove the bolts (6) from the front seat.

75A-16

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT FRAMES AND MECHANISMS


Complete front seat: Removal - Refitting

75A

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS, and 2 ADDITIONAL


REAR SEATS, and DRIVER HEIGHT ADJUSTER
or MANUAL AIR CON 1, and MANUAL PASSENGER SEAT 1 or RETRACTABLE PASSENGER
SEAT

141684

a Torque tighten in order (9) , (10) , (11) , (12) the new


front seat bolts (35 N.m) (3) , (4) , (6) and (7) .
a Carry out a function test.
126875

III - FINAL OPERATION

a Tilt the front seat backwards.


DRIVER HEIGHT ADJUSTER or MANUAL AIR
CON 1, and MANUAL PASSENGER SEAT 1 or
RETRACTABLE PASSENGER SEAT
a Remove the protective flap for the connector.

a Refit the lower mounting of the front seat belt.

a Disconnect the connector (8) .

a Torque tighten the lower bolt of the front seat belt


(21 N.m) (1) .

a Remove the front seat.

a Refit the trim piece (1) .

REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a parts always to be replaced: Front seat mounting on body (70,06,02,01).

II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART


CONCERNED
a Refit the front seat.
a Connect the connector (8) .

FOLDING PASSENGER SEAT


a Refit the lower mounting of the front seat belt.
a Torque tighten the lower bolt of the front seat belt
(21 N.m) (2) .
a Refit the blanking cover (2) .
a Put the seat back into position.

a Refit the protective flap for the connector.

75A-17

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT FRAMES AND MECHANISMS


Complete front seat: Removal - Refitting
a Connect the battery (see Battery : Removal - Refitting) (80A, Battery).
a Unlock the airbag computer using the diagnostic
tool (see Fault finding - Replacement of components) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

75A-18

http://vnx.su

75A

REAR SEAT FRAMES AND MECHANISMS


Rear seat frame: Removal - Refitting

76A

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS, and 2 ADDITIONAL REAR SEATS

REMOVAL

REFITTING

I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION

I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART


CONCERNED

a Remove the rear seat.

a Refit:
- the rear seat runner (see 76A, Rear seat frames
and mechanisms, Rear seat runner: Removal Refitting, page 76A-2) ;

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED
a Remove:

- the rear seat base cover - foam assembly (see


78A, Rear seat trim, Rear seat base trim: Removal - Refitting, page 78A-1) ,

- the rear seat headrest (see 79A, Seat components, Rear headrest: Removal - Refitting, page
79A-6) ,

- the rear seat headrest guides (see 79A, Seat components, Rear seat headrest guide: Removal Refitting, page 79A-7) ,

- the rear seatback cover - foam assembly (see


78A, Rear seat trim, Rear seatback trim: Removal - Refitting, page 78A-4) ,

- the rear seatback cover - foam assembly (see


78A, Rear seat trim, Rear seatback trim: Removal - Refitting, page 78A-4) ,

- the rear seat headrest guides (see 79A, Seat components, Rear seat headrest guide: Removal Refitting, page 79A-7) ,
- the rear seat base cover - foam assembly (see
78A, Rear seat trim, Rear seat base trim: Removal - Refitting, page 78A-1) ,
- the rear seat runner (see 76A, Rear seat frames
and mechanisms, Rear seat runner: Removal Refitting, page 76A-2) .

- the rear seat headrest (see 79A, Seat components, Rear headrest: Removal - Refitting, page
79A-6) .
II - FINAL OPERATION
a Refit the rear seat.

142556

a
IMPORTANT
In order not to weaken a seat frame or bench
seat frame, all welding operations on the seat
frames or bench seat frames are forbidden.

76A-1

http://vnx.su

REAR SEAT FRAMES AND MECHANISMS


Rear seat runner: Removal - Refitting

76A

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS, and 2 ADDITIONAL REAR SEATS

Tightening torquesm
new nuts of the rear
seat runner frame on
the rear seat frame

25 N.m

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove:
- the rear seat,
- the cover - foam assembly of the rear seat base
(see 78A, Rear seat trim, Rear seat base trim:
Removal - Refitting, page 78A-1) .

142553

a Remove the runner casing from the rear seat at (2)


and (3) .

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

142551

a Remove the side casings of the rear seat runners at


(4) and (5) .
142550

a Remove:

REFITTING

- the nuts (1) of the rear seat runner,


- the runner - runner casing assembly for the
rear seat.

I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION


a parts always to be replaced: Rear seat runner
mounting on 2nd row rear seat frame (70,14,02,
11).
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit:
- the side casings of the rear seat runners,

76A-2

http://vnx.su

REAR SEAT FRAMES AND MECHANISMS


Rear seat runner: Removal - Refitting
K61, and SHORT CHASSIS, and 2 ADDITIONAL REAR SEATS
- the rear seat runner casing,
- the runner - runner casing assembly for the
rear seat.

142550

a Torque tighten in order the new nuts of the rear


seat runner frame on the rear seat frame (25
N.m).
a Refit the rear seat.
a Carry out a function test.
a Remove the rear seat.
III - FINAL OPERATION
a Refit the cover - foam assembly of the rear seat
base (see 78A, Rear seat trim, Rear seat base
trim: Removal - Refitting, page 78A-1) .
a Refit the rear seat.

76A-3

http://vnx.su

76A

REAR SEAT FRAMES AND MECHANISMS


Complete rear bench seat: Removal - Refitting

76A

K61
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
Tightening torquesm
complete rear bench
seat bolts

44 Nm

universal joint bolt

62 Nm

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION

127473

a Unlock the quicklock rear bench seat hooks using a


screwdriver and a mallet through the openings (3) .
a Unlock the seat base in order to release the front
legs.
a Tilt the rear bench seat.

127472

a Remove:
- the bolts (1) ,
- the protective housing (2) .

76A-4

http://vnx.su

REAR SEAT FRAMES AND MECHANISMS


Complete rear bench seat: Removal - Refitting

76A

K61

127474

127477

a Remove the universal joint bolt (6) .


a Tilt the universal joint (7) .

127475

a Strap the rear bench seat into place (5) .


127476

a Remove:
- the complete rear bench seat bolts (8) ,
- the complete rear bench seat (9) .

Note:
It is to advisable to take out the entire rear bench
seat in the vertical position through the side door.

76A-5

http://vnx.su

REAR SEAT FRAMES AND MECHANISMS


Complete rear bench seat: Removal - Refitting
K61

REFITTING
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Always replace the bolts (8) .
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the entire rear bench seat (9) .
a Torque tighten the complete rear bench seat bolts
(44 Nm) (8) .
a Tilt the universal joint (7) .
a Torque tighten the universal joint bolt (62 Nm) (6) .
a Remove the strap (5) .
a Tilt the entire rear bench seat.
a Refit the front legs.
a Lock the quicklock hooks into position on the rear
bench seat by tilting the entire rear bench seat.
III - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the protective cover (2) .

76A-6

http://vnx.su

76A

REAR SEAT FRAMES AND MECHANISMS


Rear bench seatback frame 1/3 and 2/3: Removal - Refitting

76A

K61

REMOVAL

II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit:

I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION

- the 1/3 and 2/3 rear bench seat base frame (see 1/
3 and 2/3 rear bench seat:Removal - Refitting) ,

a Remove:
- the complete rear bench seat (see 76A, Rear seat
frames and mechanisms, Complete rear bench
seat: Removal - Refitting, page 76A-4) ,
- the 1/3 and 2/3 rear bench seat seatback trim (see
78A, Rear seat trim, 1/3 and 2/3 rear bench seat
seatback trim: Removal - Refitting, page 78A-8)
,

- the 1/3 and 2/3 rear bench seat seatback trim (see
78A, Rear seat trim, 1/3 and 2/3 rear bench seat
seatback trim: Removal - Refitting, page 78A-8)
,
- the complete rear bench seat (see 76A, Rear seat
frames and mechanisms, Complete rear bench
seat: Removal - Refitting, page 76A-4) .

- the 1/3 and 2/3 rear bench seat base frame (see 1/
3 and 2/3 rear bench seat:Removal - Refitting) .
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
a Remove:
- the rear bench seat mechanism (see 76A, Rear
seat frames and mechanisms, Rear bench seat
mechanism: Removal - Refitting, page 76A-10) ,
- the rear seat belt stalks (see Rear seat belt buckle: Removal - Refitting) (88C, Airbag and pretensioners),
- the rear central seatbelt (see Rear centre seat
belt: Removal - Refitting) (88C, Airbag and pretensioners),
- the 1/3 and 2/3 rear bench seat base frame.

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit:
- the 1/3 and 2/3 rear bench seat seatback frame,
- the rear central seatbelt (see Rear centre seat
belt: Removal - Refitting) (88C, Airbag and pretensioners),
- the rear seat belt stalks (see Rear seat belt buckle: Removal - Refitting) (88C, Airbag and pretensioners),
- the rear bench seat mechanism (see 76A, Rear
seat frames and mechanisms, Rear bench seat
mechanism: Removal - Refitting, page 76A-10) .

76A-7

http://vnx.su

REAR SEAT FRAMES AND MECHANISMS


Rear bench seat base frame: Removal - Refitting

76A

K61
2 - Section 1/3
Tightening torquesm
2/3 seatback/base bolts

19 Nm

1/3 seatback/base bolts

19 Nm

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove:
- the complete rear bench seat (see 76A, Rear seat
frames and mechanisms, Complete rear bench
seat: Removal - Refitting, page 76A-4) ,
- the 1/3 and 2/3 rear bench seat base trim (see
78A, Rear seat trim, 1/3 and 2/3 rear bench seat
trim: Removal - Refitting, page 78A-6) .
127478

a Remove:

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

- partially the cover at (4) ,


- the 1/3 seatback/base bolts (5) ,

1 - Section 2/3

- the 1/3 rear bench seat base frame (6) .

REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a Always replace the seatback/base bolts (5) and (2) .
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
1 - Section 2/3
a Refit:
- the 2/3 rear bench seat base frame (3) ,
- the 2/3 seatback/base bolts (2) ,
- the cover at (1) .
a Torque tighten the 2/3 seatback/base bolts (19
Nm) (2) .
127479

a Remove:
- partially the cover at (1) ,
- the 2/3 seatback/base bolts (2) ,
- the 2/3 rear bench seat base frame (3) .

76A-8

http://vnx.su

REAR SEAT FRAMES AND MECHANISMS


Rear bench seat base frame: Removal - Refitting
K61
2 - Section 1/3
a Refit:
- the 1/3 frame of rear bench seat (6) ,
- the 1/3 seatback/base bolts (5) ,
- the cover at (4) .
a Torque tighten the 1/3 seatback/base bolts (19
Nm) (5) .
III - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit:
- the 1/3 and 2/3 rear bench seat seatback trim (see
78A, Rear seat trim, 1/3 and 2/3 rear bench seat
trim: Removal - Refitting, page 78A-6) ,
- the complete rear bench seat (see 76A, Rear seat
frames and mechanisms, Complete rear bench
seat: Removal - Refitting, page 76A-4) .

76A-9

http://vnx.su

76A

REAR SEAT FRAMES AND MECHANISMS


Rear bench seat mechanism: Removal - Refitting

76A

K61

Tightening torquesm
seat base lock bolts

23 N.m

seatback lock bolts

23 N.m

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove:
- the complete rear bench seat (see 76A, Rear seat
frames and mechanisms, Complete rear bench
seat: Removal - Refitting, page 76A-4) ,
- the 1/3 and 2/3 rear bench seat seatback trim (see
78A, Rear seat trim, 1/3 and 2/3 rear bench seat
seatback trim: Removal - Refitting, page 78A-8)
.

127471

a Remove:

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

- the seat base lock bolts (5) ,

a Note the lock cable routing for the backrest and the
seat base.

- the 1/3 and 2/3 seat base locks (6) .


a Remove the rear bench seat mechanism.

III - REMOVING THE REAR BENCH SEAT


MECHANISM CABLES

127470

a Remove:
- the bolts for the backrest locks (1) ,
- the rivet (2) ,
- the 1/3 and 2/3 backrest locks (3) ,
- the logicbox unit (4) .

132072

a Unclip the tie rod (7) on the seatback lock control.

76A-10

http://vnx.su

REAR SEAT FRAMES AND MECHANISMS


Rear bench seat mechanism: Removal - Refitting

76A

K61

132073

a Unclip the cable on the seatback lock control at (8)


and (9) .

132075

a Open the logicbox at (12) .

132076
132074

a Unclip the cable on the seat base lock control at (10)


and (11) .

a Unclip the seat base lock unlocking cable at (13) and


(14) .

76A-11

http://vnx.su

REAR SEAT FRAMES AND MECHANISMS


Rear bench seat mechanism: Removal - Refitting

76A

K61
Incorrectly fitted

132077

a Unclip the seatback lock unlocking cable sleeve at


(15) .

132078

Correctly fitted

a Remove the seatback lock unlocking cable mechanism assembly (16) .

REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a Always replace the bolts (1) , (5) and the rivet (2) .
II - REFITTING THE REAR BENCH SEAT
MECHANISM CABLES
a Refit the seatback lock unlocking cable mechanism assembly (16) .
a Clip:
- the seatback lock unlocking cable sleeve at (15) ,
- the seat base lock unlocking cable.
132079

a
Note:
When refitting the seatback lock mechanism, the
locking shaft must not be protruding from the
logicbox (1 7) but must be fitted flush with the
logicbox (18) .

76A-12

http://vnx.su

REAR SEAT FRAMES AND MECHANISMS


Rear bench seat mechanism: Removal - Refitting

76A

K61
IV - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit:
- the 1/3 and 2/3 rear bench seat seatback trim (see
78A, Rear seat trim, 1/3 and 2/3 rear bench seat
seatback trim: Removal - Refitting, page 78A-8)
,
- the complete rear bench seat (see 76A, Rear seat
frames and mechanisms, Complete rear bench
seat: Removal - Refitting, page 76A-4) .
a Carry out a function test.

132080

a
Note:
In the event that the locking shaft is not flush with
the logicbox (17) , it is necessary to remove the
unlocking cable - mechanism assembly and
turn the bolt (19) then refit the unlocking cable mechanism assembly.
a Close the logicbox.
a Clip:
- the cable on the seat base lock control,
- the cable on the seatback lock control,
- the tie rod on the seatback lock control.
III - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit:
- the rear bench seat mechanism,
- the 1/3 and 2/3 seat base locks (6) .
a Torque tighten the seat base lock bolts (23 N.m)
(5) .
a Refit:
- the logicbox unit (4) ,
- a new rivet (2) ,
- the 1/3 and 2/3 backrest locks (3) .
a Torque tighten the seatback lock bolts (23 N.m) (1)
.

76A-13

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT TRIM


Front seat base trim: Removal - Refitting
REMOVAL

Essential special tooling


Car. 1363

77A

Set of trim removal levers.

I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION

Essential equipment

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS, and 2 ADDITIONAL


REAR SEATS, and DRIVER HEIGHT ADJUSTER
or MANUAL AIR CON 1, and MANUAL PASSENGER SEAT 1 or RETRACTABLE PASSENGER
SEAT

diagnostic tool
K61, and SHORT CHASSIS, and 2 ADDITIONAL
REAR SEATS, and DRIVER HEIGHT ADJUSTER
or MANUAL AIR CON 1, and MANUAL PASSENGER SEAT 1 or RETRACTABLE PASSENGER
SEAT
a
IMPORTANT
To avoid all risk of damage to the systems, apply
the safety and cleanliness instructions and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair:

a Lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool


(see Fault finding - Replacement of components)
(88C, Airbags and pretensioners).
a Disconnect the battery (see Battery : Removal Refitting) (80A, Battery).
a Remove the front seat (see 75A, Front seat frames
and mechanisms, Complete front seat: Removal
- Refitting, page 75A-13) .

- (see A i r b ag and Pretensioners: Precautions for repair) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners),
- (see Vehicle: Precautions for repair) (01D,
Mechanical introduction).

IMPORTANT
To avoid any risk of triggering when working on
or near a pyrotechnic component (airbags or pretensioners), lock the airbag computer using the
diagnostic tool.
When this function is activated, all the trigger
lines are inhibited and the airbag warning light on
the instrument panel lights up continuously (ignition on).
142568

IMPORTANT
Never handle the pyrotechnic systems (pretensioners or airbags) near to a source of heat or
naked flame - they may be triggered.

a Unclip the blanking cover (1) from the front seatback


angle adjustment control using the tool (Car. 1363).

77A-1

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT TRIM


Front seat base trim: Removal - Refitting

77A

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS, and 2 ADDITIONAL


REAR SEATS, and MANUAL AIR CON 1, and
MANUAL PASSENGER SEAT 1

142567

a Remove the front seatback angle adjustment control.


142560

a Remove the elastic retaining strap (2) on the seatback cover.

142566

a Remove the exterior casing from the front seat base.

77A-2

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT TRIM


Front seat base trim: Removal - Refitting

77A

- the front seat lower casings (see 77A, Front seat


trim, Front seat lower cover: Removal - Refitting, page 77A-16) .

RETRACTABLE PASSENGER SEAT

FOLDING PASSENGER SEAT

127365

a Remove the elastic retaining strap (3) on the seatback cover.

127367

a Tilt the front seat base.


DRIVER HEIGHT ADJUSTER

127368

a Remove:
- the elastic retaining strap (4) on the seatback cover,

77A-3

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT TRIM


Front seat base trim: Removal - Refitting

77A

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED
K61, and SHORT CHASSIS, and 2 ADDITIONAL
REAR SEATS, and MANUAL AIR CON 1, and
MANUAL PASSENGER SEAT 1

142559

a Remove the two elastic retaining straps (6) from the


seat base cover.

142569

RETRACTABLE PASSENGER SEAT

a Unclip the side retaining clips using the tool (Car.


1363) or unclipping pliers.

127366
142570

a Remove the front, rear and side retaining sections


(5) using the tool (Car. 1363).

a Remove the retaining sections (7) from the seat


base cover using the tool (Car. 1363).

77A-4

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT TRIM


Front seat base trim: Removal - Refitting

DRIVER HEIGHT ADJUSTER

77A

FOLDING PASSENGER SEAT

127369

a Remove:

127367

a Remove the retaining sections (11) from the seat


base cover using the tool (Car. 1363).

- the clips (8) ,


- the retaining sections (9) from the seat base cover
using the tool (Car. 1363).

a Remove the foam - cover assembly from the


front seat base.

142571

a Remove the front seat base cover (12) .


127370

a Remove the elastic retaining straps (10) from the


seat base cover.

77A-5

WARNING
To avoid any risk of damaging the foam, separate
the cover from the foam by holding the velcro
strips.

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT TRIM


Front seat base trim: Removal - Refitting

77A

REFITTING
K61, and SHORT CHASSIS, and 2 ADDITIONAL
REAR SEATS, and MANUAL AIR CON 1, and
MANUAL PASSENGER SEAT 1

I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION

a Refit:
- the elastic retaining straps on the seat base cover,
- the front, rear and side retaining sections (5) .
a Clip on the side retaining clips.

RETRACTABLE PASSENGER SEAT


a Refit the retaining sections (7) for the seat base cover.

138022

DRIVER HEIGHT ADJUSTER

a Align the velcro strips with the marks.

a Refit:
Note:

- the elastic retaining straps (10) on the seat base


cover,

The pre-markings on the foam are a guide for


positioning the ends of the velcro strips.

- the retaining sections (9) on the seat base cover,


- the clips (8) .

WARNING
To avoid any risk of detaching or creating folds in
the cover, check that the velcro strips are secured correctly on the foam. If the velcro strips tear,
replace the foam.

FOLDING PASSENGER SEAT


a Refit the retaining strips (11) on the seat base cover.

II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART


CONCERNED
a Refit:
- the front seat base cover (12) on the foam,
- the foam - cover assembly on the front seat base.

III - FINAL OPERATION

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS, and 2 ADDITIONAL


REAR SEATS, and MANUAL AIR CON 1, and
MANUAL PASSENGER SEAT 1
a Refit the elastic retaining strap (2) on the seatback
cover.

77A-6

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT TRIM


Front seat base trim: Removal - Refitting

RETRACTABLE PASSENGER SEAT


a Refit the elastic retaining strap (3) on the seatback
cover.

DRIVER HEIGHT ADJUSTER


a Refit:
- the front seat lower casings (see 77A, Front seat
trim, Front seat lower cover: Removal - Refitting, page 77A-16) ,
- the elastic retaining strap (4) on the seatback cover.

FOLDING PASSENGER SEAT


a Put the seat in its initial position.

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS, and 2 ADDITIONAL


REAR SEATS, and DRIVER HEIGHT ADJUSTER
or MANUAL AIR CON 1, and MANUAL PASSENGER SEAT 1 or RETRACTABLE PASSENGER
SEAT
a Refit:
- the exterior casing for the front seat base,
- the front seatback angle adjustment control,
- the blanking cover for the front seatback angle adjustment control,
- the front seat (see 75A, Front seat frames and
mechanisms, Complete front seat: Removal Refitting, page 75A-13) .
a Connect the battery (see Battery : Removal - Refitting) (80A, Battery).
a Unlock the airbag computer using the diagnostic
tool (see Fault finding - Replacement of components) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

77A-7

http://vnx.su

77A

FRONT SEAT TRIM


Front seatback trim: Removal - Refitting

- the front seat (see 75A, Front seat frames and


mechanisms, Complete front seat: Removal Refitting, page 75A-13) .

Essential special tooling


Car. 1558

77A

Pliers for zip fastener.

DRIVER HEIGHT ADJUSTER

Essential equipment

a Remove the front seat lower covers (see 77A, Front


seat trim, Front seat lower cover: Removal - Refitting, page 77A-16) .

diagnostic tool

IMPORTANT
To avoid all risk of damage to the systems, apply
the safety and cleanliness instructions and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair:

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

- (see Airbag and Pretensioners: Precautions


for repair) (88C, Airbag and pretensioner),

MANUAL AIR CON 1, and MANUAL PASSENGER


SEAT 1

- (see Vehicle: Precautions for repair) (01D,


Mechanical introduction).

IMPORTANT
To avoid any risk of triggering when working on or
near a pyrotechnic component (airbags or pretensioners), lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool.
When this function is activated, all the trigger lines
are inhibited and the airbag warning light on the instrument panel lights up continuously (ignition on).

IMPORTANT
Never handle the pyrotechnic systems (pretensioners or airbags) near to a source of heat or naked
flame - they may be triggered.
127371

a Remove the elastic retaining strap (1) for the seatback cover.

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool
(see Fault finding - Replacement of components)
(88C, Airbag and pretensioners).
a Disconnect the battery (see Battery : Removal Refitting) (80A, Battery).
a Remove:
- the front seat headrest (see 79A, Seat components, Front headrest: Removal - Refitting,
page 79A-1) ,

77A-8

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT TRIM


Front seatback trim: Removal - Refitting

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS, and 2 ADDITIONAL


REAR SEATS

77A

MANUAL AIR CON 1, and MANUAL PASSENGER


SEAT 1

142560

a Remove the elastic retaining straps (2) for the seatback cover.

127423

a Remove:
- the headrest guides (3) ,
- the side retaining section (4) of the seatback cover.

142705

a Remove the rear retaining section (5) of the seatback cover.

77A-9

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT TRIM


Front seatback trim: Removal - Refitting

77A

FOLDING PASSENGER SEAT

127425

a Partially lift the front seatback cover (6) .


127414

a Remove the upper stops of the backrest (9) .

127426

a Partially remove the front seatback cover at (7) and


at (8) .

127415

a Remove the backrest assembly at (10) .


WARNING
To avoid any risk of damaging the foam, separate
the cover from the foam by holding the velcro
strips.

77A-10

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT TRIM


Front seatback trim: Removal - Refitting

127416

77A

127417

a Unclip the head rest guides (11) .

a Cut the clip (14) using pliers.

a Remove the seatback cover retaining sections (12) .

a Undo the zip fastener (15) .

RETRACTABLE PASSENGER SEAT

127409

a Remove the elastic retaining straps (13) for the seatback cover.

77A-11

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT TRIM


Front seatback trim: Removal - Refitting

77A

1 - With seatback casing - folding table


assembly on front seatback

DRIVER HEIGHT ADJUSTER, and RETRACTABLE PASSENGER SEAT

127420

a Remove the seatback cover retaining sections (18) .


a Unclip the head rest guides (19) .

127418

a Remove:
- the rivets (16) of the folding table,
- the seatback casing - folding table assembly on
the front seatback.

127419

a Remove the seatback cover retaining sections (17) .

77A-12

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT TRIM


Front seatback trim: Removal - Refitting

77A

2 - Without seatback casing - folding table


assembly on front seatback
DRIVER HEIGHT ADJUSTER

127411

a Remove the seatback cover retaining sections (22) .

127409

a Remove the elastic retaining straps (20) for the seatback cover.

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS, and 2 ADDITIONAL


REAR SEATS

DRIVER HEIGHT ADJUSTER, and RETRACTABLE PASSENGER SEAT

142558

a Remove the seatback cover retaining sections (23) .

127410

a Remove the seatback cover retaining sections (21) .

77A-13

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT TRIM


Front seatback trim: Removal - Refitting

77A

a Remove:
- the headrest guides (see 79A, Seat components,
Front seat headrest guide: Removal - Refitting,
page 79A-4) ,
- the "foam - cover" assembly of the front seatback.

138022

142561

a Remove the front seatback trim (24) .

a Align the velcro strips with the marks.

WARNING
To avoid any risk of damaging the foam, separate
the cover from the foam by holding the velcro
strips.

Note:
The pre-markings on the foam are a guide for
positioning the ends of the velcro strips.

REFITTING

II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART


CONCERNED

I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION

a Refit the foam of the front seatback (24) on the front


seat frame.

a parts always to be replaced: Seat trim clip (70,10,


02,19).
a parts always to be replaced: Seatback parcel
shelf rivet (70,18,02,17).
WARNING
To avoid any risk of detaching or creating folds in
the cover, check that the velcro strips are secured correctly on the foam. If the velcro strips tear,
replace the foam.

a Refit the front seatback cover.


1 - With seatback casing - folding table
assembly on front seatback

DRIVER HEIGHT ADJUSTER, and RETRACTABLE PASSENGER SEAT


a Clip on the headrest guides (19) for the front seat.
a Refit:
- the retaining sections of the seatback cover (18)
and (17) on the front seat,
- the seatback casing - folding table assembly on
the front seatback,
- new rivets on the folding tables (16) .

77A-14

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT TRIM


Front seatback trim: Removal - Refitting

77A

- the headrest guides (3) of the front seat (see Front


bench seat headrest guide: Removal - Refitting)
,

2 - Without seatback casing - folding table


assembly on front seatback

- the elastic retaining strap (1) on the front seatback


cover.

DRIVER HEIGHT ADJUSTER, and RETRACTABLE PASSENGER SEAT


a Refit the retaining sections of the seatback cover
(22) and (21) on the front seat.

III - FINAL OPERATION


DRIVER HEIGHT ADJUSTER

DRIVER HEIGHT ADJUSTER


a Refit the elastic retaining straps (20) on the front
seatback cover.

a Refit the front seat lower covers (see 77A, Front


seat trim, Front seat lower cover: Removal - Refitting, page 77A-16) .

a Refit:
RETRACTABLE PASSENGER SEAT

- the front seat (see 75A, Front seat frames and


mechanisms, Complete front seat: Removal Refitting, page 75A-13) ,

a Close the zip fastener (15) using the tool (Car.


1558).

- the front seat headrest (see 79A, Seat components, Front headrest: Removal - Refitting,
page 79A-1) .

a Refit:
- a new clip (14) ,
- the elastic retaining straps (13) on the front seatback cover.

a Connect the battery (see Battery : Removal - Refitting) (80A, Battery).


a Unlock the airbag computer using the diagnostic
tool (see Fault finding - Replacement of components) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

FOLDING PASSENGER SEAT


a Refit the retaining sections (12) on the front seatback cover.
a Clip on the headrest guides (11) for the front seat.
a Refit:
- the front seatback casing,
- the upper stops (9) of the front seatback.

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS, and 2 ADDITIONAL


REAR SEATS, and MANUAL AIR CON 1, and
MANUAL PASSENGER SEAT 1
a Refit:
- the front seatback cover (6) ,
- the rear retaining section of the seatback cover (5)
and side cover (4) on the front seat,

77A-15

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT TRIM


Front seat lower cover: Removal - Refitting

77A

REMOVAL
Essential equipment
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION

diagnostic tool

DRIVER HEIGHT ADJUSTER, and RETRACTABLE PASSENGER SEAT


a
IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and
operation recommendations before carrying out
any repair (see Airbag and Pretensioners: Precautions for repair) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

IMPORTANT
To avoid any risk of triggering when working on
or near a pyrotechnic component (airbags or pretensioners), lock the airbag computer using the
diagnostic tool.

DRIVER HEIGHT ADJUSTER, and RETRACTABLE PASSENGER SEAT


a Lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool
(see Fault finding - Replacement of components)
(88C, Airbags and pretensioners).
a Disconnect the battery (see Battery : Removal Refitting) (80A, Battery).
a Remove the complete front seat (see 75A, Front
seat frames and mechanisms, Complete front
seat: Removal - Refitting, page 75A-13) .

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

When this function is activated, all the trigger


lines are inhibited and the airbag warning light on
the instrument panel lights up continuously (ignition on).

MANUAL AIR CON 1, and RETRACTABLE PASSENGER SEAT

IMPORTANT
Never handle the pyrotechnic systems (pretensioners or airbags) near to a source of heat or
naked flame - they may be triggered.

127377

a Remove the trim (1) .

77A-16

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT TRIM


Front seat lower cover: Removal - Refitting

77A

127378

a Unclip the front seatback hinge control (2) (exterior


part).

127380

a Remove:
- the bolts (5) ,
- the front seat lower cover (6) (internal part).

RETRACTABLE PASSENGER SEAT

DRIVER HEIGHT ADJUSTER

127380

a Remove:

127381

a Remove the trims (7) .

- the bolts (3) ,


- the front seat lower cover (4) (exterior part).

77A-17

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT TRIM


Front seat lower cover: Removal - Refitting

77A

DRIVER HEIGHT ADJUSTER or MANUAL AIR


CON 1, and MANUAL PASSENGER SEAT 1 or
FOLDING PASSENGER SEAT

127382

a Remove:
- the bolts (8) ,
- the front seat base height adjuster control (9) (exterior part).
a Unclip the seatback hinge control (1 0) (exterior
part).

127385

a Unclip the front seat lower cover (13) (internal part).

127383

a Remove:
- the bolt (11) ,
- the front seat lower cover (12) (exterior part).

77A-18

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT TRIM


Front seat lower cover: Removal - Refitting

77A

- the bolts (3) .


FOLDING PASSENGER SEAT

DRIVER HEIGHT ADJUSTER


a Refit:
- the front seat lower cover (12) (exterior part),
- bolt (11) .
a Clip the seatback hinge control into position (10) (exterior part).
a Refit:
- the front seat base height adjustment control (9)
(exterior part),
- the bolt (8) ,
- the trims (7) .

127384

a Unclip the handle (14) at (15) and at (16) (exterior


part).

DRIVER HEIGHT ADJUSTER or MANUAL AIR


CON 1, and MANUAL PASSENGER SEAT 1 or
FOLDING PASSENGER SEAT
a Clip on the front seat lower cover (13) (internal part).

REFITTING
FOLDING PASSENGER SEAT

I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART


CONCERNED

a Clip on the handle (14) (exterior part).

MANUAL AIR CON 1, and RETRACTABLE PASSENGER SEAT


a Clip the front seatback hinge control into position (2)
(exterior part).

II - FINAL OPERATION.
DRIVER HEIGHT ADJUSTER, and RETRACTABLE PASSENGER SEAT

a Refit the trim (1) .

a Refit the complete front seat (see 75A, Front seat


frames and mechanisms, Complete front seat:
Removal - Refitting, page 75A-13) .
RETRACTABLE PASSENGER SEAT
a Refit:
- the front seat lower cover (6) (internal part),

a Connect the battery (see Battery : Removal - Refitting) (80A, Battery).


a Unlock the airbag computer using the diagnostic
tool (see Fault finding - Replacement of components) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

- the bolts (5) ,


- the front seat lower cover (4) (exterior part),

77A-19

http://vnx.su

REAR SEAT TRIM


Rear seat base trim: Removal - Refitting

78A

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS, and 2 ADDITIONAL REAR SEATS


Essential special tooling
Car. 1363

Set of trim removal levers.

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove the rear seat.

142546

a Drill out the rivets (2) of the rear seat runner casing.

WARNING
To avoid any risk of damaging the seat trims and
mechanisms, remove any metal residues from
the seat trim clips and/or from drilling the rivet.

142543

a Remove the casing from the rear seat runners at (3)


.
a Partially detach the cover (4) of the rear seat base.

a Remove:
- the rear seatback angle adjustment control using
unclipping pliers,
- the rear seat belt stalks (see Rear seat belt buckle: Removal - Refitting) (88C, Airbag and pretensioners).
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

142548

a Remove:

142552

- the rear retaining section (5) of the rear seat base


cover,

a Unclip the retaining sections (1) of the rear seat


base cover using the tool (Car. 1363).

- the elastic retaining strap (6) of the rear seat base


cover.

78A-1

http://vnx.su

REAR SEAT TRIM


Rear seat base trim: Removal - Refitting

78A

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS, and 2 ADDITIONAL REAR SEATS

REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a
WARNING
To avoid any risk of detaching or creating folds in
the cover, check that the velcro strips are secured correctly on the foam. If the velcro strips tear,
replace the foam.
a parts always to be replaced: Rivet of rear seat
runner casing (70,14,04,34).

142547

a Remove:
- the cover - foam assembly partially,
- the cover at the hinges of the rear seat frame (7) ,
- the cover - foam assembly.

138022

a Align the velcro strips with the marks.


Note:
The pre-markings on the foam are a guide for
positioning the ends of the velcro strips.

142549

a Remove the cover of the rear seat base.


WARNING
To avoid any risk of damaging the foam, separate
the cover from the foam by holding the velcro
strips.

II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART


CONCERNED
a Refit:
- the cover over the foam of the rear seat base,
- the cover - foam assembly of the rear seat base,
- the cover at the hinges of the rear seat frame.
a Refit:
- the elastic strap (6) for the rear seat base cover,

78A-2

http://vnx.su

REAR SEAT TRIM


Rear seat base trim: Removal - Refitting
K61, and SHORT CHASSIS, and 2 ADDITIONAL REAR SEATS
- the rear retaining section (5) of the rear seat base
cover.
a Reposition the rear seat base cover (4) .
a Check that there are no folds in the cover.
a Refit new rivets on the casing of the rear seat runners.
a Clip on the retaining sections (1) of the rear seat
base cover.
III - FINAL OPERATION
a Refit:
- the rear seat belt stalks (see Rear seat belt buckle: Removal - Refitting) (88C, Airbag and pretensioners),
- the rear seatback angle adjustment control,
- the rear seat.

78A-3

http://vnx.su

78A

REAR SEAT TRIM


Rear seatback trim: Removal - Refitting

78A

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS, and 2 ADDITIONAL REAR SEATS


Essential special tooling
Car. 1558

Pliers for zip fastener.

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Fold down and lock the rear seatback.
a Remove:
- the rear seat,
- the rear seat headrest (see 79A, Seat components, Rear headrest: Removal - Refitting, page
79A-6) .
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
a Open the zip fastener of the rear seatback cover.

142545

a Remove:
- the rear seatback cover partially,
- the guides of the rear seat headrest (see 79A, Seat
components, Rear seat headrest guide: Removal - Refitting, page 79A-7) ,
- the cover - foam assembly of the rear seatback
trim.
WARNING
To avoid any risk of damaging the foam, separate
the cover from the foam by holding the velcro
strips.
a Remove the rear seatback cover.

REFITTING
142544

a Unclip the retaining sections (1) of the rear seatback


cover.

I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION


a
WARNING
To avoid any risk of detaching or creating folds in
the cover, check that the velcro strips are secured correctly on the foam. If the velcro strips tear,
replace the foam.

a Unlock and lift the rear seatback.

78A-4

http://vnx.su

REAR SEAT TRIM


Rear seatback trim: Removal - Refitting

78A

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS, and 2 ADDITIONAL REAR SEATS

138022

142557

a Close the zip fastener of the rear seatback cover


using the tool (Car. 1558) and with the help of a second operator.

a Align the velcro strips with the marks.


Note:
The markings on the foam are a guide for positioning the ends of the velcro strips.

WARNING
To avoid any risk of damaging the zip fasteners,
close the zips using the tool (Car.1558) while
keeping the zips taut with the two edges as close
as possible to each other.

II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART


CONCERNED
a Refit:
- the rear seatback foam on the frame,

III - FINAL OPERATION

- the rear seatback cover,

a Refit:

- the guides of the rear seat headrest (see 79A, Seat


components, Rear seat headrest guide: Removal - Refitting, page 79A-7) ,

- the rear seat headrest (see 79A, Seat components, Rear headrest: Removal - Refitting, page
79A-6) ,

- the retaining sections (1) of the rear seat cover.

- the rear seat.

a Check that there are no folds in the cover.

78A-5

http://vnx.su

REAR SEAT TRIM


1/3 and 2/3 rear bench seat trim: Removal - Refitting

78A

1 - 1/3 rear bench seat cushion trim:

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove the complete rear bench seat (see 76A,
Rear seat frames and mechanisms, Complete
rear bench seat: Removal - Refitting, page 76A-4)
.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

127483

a Remove the 1/3 rear bench seat cushion trim (2) .


2 - 2/3 rear bench seat cushion trim:

127373

a Remove:
- the retaining sections (1) ,
- the foam - trim assembly for the 1/3 and 2/3
rear bench seat cushion.

127482

a Remove the 2/3 rear bench seat cushion trim (3) .

a
Note:
Hold the velcro strips while separating the
foam-trim .

78A-6

http://vnx.su

REAR SEAT TRIM


1/3 and 2/3 rear bench seat trim: Removal - Refitting
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a
Note:
Before refitting the 1/3 and 2/3 rear bench seat
cushion trim, check that the velcro strips are properly attached to the foam.
1 - 1/3 rear bench seat cushion trim:
a Refit the 1/3 rear bench seat cushion trim (2) .
2 - 2/3 rear bench seat cushion trim:
a Refit the 2/3 rear bench seat cushion trim (3) .
a Refit:
- the foam - trim assembly for the 1/3 and 2/3
rear bench seat cushions,
- the retaining strips (1) .
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the entire rear bench seat (see 76A, Rear seat
frames and mechanisms, Complete rear bench
seat: Removal - Refitting, page 76A-4) .

78A-7

http://vnx.su

78A

REAR SEAT TRIM


1/3 and 2/3 rear bench seat seatback trim: Removal - Refitting

78A

K61
Essential special tooling
Car. 1558

Pliers for zip fastener.

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove:
- the complete rear bench seat (see 76A, Rear seat
frames and mechanisms, Complete rear bench
seat: Removal - Refitting, page 76A-4) ,
- the rear left-hand side seat belt buckle (see Rear
side seat belt: Removal - Refitting) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
127465

a Unlock the headrests at (3) .


a Remove the headrests (4) .
a Unclip the blanking cover for the centre rear seat
belt guide (5) .

1 - 1/3 rear bench seat seatback trim:

127460

a Remove the trims (1) at (2) .

127463

a Remove the clips (6) and (7) .


a Open the zip fasteners (8) .

78A-8

http://vnx.su

REAR SEAT TRIM


1/3 and 2/3 rear bench seat seatback trim: Removal - Refitting

78A

K61

127464

a Remove the retaining sections (9) .

127469

a Unclip the head rest guides (11) .


a Remove the 1/3 rear bench seat seatback trim foam assembly (12) .

2 - 2/3 rear bench seat seatback trim:

127478

a Partially remove the 1/3 rear bench seat seatback


cover at (10) .

127466

a Remove:
- the bolts (13) ,
- the rear centre seat belt guide (14) .

78A-9

http://vnx.su

REAR SEAT TRIM


1/3 and 2/3 rear bench seat seatback trim: Removal - Refitting

78A

K61

127461

a Partially remove the 2/3 rear bench seat seatback


cover at (19) .

a Remove the clips (15) and (16) .


a Open the zip fasteners (17) .

127462

a Remove the retaining sections (18) .

127479

127468

a Unclip the head rest guides (20) .


a Remove the 2/3 rear bench seat seatback trim foam assembly (21) .

78A-10

http://vnx.su

REAR SEAT TRIM


1/3 and 2/3 rear bench seat seatback trim: Removal - Refitting

78A

K61
1 - 1/3 rear bench seat seatback trim:
a Refit the 1/3 rear bench seat seatback trim foam assembly.
a Clip on the headrest guides (11) .
a Refit:
- the 1/3 rear bench seat seatback cover,
- the retaining strips (9) .
a Close the zip fasteners (8) using the tool (Car.
1558).
a Refit the new clips (7) and (6) .
2 - 2/3 rear bench seat seatback trim:
a Refit the 2/3 rear bench seat seatback trim foam assembly (21) .
127481

a Remove the 1/3 and 2/3 rear bench seat seatback


trim (22) ,

a Clip on the headrest guides (20) .


a Refit:
- the 2/3 rear bench seat seatback cover,

Note:

- the retaining strips (18) .

Hold the velcro strips while separating the


foam-trim .

a Close the zip fasteners (17) using the tool (Car.


1558).
a Refit:

REFITTING

- the new clips (16) and (15) ,

I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION

- the rear centre seat belt guide (14) .

a Always replace:
- the clips (6) , (7) , (15) and (16) ,

a Clip on the blanking cover of the centre rear seat belt


guide (5) .

- the trims (1) .


II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED

a Refit:
- the headrests (4) ,

- the new trims (1) .

Note:
Before refitting the 1/3 and 2/3 rear bench seat
seatback trim, check that the velcro strips are
properly attached to the foam.

III - FINAL OPERATION.

a Refit the 1/3 and 2/3 rear bench seat seatback trim
(22) .

a Refit:
- the rear left-hand side seat belt buckle (see Rear
side seat belt: Removal - Refitting) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners),
- the complete rear bench seat (see 76A, Rear seat
frames and mechanisms, Complete rear bench
seat: Removal - Refitting, page 76A-4) .

78A-11

http://vnx.su

SEAT COMPONENTS
Front headrest: Removal - Refitting

79A

REMOVAL
MANUAL AIR CON 1, and MANUAL PASSENGER
SEAT 1 or RETRACTABLE PASSENGER SEAT

OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED
FOLDING PASSENGER SEAT

127421

a Unlock the front seat headrest by pushing at (2) and


using a small flat-blade screwdriver to press at (3) .
127413

a Unlock the front seat headrest by pushing at (1) .

79A-1

http://vnx.su

SEAT COMPONENTS
Front headrest: Removal - Refitting

DRIVER HEIGHT ADJUSTER

79A

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS, and 2 ADDITIONAL


REAR SEATS

127422

a Unlock the front seat headrest by pushing at (4) .

142487

a Press the unlocking button (5) of the front seat headrest guide.
Note:
The front seat headrest has an integrated control.
a Remove the front seat headrest.

REFITTING
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
a
IMPORTANT
To avoid any risk of incorrectly positioning the
rods of the front seat headrest, align the rods
before inserting them in the headrest guides.

79A-2

http://vnx.su

SEAT COMPONENTS
Front headrest: Removal - Refitting
Headrest rods misaligned

142683

Headrest rods aligned

142684

a Bring the rods out of the front seat headrest as far as


possible by pulling upwards.
a Clean the rods of the front seat headrest.
a Insert the rods of the front seat headrest in the headrest guides.
a Push the front seat headrest until it locks into place
with the locking notches then adjust the headrest to
the low position.

IMPORTANT
To prevent the headrest coming away from the
guide during a collision, check that headrest
guide locking system is functioning correctly.
a Carry out a function test.

79A-3

http://vnx.su

79A

SEAT COMPONENTS
Front seat headrest guide: Removal - Refitting

79A

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS, and 2 ADDITIONAL REAR SEATS


II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

Essential equipment
diagnostic tool

REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool
(see Fault finding - Replacement of components)
(88C, Airbag and pretensioners).
a Disconnect the battery (see Battery: Removal - Refitting) (80A, Battery).
a Remove:
- the front seat (see 75A, Front seat frames and
mechanisms, Complete front seat: Removal Refitting, page 75A-13) ,
- the front seat headrest (see 79A, Seat components, Front headrest: Removal - Refitting,
page 79A-1) ,

142562

- the front seatback cover partially (see 77A, Front


seat trim, Front seatback trim: Removal - Refitting, page 77A-8) .

142563

a Remove the front seat headrest guides.

79A-4

http://vnx.su

SEAT COMPONENTS
Front seat headrest guide: Removal - Refitting
K61, and SHORT CHASSIS, and 2 ADDITIONAL REAR SEATS

REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the headrest guides fully into the front seatback
frame.
Note:
To prevent the headrest guides from being mixed
up, each headrest guide has a specific indexing
device.
a Check that the headrest guides are secure in the
front seatback frame.
II - FINAL OPERATION
a Refit:
- the front seatback cover (see 77A, Front seat
trim, Front seatback trim: Removal - Refitting,
page 77A-8) ,
- the front seat headrest (see 79A, Seat components, Front headrest: Removal - Refitting,
page 79A-1) ,
- the front seat (see 75A, Front seat frames and
mechanisms, Complete front seat: Removal Refitting, page 75A-13) .
a Connect the battery (see Battery: Removal - Refitting) (80A, Battery).
a Unlock the airbag computer using the diagnostic
tool (see Fault finding - Replacement of components)(88C, Airbag and pretensioners).
a Carry out a function test.
IMPORTANT
To prevent the headrest coming away from the
guide during a collision, check that the headrest
guide locking system is functioning correctly.

79A-5

http://vnx.su

79A

SEAT COMPONENTS
Rear headrest: Removal - Refitting
K61, and SHORT CHASSIS, and 2 ADDITIONAL REAR SEATS

REMOVAL
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED

142488

a Press the rear seat headrest guides at (1) .


a Remove the rear seat headrest.

REFITTING
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
a Refit the rear seat headrest.
IMPORTANT
To prevent the headrest coming away from the
guide during a collision, check that headrest
guide locking system is functioning correctly.

79A-6

http://vnx.su

79A

SEAT COMPONENTS
Rear seat headrest guide: Removal - Refitting

79A

K61, and SHORT CHASSIS, and 2 ADDITIONAL REAR SEATS

REMOVAL

REFITTING

I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION

I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART


CONCERNED

a Remove:

a Refit the rear seat headrest guides.

- the rear seat,


- the rear seat headrest (see 79A, Seat components, Rear headrest: Removal - Refitting, page
79A-6) ,

II - FINAL OPERATION
a Refit:
- the rear seatback cover partially (see 78A, Rear
seat trim, Rear seatback trim: Removal - Refitting, page 78A-4) ,

- the rear seatback cover partially (see 78A, Rear


seat trim, Rear seatback trim: Removal - Refitting, page 78A-4) .

- the rear seat headrest (see 79A, Seat components, Rear headrest: Removal - Refitting, page
79A-6) .

II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART


CONCERNED

IMPORTANT
To prevent the headrest coming away from the
guide during a collision, check that headrest
guide locking system is functioning correctly.
a Refit the rear seat.

142554

142555

a Unclip the rear seat headrest guides (1) and (2) .


a Remove the rear seat headrest guides (2) .

79A-7

http://vnx.su

También podría gustarte